Search - April 2011 by Infomedia18

Search April 2011 Ad Name: Omron Pg. 3

Search April 2011 Ad Name: Allied Pg. 4

Search April 2011 Ad Name: LeuzeElectronic Pg. 5

Search April 2011 Ad Name: Stahl Pg. 6

EDITORIAL

Infomedia 18 Limited, Special Interest Publications Division, ‘A’ Wing, Ruby House, J. K. Sawant Marg, Dadar (W), Mumbai - 400 028, India Tel: +91-22-30245000, Fax: +91-22-30034499 search@infomedia18.in CEO – Publishing Sandeep Khosla

EDITORIAL Executive Editor Archana Tiwari-Nayudu Features Editor Prerna Sharma Senior Features Writer Sumedha Mahorey Features Writer Sandeep Pai, Sudhir Muddana, Purna Parmar, Anwesh Koley (Delhi) Copy Editor Kimberley D’Mello Products Desk Michael Anthony

DESIGN & PRODUCTION Assistant Art Director Varuna Naik Design Team Sanjay Dalvi, Uttam Rane Chief Photographer Mexy Xavier Photographer Neha Mithbawkar & Joshua Navalkar Production Desk Dnyaneshwar Goythale, Lovey Fernandes, Pukha Dhawan, Varsha Nawathe, Akshata Rane, Ravikumar Potdar, Sanjay Shelar, Abhay Borkar

CORPORATE Associate Vice President Sudhanva Jategaonkar Marketing & Branding Ganesh Mahale, Prachi Mutha, Shibani Gharat, Jagruti Shah

BUSINESS OFFICES Ahmedabad (Shashin): Tel: 079-39826432 Fax: 079-39826464 sipdahmedabad@infomedia18.in Bengaluru (Mahadev B): Tel: 080-30010900 Fax: 080-30010999 sipd.bang@infomedia18.in Chennai (Hari): Tel: 044-39864200 Fax: 044-39864250 sipd.chennai@infomedia18.in Cochin (Robin): Tel: 0484-4054380 Fax: 0484-4054370 kochi@infomedia18.in Coimbatore (Prakash): Tel: 0422-3092600 Fax: 0422-3092666 coimbatore@infomedia18.in Hyderabad (Kalyan): Tel: 040-30647600 Fax: 040-30647676 sipd.hyderabad@infomedia18.in Indore (Ameya): Tel: 0731-3074876 Fax: 0731-3074882 sipd.indore@infomedia18.in Jaipur (Durgesh): Tel: 0141- 3007414 Fax: 0141-2213728 sipd.rajasthan@infomedia18.in Kolkata (Deb Ranjan): Tel: 033-2265 8637 Fax: 033-2265 2964 sipd.kol@infomedia18.in Ludhiana (Jasmeet): Tel: 0161-3026198 Fax: 0161-3026198 ludhiana@infomedia18.in Mumbai (Rahul): Tel: 022-30034640 Fax: 022-30034499 searchmktg@infomedia18.in New Delhi (Mukesh/Surendra): Tel: 011-66303278 Fax: 011-23327884 sipd.delhi@infomedia18.in Pune (Rohit): Tel: 020-33223309 Fax: 020-66010486 sipd.pune@infomedia18.in Surat (Sunil): Tel: 0261-3916671 Fax: 0261-2630974 surat@infomedia18.in Vadodara (Samarth): Tel: 0265-3926500 Fax: 0265-2356013 vadodara@infomedia18.in

CIRCULATION/SUBSCRIPTION Sunil Nair, Distribution Head sunil.nair@network18online.com / customercare@infomedia18.in

OVERSEAS CONTACT Ringier Trade Media Ltd

CHINA: 1001 Tower 3, Donghai Plaza, 1486 Nanjing Road, West, Shanghai 200040, China Tel: +86-21 6289 – 5533 Ext. 368, Fax: +86-21 6247 – 4855 (Craig Shibinsky) Email: craig@ringier.com.hk HONG KONG: Unit 401-5, 4/F, New Victory House, 93-103 Wing Lok Street, Sheung Wan, Hong Kong Tel: +852 2369 – 8788 Ext. 21, Fax: +852 2869 – 5919 (Octavia Au-Yeung) Email: octavia@ringier.com.hk TAIWAN: Room 3, Fl. 12, No. 303, Chung Ming S. Rd., Taichung, Taiwan Tel: +886-4 2329 – 7318 Ext. 16, Fax: +886-4 2310 – 7167 (Sydney La) Email: sydneylai@ringier.com.hk

POWER PLAY ower may be the chosen word for the season as it more than often finds itself in every ‘heated’ conversation, thanks to the election mode that some states are in and majorly, due to the rise in the mercury levels. And anything with power… be it the presence, the absence or quality, it does get tough to fathom the boundaries of the electricity generating power or the power generated due to elections. Such is power play, but the ultimate power is to empower, which the sector as well as the states need to get right. Letting the power attached to the elections aside, power as an enabling sector is what has caught our attention for this issue apart from other topics covered. And this attention on power as a sector is a well deserved one, for the promise it holds, for the prospects it can enhance and for the profits it can generate for the entire nation. And it is not as if the criticality of interests and investments that the sector requires has missed the attention of the industry and the investors going by the kind of investment that this sector has generated. Like the 10,000 crore of investment that is pledged by the joint venture between BHEL, NTPC and Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research to set up an 800-MW coal-fired power project based on a more efficient, advanced and ultra-supercritical thermal power technology. The venture aims to cut the rising costs of imports for energy needs. There are many more investments spread far and wide covering the length and breadth of India. So, why is our country still power stressed? As experts point out and as you will be reading it in detail in this issue, power generation in India is not an isolated aspect in the national power scenario. It faces challenges not only due to factors within the generating fraternity, but also due to the two other components – transmission and distribution. The industry focus of this issue is positioned to fetch you all the answers, among others, as to how the biggest challenge facing the power sector in India is the mismatch between generation and transmission. It is not that we are not producing enough; but the success lies in the final consumer getting all this generated power, which unfortunately, is not happening. As is rightly said, every unit saved is equal to two units of power generated. This issue gathers all the more significance as it talks about the telecom equipment sector, another major power pillar, which will perch India to a strategic and strong position in the global marketplace. India has been able to drive innovation when it comes to software services in the telecom space. But the results are not so encouraging when it comes to developing telecom equipment. To become an important player in the global telecom space, India has to create a synergetic telecom ecosystem and build globally competitive product companies across the telecom value chain. Read more about the opportunities that this sector will ring in… Happy reading!

Archana Tiwari-Nayudu archana.nayudu@infomedia18.in

• Monthly Issue Price: `100 • Annual Subscription: `799

Printed by Mohan Gajria and published & edited by Lakshmi Narasimhan on behalf of Infomedia 18 Limited and printed at Infomedia 18 Ltd, Plot no.3, Sector 7, off Sion-Panvel Road, Nerul, Navi Mumbai 400 706, and published at Infomedia 18 Ltd, ‘A’ Wing, Ruby House, J. K. Sawant Marg, Dadar (W), Mumbai - 400 028. SEARCH - The Industrial Sourcebook is registered with the Registrar of Newspapers of India under No. 67827/98. Views and opinions expressed in this publication are not necessarily those of Infomedia 18 Limited. Infomedia 18 Limited reserves the right to use the information published herein in any manner whatsoever. While every effort has been made to ensure accuracy of the information published in this edition, neither Infomedia 18 Ltd nor any of its employees accept any responsibility for any errors or omission. Further, Infomedia 18 Ltd does not take any responsibility for loss or damage incurred or suffered by any subscriber of this magazine as a result of his/her accepting any invitation/offer published in this edition. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without the written permission of the publisher. All rights reserved.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

CONTENTS MANUFACTURING ZONE

Union Budget 2011-12

| Pg 72

KEY TAKEAWAYS

Empowering Industrial Growth Union Budget 2011 was all about fiscal consolidation to rein in fiscal deficit. It was a roadmap for the implementation of Goods and Service Tax and a rationalisation of taxes on both corporate as well as personal tax levels. All in all, the Budget was a balanced one. It not only touched upon serious issues such as rising food & crude prices, but also focussed on growth and reforms. A sneak peek into the key takeaways...

BUDGET BYTES Revisiting India Growth Story

EDITORIAL Power Play

VIEW FROM THE TOP

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS 36

Latest Happenings In The World Of Manufacturing

Pg 116 46

OPEN PAGE: OPINIONS, ILLUSTRATIONS & INVESTMENTS SPOTLIGHT

124

Essar Coal Bed Methane (CBM) Site, Durgapur Clean Better Modern Fuel Pioneer

SHIPBUILDING MILESTONES 132

World’s Largest Heavy Lift Vessel MV Svenja: A Notch Above The World

START-UP STRATEGIES 140

CTech Labs On An Eco Route To Success

SHOP FLOOR INNOVATIONS 144

Workplace Ergonomics The Ergonomics Of Innovation

150

Klüber Lubrication India Using Innovation To Tackle Space Constraints

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

‘This Is The Right Time To Wake Up And Start Thinking Differently’ GK PILLAI, CMD, Heavy Engineering Corporation (HEC)

CONTENTS SPECIALS IN THIS ISSUE INDUSTRY UPDATE Power Generation, Transmission & Distribution

54 60

Power Generation Real Challenges Hindering Lofty Dreams

INSIGHTS & OUTLOOK Telecom Equipment

INVESTMENT DESTINATION Madhya Pradesh

Interview

160

Madhya Pradesh Investments Abound Of Prospects & Possibilities

NK Goyal, President, Communications and Manufacturing Association of India (CMAI)

164

Industrial Landscape Of MP Capturing Opportunities & Keeping Up Promises

170

Ancillary Advantage Steering The Growth Wheels

‘Indian Manufacturers Are All Set To Take Up The Challenge’

Transmission And Distribution Tackling The Power Crisis

Green Power Clean Coal Technology For Green Power

Telecommunication Equipment Enhancing Manufacturing Competency

104

Telecommunication Equipment Manufacturing India Calling: Time To Ring In A New Era

Investments Ahoy! The Power Boosters

110

Interviews

Telecom Manufacturing Superpowers What’s Stopping India From Outperforming China?

SME ADVANTAGE 154

Financing Trends Capacity Building Through Innovative Financing

CURTAIN RAISER 180

Hannover Messe 2011 Of Global Synergies & Fortunes

184

Blech India 2011 Invigorating The Indian Sheetmetal Industry

186

Diemould India South 2011 Moulding Success In A Buoyant Economy

189

Automation Expo 2011 One-stop Source For Automation Solutions

176

‘Government Should Develop Innovative Marketing Campaigns To Build Brand MP’ Ashok Jaiswal, President, Association of Industries, Madhya Pradesh

178

‘The State’s Central Location Offers Immense Advantages To Investors’ Gautam Kothari, President, Pithampur Audhyogik Sangathan

PRODUCT UPDATE 194

New Launches Latest Products In The Offing

198

Power Transmission & Distribution Latest Products In Power Transmission & Distribution

206

Telecom Equipment Latest Products In Telecom Equipment

212

Hannover Messe Latest Products In Hannover Messe

218

Madhya Pradesh Latest Products In Madhya Pradesh

222

General Products Rolling Out The Best-in-class

242

International Products Showcasing Product In A Global Arena

REPORT 190

192

SME India Outlook 2011 Lending SMEs A Tech Edge

248

TRADE SHOW TRACKER

258

Spruced Up Events & Engagements Calendar

PRODUCT UPDATE

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

PRODUCT INDEX Alphabetical Listing Of Products Presented In The Issue

ADVERTISERS’ LIST Advertisers’ List In Chronological Order

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS L A T E S T

H A P P E N I N G S

I N

BHEL GETS `1,445 CR CONTRACT FROM APGENCO

O F

`1,000 CRORE INNOVATION FUND IN THREE MONTHS The National Innovation Council (NIC) will create a `1,000 crore national innovation fund in two to three months to provide venture capital for early-stage innovations, according to Arun Maira, Member, NIC & the Planning Commission. The fund would be used to support new ideas with a potential to bridge developmental gaps in health, education, urban & rural infrastructure, transport and sanitation, Maira said. The 17-member NIC headed by Sam Pitroda, Adviser to the Prime Minister, was set up in August last year, following the mid-term appraisal of the 11th Five Year Plan that found slow progress in social indicators as compared with the GDP growth rate. The council, which functions within the Prime Minister’s Office, has been mandated to prepare a road map for a decade of innovation 2010-2020 and to evolve an Indian model of innovation to meet national goals.

BOSCH PLANS `13 BILLION CAPEX OVER THREE YEARS Auto parts maker Bosch has plans of a capex of more than `13 billion over the next three years to meet the demands of India’s fast-growing automotive sector. Auto sales in India hit a record high in January, defying expectations of a slowdown, powered by a growing middle-class, easier access to loans and a wider choice of models. In 2010, vehicle sales in India, one of the fastest-growing auto markets in the world, grew 31 per cent and now, auto parts makers have ambitious plans to escalate production. Bosch officials also said that its October-December net grew 33 per cent to `2.1 billion. Bosch is a leading supplier of technology and services, and has a strong presence in the country at numerous locations in diverse industry segments

W O R L D

WIND ENERGY GAMESA ANNOUNCES €60 MILLION INDIA EXPANSION

MARUTI PLANS ITS THIRD PLANT IN ROHTAK A high-utilisation level and robust demand is leading the country’s largest car maker Maruti to set up its third manufacturing plant at Rohtak. This plant is likely to have a capacity of six lakh units per annum. The Rohtak plant will be spread over 600 acre, which is double the size of the Gurgaon facility that is spread over 300 acre. This fits into Maruti’s strategy to hike its capacity beyond 20 lakh cars per year. It is estamated that the company may invest close to `1,000 crore for setting up such kind of capacity. Maruti currently has a capacity of 12 lakh units divided between Gurgaon and Manesar. The Rohtak facility would increase its current capacity by almost 50 per cent. Maruti already houses a R&D facility in Rohtak and a firm decision on setting up the third plant might be taken in next 10 to 12 months. Maruti is also expanding its capacity at Manesar, which will be completed by 2012 end or early 2013. Maruti has earmarked an investment outlay of `2,000 crore for expansion of its Manesar facility.

T H E

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

M A N U F A C T U R I N G

JAMNA AUTO TO SET UP PLANTS IN HOSUR & CHENNAI Auto component maker Jamna Auto recently revealed its plans to set up two new manufacturing units at Hosur and Chennai to produce parts for commercial vehicles, entailing a total investment of `80 crore. “The Hosur facility is being set up to manufacture parabolic springs and the plant is expected to go onstream in December 2011,” a company official said. The new plant at Chennai will manufacture air suspension, bogey suspension and lift axles. Commercial production is expected to commence from July 2011, the official added. Jamna Auto has gone for a major capacity expansion for parabolic springs to meet the demand of major commercial vehicle manufacturers – Daimler India, Ashok Leyland, Renault-Nissan and Leyland-Nissan. Also, Tata Motors’ requirement of parabolic springs is being met by the company’s Malanpur plant in Madhya Pradesh. Explaining the reasons for setting up the two new plants in South India, Randeep Jauhar, CEO, Jamna Auto, said that the region has been a key region for these auto makers. “As a strategic initiative, we have decided to expand our manufacturing presence in this region. It will not only enable us to gain proximity to our customers, but would also enable us to provide cost-efficient quality products,” he added.

PARLIAMENT PANEL COMES DOWN ON SEZ CONCEPT A House panel has pilloried the Special Economic Zone (SEZ) scheme, contending that its continuation in its present form needs ‘serious reconsideration’ in the wake of ‘the persistent complaints claiming that the SEZ has degenerated into a scheme to garner land at advantageous prices and obviate taxes without expected multiplier benefits’. The Public Accounts Committee (PAC) on SEZ said that its detailed examination of the scheme has revealed ‘a number of deficiencies, which include system as well as compliance weaknesses relating to policy and procedures governing the management and functioning of SEZ units’. During the course of the probe, the committee detected that out of an overall export of `7,149.23 crore made by 22 SEZ units across the country, the actual export content was only `1,999.27 crore and the rest `5,149.96 crore was related to Domestic Tariff Area (DTA) earnings. Even as the committee was apprised that the percentage of deemed exports and the DTA sales were minimal, it, nonetheless, found that ‘the actual physical export, which augments the foreign exchange earnings was quite dismal’. Hence, it urged the Commerce Ministry to restrict reckoning of deemed exports by an appropriate scale for the purpose of calculating Net Foreign Exchange Earnings (NFEs) with a view to reduce the misuse of the scheme. The committee also found that 41 SEZ units had functioned in contravention of the conditions that were stipulated in the Letter of Permission leading to considerable loss of revenue.

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS L A T E S T

H A P P E N I N G S

‘RELIANCE MAY RAISE D6 BLOCK GAS OUTPUT IN APRIL’ Reliance Industries is likely to raise gas output from its east coast blocks to 67 million metric standard cubic metre a day (mmscmd) by April, after four more wells start production, the energy regulator Directorate General of Hydrocarbons (DGH) said. Current gas output from Reliance’s D6 block in the Krishna-Godavari basin stands at 53 mmscmd, said SK Srivastava, Director General, DGH. In January, the Indian energy giant posted its highest-ever quarterly profit as refining margins surged, but concerns over the group’s gas production have put a dampener on the outlook for the company for several months. Reliance is pumping less than the 60 mmscmd it pumped last year, although the country’s DGH had said that the earlier output could rise by April, and far lower than its peak capacity of 80 mmscmd.

VOLVO GEARS UP INDIA BUSINESS WITH AUTO TRANSMISSION BUS Volvo Buses announced the launch of a new multi-axle bus with automatic transmission, and expects to consolidate its India operations by expanding manufacturing facility and stepping up exports. Showcasing the Volvo 9400 Multi-axle bus with its patented I-shift technology, the company officials said that it has begun supplying it to South Africa and has secured repeat orders. Akash Passey, MD, Volvo Buses India, said the new multi-axle automatic transmission buses would appeal to fleet operators, as they not only enhance driving pleasure, but also help save fuel costs due to the transmission efficiency. This is sure to appeal to bulk buyers particularly those who offer inter-city transport, including to state road transport corporations. “The current manufacturing capacity has made it tough for us to meet the demand in the market. With this expansion, we would be able to step up exports, which we started last year with about five per cent, to 25 per cent. This would be mainly to South Africa and South Asia regions,” he said.

I N

T H E

W O R L D

O F

M A N U F A C T U R I N G

APOLLO TYRES UPS NEW PLANT INVESTMENT TO `2,100 CRORE Apollo Tyres is on an expansion drive. The company has recently signed a supplementary memorandum of understanding (MoU) with the Tamil Nadu Government to scale up its investment in a new plant at Oragadam near here from `1,650 crore to `2,100 crore. Apollo Tyres had initially planned to invest only `450 crore in the new plant. However, according to the State Government, the company revised its investment plans so as to roll out 6,000 radial tyres for trucks and buses and 8,000 radial tyres for cars per day. The supplementary MoU, incorporating the revised incentives offered by the State Government to the company, was signed by Rajeev Ranjan, Principal Secretary, Industries Department, and K Prabhakar, Chief – Projects, Apollo Tyres, in the presence of Hon’ble Deputy Chief Minister MK Stalin. A bulk of the radial tyre demand in India is met through imports.

TATA STEEL PLANS TO EXPAND GERMAN AUTO UNIT Tata Steel Europe is planning to double the capacity of its German-based automotive service centre by installing a new slitting line expected to come up by 2012. The new slitting line will have a capacity of 1,40,000 tonne per annum (tpa) and will take the total capacity of Service Center Gelsenkirchen GmbH in Germany from 225,000 tpa now to 365,000 tpa. Jochen Hoefges, GM, Service Center Gelsenkirchen, in a press release issued by the company, said, “Our strategy towards the automotive sector is to increase the volume and technical innovation of the products we offer. The new slitting line will raise the service centre’s capacity as well as its product portfolio, establishing an Automotive Centre of Excellence.” The company has earmarked an investment of €8.6 million for the expansion of its Gelsenkirchen site. This site was established in 2000 to serve the German auto market with 90 per cent of the facility’s output being supplied to the automotive industry. Tata Steel recently went into a joint venture with Japanese steel major Nippon Steel to set up a three million tpa auto-grade steel plant at its existing facility in Jamshedpur. The steel company also recently signed an agreement with New Millennium Capital Corp, a Canadian company, to develop two iron ore projects located in Labrador and Quebec. The total project cost will be worth `22,000 crore. It would be developed by a joint venture company between Tata and New Millennium Corp of which Tata is likely to hold 80 per cent. The two sites together are expected to annually produce 22 million tonne of iron ore.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

‘INDIA TO FACE HUGE COAL SHORTAGE BY 2021-22’ The government finally admitted that the country will face a huge shortfall of 269 million tonne of coal by 2021-22 as the coal producing entities have failed to keep pace with the demand as well as economic growth. “In the last 8-10 years, the economy grew at a much faster pace as compared to the coal production even as Coal India registered a growth of 7-8 per cent. We are trying to adopt different technologies, which are more efficient in coal usage to meet the demand,” Coal Minister Sriprakash Jaiswal said in the Lok Sabha during the Question Hour. According to estimates, the demand for coal in 2021-22 is projected at 1,353 mt against the production assessment at 1,084 mt, leaving a shortfall of 269 mt. “In view of the widening demand-supply gap of coal, the country is unlikely to become self-reliant in meeting the demand of coal indigenously in the near future,” said Jaiswal. He also informed the House that several states were allocated coal blocks more than five years ago, but they are yet to begin production. Chhattisgarh was allocated nine coal blocks more than five years ago, Maharashtra was given seven blocks and Madhya Pradesh 10 blocks, he said adding that unfortunately production has not begun at any of these blocks. In view of India producing only 10 per cent of good quality coal, it has been placed under the Open General Licence scheme so that industries such as sponge iron, steel and power producers could import good coal according to their demand.

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS L A T E S T

H A P P E N I N G S

I N

COLE-PARMER HOSTED SEMINAR FOR THE SCIENTIFIC AND PROCESS INDUSTRY Cole-Parmer, a worldwide leader with 50 years of experience in providing fluid handling solutions to the Scientific and Process Industry, hosted a multi-city seminar on ‘Metering Pump Technology and its Advancement’. The objective of seminar was to share Cole-Parmer’s unrivalled global expertise with the Indian scientific fraternity and help them discover how to optimise their existing process and get an inside line on upcoming technology breakthroughs and product releases. The event witnessed the presence of the best minds from the Industry of biotech, pharmaceuticals, paint & pigments, chemical, automobile, water treatment, food & beverage, academics and research. On the occasion, Rakesh Aggarwal, Director – Operations, Cole-Parmer India, said. “Today industries collaborate with Cole-Parmer for their discovery, product development and scale-up. This seminar is one of the initiatives we take, to come closer to the customers and partner in their R&D and process development. The diversified content of the seminar makes the customer well versed with the latest technology and its advancement, which gives them a perfect opportunity to reenergise their existing process through leading advice from our global experts.” The seminar successfully ended with an interactive session on other fluid handling offerings/services by Cole-Parmer such as mixing, filtration and bioprocess validation.

T H E

W O R L D

O F

GAS OUTPUT FROM RIL’s EAST COAST BLOCK TO RISE 9%

ESSAR TO ACQUIRE MAJORITY STAKE IN ZIMBABWE IRON AND STEEL COMPANY Essar group has reached a deal to acquire majority stake in Zimbabwe Iron and Steel Company (ZISCO) and would invest an estimated $750 million for the revival of the African nation’s state-run steel maker. A company official said, “Essar Africa Holdings has reached an agreement with the Government of Zimbabwe for revival of ZISCO.” While Essar did not disclose the investment amount, it is likely that they would make an initial investment of $750 million to help restart operations at the Zimbabwe firm, which had ceased operations due to capital constraints. Last year, the Zimbabwe Government had agreed to sell its majority stake in ZISCO and even launched a public tender for the same. As per the deal, Essar Africa Holdings and Zimbabwe Government would set up two joint venture companies that would acquire all the steel and mining related assets and liabilities of ZISCO and its subsidiaries. Essar and Zimbabwe Government would own 60 per cent and 40 per cent stake respectively in the steel JV. On the other hand, the minerals JV will be owned 80 per cent by Essar and 20 per cent by the government of Zimbabwe.

M A N U F A C T U R I N G

INDIA STILL LAGGARD IN PER CAPITA MANUFACTURING India’s level of industrialisation is very low despite it emerging as one of the top 10 manufacturers of the world, UN data shows. The country’s per capita manufactured value added – a measure of income generated by the manufacturing sector per person – was one-eighth of China’s and one-sixth of Brazil’s in 2010, the two other developing countries in the group of top 10, according to statistics released by the United Nations Industrial Development Organisation (UNIDO). Experts say that the data reinforces the need to increase the manufacturing sector’s contribution to the GDP from 16 per cent to 25 per cent over the next decade, as announced by Hon’ble Finance Minister Pranab Mukherjee in his budget speech, as ‘concrete’ economic growth will only come from industry and not services. India has shown an impressive annual average growth in manufacturing, second only to China, at 7.1 per cent over the last decade and has increased its share in world manufacturing from 1.1 per cent to 1.8 per cent in the period, UNIDO’s statistics show. However, an increase in India’s population over the same period has taken away the shine.

MINING SECTOR FDI AT $729 MILLION FROM APRIL 2007DECEMBER 2010

KBL MANUFACTURES THE LARGEST HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE PUMP FOR CIRCULATING WATER DUTY IN A POWER PLANT IN INDIA Kirloskar Brothers (KBL) announced the manufacture of the largest horizontal split-case pump for the Indian market. The order was received from Bharat Heavy Electricals (BHEL) for the 700-MW power station of Gujarat Pipavav Power Company (GPPC), a subsidiary of the Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation (GSPC). The pump has been successfully tested at Kirloskarvadi in presence of the BHEL team. The pump is indeed a monster, weighing about 26 tonne and is more than 4 metre high. The

pump, model UPH 1200/160 M develops a flow of 7,000 litres per second at a head of 27.5 metre and will be coupled to an electric motor of 2,700 KW running at 425 RPM. Pump casing material is austenitic iron with stainless steel impeller and shaft. The pump is designed for handling sea water and complies with all specified critical requirements of the system. It boasts of several high technology features with enhanced bearing life, minimal downtime, low maintenance costs and high

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

efficiency resulting in lower energy consumption and leading to lowest lifecycle cost or lowest total cost of ownership. Ravindra Pande, VP & Sector Head, KBL, said, “Technological innovation has always been the key driving force for KBL. I am confident that this will strengthen KBL’s leadership position and set a new benchmark for the pump industry. This is the largest horizontal split case pump that we have manufactured for an installation in India.”

NEWS, VIEWS & ANALYSIS L A T E S T

H A P P E N I N G S

I N

‘GLOBAL POWER DEALS GATHERING STEAM’ The global power deal market is witnessing an upward trend after the lows reached in 2009, according to PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). The total deal value in the power and gas utilities sectors (excluding renewables) is up 19 per cent year-on-year from $98 billion to $116 billion in 2010. Compared to the power deals transacted between 2005 and 2008, deal values remain low, but conditions are in place for a return at least to the foothills of these peaks, PwC’s annual power deals review said. The globalisation of the power sector is moving forward on a number of fronts with companies looking at gaining a larger presence in growth markets, strong international interest in infrastructure assets and signs of greater Chinese involvement. Expansion remains high on the agenda for a number of European companies as they weigh moves to step up their international presence. For example, International Power and GDF Suez have signalled that their merger will result in an initial period of rationalisation across their combined portfolio followed by expansion in key growth markets.

‘NO PROPOSAL TO BAN CHINESE EQUIPMENT IN POWER PROJECTS’

W O R L D

O F

COUNTERFEIT AUTO PARTS COSTING GOVERNMENT `2,200 CRORE PER ANNUM

POWER MINISTRY REJECTS CONDITIONAL NOD FOR ORISSA UMPP COAL FIELDS The Power Ministry has rejected the Environment Ministry’s precondition of shelving two coal mining projects as a tradeoff for granting clearance to a third coal block of the 17,000-crore ultra mega power project at Bedabahal in Orissa. This development would make another deferment of bidding for the 4,000-mw project inevitable. Environment Minister Jairam Ramesh has granted mining approval to the coal block on the condition that NTPC and Orissa Power Generation Corporation give up their respective coal blocks, Dulanga and Manoharpur, in the vicinity. While NTPC will mine the Dulanga block for its various power projects, Orissa Power Generation Corporation will use coal from the Manoharpur blocks to fire its 1,320-mw project at Jharsuguda.

The government recently said that at present there is no proposal to ban the use of Chinese equipment in power projects. The Central Electricity Authority informed that no specific issues related to the quality of turbine generators from foreign manufacturers have been brought out by the utilities, KC Venugopal, Minister of State for Power, told the Lok Sabha. There were some failures with the boiler and turbine generators supplied by Chinese manufacturers to power plants in West Bengal. At the Durgapur projects, a 300MW unit was installed by China’s Dongfang Electric Corp and was under commercial operation since April 2008. He said that due to some accidental failure in the control system, there was starvation in turbine bearing lubricating oil system, which damaged the turbo-generator rotors. The damaged rotors have been repaired.

T H E

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

M A N U F A C T U R I N G

EXPORTS JUMP 50 PER CENT TO $23.6 BN IN FEB India’s exports went up by 49.8 per cent year-on-year to $23.6 billion in February on the back of increased demand from markets such as North America, Asia and Africa. During April-February 2010-11, the country’s merchandise shipments grew by 31.4 per cent to $208.2 billion, surpassing the target of $200 billion for the entire 2010-11 fiscal. “We have crossed the $200-billion mark. The current forecast for the year is $230-235 billion,” said Commerce Secretary Rahul Khullar. In February, the imports also went up by 21.2 per cent to $31.7 billion, leaving a trade gap of $8.1 billion. During April-February 2010-11, imports grew by 18 per cent to $305.3 billion. During the 11-month period, the trade deficit amounted to $97.1 billion. “We will end up (the fiscal) closer to $350 billion imports,” Khullar said. The export sectors that performed well during April-February this fiscal include gems & jewellery, engineering, readymade garments, cotton yarn, electronics, plastics, carpets and pharmaceuticals. The sectors, which saw the maximum imports, were petroleum & oil lubricants, gems and silver, vegetable oil, machinery and chemicals.

INDIA TO FORMULATE POLICY TO TAP SHALE GAS India will identify areas that have the potential for shale gas or hydrocrbons trapped in sedimentary rocks and also soon formulate a policy to tap, what experts say, will become a rich global source for fuels in the years to come. “Based on the geo-scientific data gathered so far during the exploration of conventional oil & gas, few on land sedimentary basins and areas in India appear to be prospective in terms of shale gas deposits,” said RPN Singh Minister of State for Petroleum. “Based on the identification of prospective areas and assessment, and after formulating an appropriate policy, steps would be taken for the exploration and exploitation of shale gas resources in the country,” Singh told the Lok Sabha. He said in a written reply that a pact had been signed last November with the US, a global leader on shale gas, for joint technical studies in India, as also to share technologies and ideas on formulating a regulatory framework with safeguards. Earlier this year, the state-run Oil and Natural Gas Corporation had made the biggest shale gas discovery in the country yet at Durgapur in West Bengal, spread over 12,000 sq km. This was the first such discovery in Asia, the company said. Among other Indian companies, Reliance Industries had acquired a 40 per cent stake for around $1.7 billion in the US-based Atlas Energy’s share gas assets in the eastern parts of the North American nation. It is also interested in prospecting in India. Meanwhile, some analysts expect that shale gas will greatly expand India’s energy supply.

UOTES OF THE MONTH Rail transportation is vitally interlinked with the economic development of the country. With the economy slated to grow at a rate of 8-9 per cent, it is imperative that the Railways grow at an even faster pace. I see the Railways as an artery of this pulsating nation. – Mamata Banerjee, Union Minister of Railways

Most of the Indian banks have enough buffer capital to meet the stringent Basle-III norms when it is implemented, but they have to raise more capital in coming years.

I see Union Budget 2011-12 as a transition towards a more transparent and result-oriented economic management system in India. We are taking major steps in simplifying and placing administrative procedures concerning taxation, trade & tariffs and social transfers on electronic interface, free of discretion and bureaucratic delays. This will set the tone for a newer, vibrant and efficient economy.

– Dr D Subbarao, Governor, Reserve Bank of India

India is one of the fastest growing economies in the world. By allying ourselves with Reliance, we will access the most prolific gas basin in India and secure a place in the fast growing Indian gas markets, creating a genuinely distinctive BP position. – Robert Dudley,

– Pranab Mukherjee,

Chief Executive, BP Group

Union Minister of Finance

Factory Fundas

FDI Equity Inflows (Month-wise) During The Financial Year 2010-11: Financial Year 2010-11 (April-March ) April 2010 May 2010 June 2010 July 2010 August 2010 September 2010 October 2010 November 2010 December 2010 2010-11 (up to Dec 10)# 2009-10 (up to Dec 09) %age growth over last year

Amount of FDI inflows* (In ` Cr) (In US$ mn) 9,697 2,179 10,135 2,213 6,429 1,380 8,359 1,785 6,196 1,330 9,754 2,118 6,185 1,392 7,328 1,628 9,094 2,014 73,177 16,039 100,281 20,867 (-) 27 %

(-) 23 %

Share Of Top Investing Countries FDI Equity Inflows: (Financial Year-wise): Amount Rupees in crores (US$ in million)

Country

# Figures are provisional, subject to reconciliation with RBI, Mumbai.

Sectors Attracting Highest FDI Equity Inflows: (Financial Year-wise): Amount Rupees in crores (US$ in million)

Sector Services Sector Computer Software & Hardware Telecommunications Housing & Real Estate Construction Activities Automobile Industry Power Metallurgical Industries Petroleum & Natural Gas Chemicals

Cleaning is Inspecting – Cleaning and inspection gives the crucial start to automation maintenance activities. Source: Shopﬂoor Series

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

age to total 2010-11 %Inflows (In (April-Dec) terms of US$) 13,044 21 % 3,054

6,021 4,680 4,109 4,805 4,691 4,470 2,475 1,606

8% 7% 7% 4% 4% 3% 3% 2%

Note: Cumulative Sector- wise FDI equity inflows (from April 2000 to December 2010) - Annex-‘B’. * Earlier data has been revised, due to some figures interchange with the respective sectors.

Mauritius Singapore USA UK Netherlands Japan Cyprus Germany France UAE Total FDI Inflows *

% age To Total 2010-11 (In Terms (April-Dec.) Inflows Of US$) 26,230 42 % 6,569 9% 4,829 7% 2,171 5% 4,610 4% 5,384 4% 2,901 4% 504 2% 3,127 2% 1,480 1% 73,177

Note: (i) *Includes inflows under NRI Schemes of RBI, stock swapped and advances pending for issue of shares. (ii) Cumulative country-wise FDI equity inflows (from April 2000 to December 2010) – Annex-‘A’. (iii) % age worked out in US$ terms & FDI inflows received through FIPB/ SIA+ RBI’s Automatic Route+ acquisition of existing shares only. Source: Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Govt. of India

Pg No. 47 SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Lapp India SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Lapp India

Pg No. 47

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: BOGE Pg No. 48 SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: BOGE

Pg No. 48

POWER GENERATION

POWER GENERATION: Real Challenges Hindering Lofty Dreams ...............................................50 TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION: Tackling The Power Crisis ..............................................54 GREEN POWER: Clean Coal Technology For Green Power ...........................................................60 INVESTMENTS AHOY!: The Power Boosters ...............................................................................68

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

POWER GENERATION

REAL CHALLENGES HINDERING

LOFTY DREAMS

The ambitious capacity targets, enthusiasm among private and public players and a vast resource of abundant natural forms of energy generation present an avenue for enormous power potential in the country. However, bottlenecks, including the power generated not reaching the final customer and government hindrances, are the major reasons why the country falls short of its envisaged installed capacity goals. ANWESH KOLEY Photo ÂŠDINODIA

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

POWER GENERATION

nfrastructure forms the backbone of any industry. While connectivity through roads and transport is essential, the primary requirement without which no activity can commence is power. The Indian power sector has strived, through the years, to meet the rising demand for power through increase in generation capacity and simplified regulatory norms. In order to create an economy with sustained development & inclusive growth, power generation in a country should complement the requirement for power at all levels.

POWER GENERATION Power generation in India is not an isolated aspect in the national power scenario. It faces challenges not only due to factors within the generating fraternity, but also due to the two other components – transmission and distribution. At the beginning of 2011, the total installed capacity in the country was 1,67,077.36 MW and the ambitious target of 2,00,000 MW by 2012 seems to be quite a steep task. But the generation capacity over the years does show positive results. Power generation increased by 6.6 per cent in 2009-10, as compared to a mere 2.7 per cent in 2008-09. This shows the eagerness of power producers to start operations immediately after the economic downturn in 2009. “The biggest challenge facing the power sector in India is the mismatch between generation and transmission. It is not that we are not producing enough; but the success lies in the final consumer getting all this generated power, which unfortunately, is not happening,” says Tarun Kapoor, MD, Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation.

THERMAL RESOURCES India is still primarily dependent on thermal power for power generation, which forms 65 per cent of the total capacity. Thermal power generation requires the use of non-renewable fossil fuels such as coal, gas turbine and diesel. Of the total installed capacity, coal accounts for 89,778.38 MW, which is around 52 per cent of the total capacity. While it is true that Coal India is the largest producer of coal in the world, producing around 431 million tonne of coal in 2010, the quality of coal available in the country is of inferior quality. This warrants the need for private and public companies to import coal from countries like Australia

and Indonesia, thus increasing the cost of generation. The power sector consumes a massive 71 per cent of the total coal produced in the country. From April to December 2010, adequate monsoon, coupled with improved water supply had reduced the peak demand for power. However, shortages in the international coal markets adversely impacted the supply of coal, thereby causing many power plants to face serious operational bottlenecks. “There is immense potential in India to generate more power, but the government should initiate a single-window system in order to award clearances for faster power generating companies. Various states in the country are willing to start production, but the government machinery makes the process cumbersome,” says LP Sinha, MD, Bihar Hydroelectric Power Corporation.

WORRIES FROM OTHER QUARTERS While it is true that the generation capacity needs to improve, it is even more important to reduce power loss. “Transmission and distribution loses are huge in India. We are generating a lot of power from various sources, but losses in the system ensure that there is a constant gap between the power generated and the actual amount of power needed. We must ensure the generation of active power and thus reduce the losses at all the stages. Each unit saved is equal to two units of power generated,” says Shwetank Jain, Director, P2 Power Solutions. Another major challenge faced by the power sector is the issue of tariffs. This year’s economic survey indicated that India currently has one of the lowest and most uneconomical average electricity tariffs in the world. It is eight cents per unit at the retail level, as compared to about 12-15 cents in countries comprising more coal or gas and 9-10 cents per unit elsewhere. This acts as a disincentive for many new players willing to enter the power production industry, as the returns generated do not warrant it as a viable business proposition. Apart from factors such as losses in the system and demand-supply mismatch, there is a definite requirement for increase in the power generation capacity. This requires the availability of land and infrastructure. “Land acquisition is a major problem for setting up power plants, which require large areas of land to be set up. The process of getting clearances is cumbersome. Clearance is required only from the Ministry

of Environment and Forests. But this is not easy. Granting clearances should be centralised in order make our work easier and also to enable the government to keep a central record of all proposals accepted,” says MV Suresh, Divisional Engineer – Planning, Andhra Pradesh Power Generation Corporation.

LACKING INFRASTRUCTURE Another reason why major power projects have remained concentrated in certain areas across the country is the lack of key infrastructure in various states such as Bihar and Jharkhand. “We, on our part, have ensured that projects do not get delayed due to the non-availability of infrastructure, but we cannot ignore the fact that most of rural India still lacks any incentive for power producers,” says Sinha. Adding to this, Suresh opines, “While states like Andhra Pradesh might be able to meet its power targets, it is doubtful whether states in the north-east and east can do so. This pushes the chances of the power ministry to achieve the ‘Power for All’ target even further.”

ROAD BEYOND THE CONVENTIONAL With all the problems and hurdles in the way of thermal power generation, the industry had to look for alternative sources of power generation. With the abundance of sunlight that India receives, it was but natural for power companies and the government to move towards this form of energy by harnessing the immense potential seen worldwide through solar power generation. With about 3,000 hours of sunshine every year, most parts of the country receive around 4 to 7 kWh of solar radiation per square metre per day with 250-300 sunny days in a year. This presents enormous potential to develop solar power as over 5,000 trillion kWh of energy can be harnessed every year. “Solar power generation can change the whole power scenario in India if the government takes concrete measures to step up solar power generation,” opines Jain. Realising the growing potential of solar power generation, several large players have entered into this business. Tata BP Solar, Tata Power and Reliance Industries are some of the big players that have major plans for this industry. This has given a big boost to this field as these companies are investing a lot of money in research to make the technology cheaper. This, in turn, will make solar energy

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

POWER GENERATION

accessible to the common man. As more and more people take to solar power, the costs are expected to reduce. The government is considering a ban on the import of equipment for projects under the National Solar Mission. Industry players believe that while this will benefit the domestic solar equipment manufacturers, the move might prevent the government from achieving its ambitious target of generating 20,000 MW of solar power generation capacity by 2022. Domestic solar equipment manufacturers have only been able to garner 30 per cent of total projects, while the rest have gone to global players.

WIND POWER Another potential source of power generation present in abundance is wind power. The Indian wind energy sector has an installed capacity of 11,807.00 MW. In terms of wind power installed capacity, India is ranked fifth in the world. Today, it is a major player in the global wind energy market. “Many states in India have vast potential for wind energy development. It is heartening to see private and public companies showing interest in wind,” says Suresh. Jain points out, “Current equipment used in the power generation industry are highly sophisticated and generate a lot of harmonics (high frequency currents). However, the transmitters and distribution machinery often cannot handle such high current, thus causing damage to the equipment and the power supply set up.” Nonetheless, the potential for wind power generation is far from exhausted. The Indian Wind Energy Association has estimated that given the current level of technology, the ‘on-shore’ potential for the utilisation of wind energy for electricity generation is to the tune of 65,000 MW. The unexploited resource availability has the potential to sustain the growth of the wind energy sector in India in the years to come. The total installed wind capacity is expected to grow at 14 per cent by 2014. However, this sector faces certain hurdles. Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu do not have proper transmission lines or substations in place to distribute wind-generated power. Tamil Nadu is the largest producer of wind energy in India with a 42 per cent share.

HIDDEN POTENTIAL SOURCE Renewable energy often draws attention only towards solar and wind power generation. However, there is another form of renewable, which has not seen much development – geothermal energy. It is the heat generated from within the earth’s surface. Being a clean, abundant and natural source of energy, it can be tapped by installing thermal heat pumps into the earth’s surface and used accordingly. Avinash Brahmbhatt, Chairman and MD, Avin Energy Systems, claims, “We have tremendous potential in terms of geothermal energy, as India boasts of regions where a lot of stored heat energy can be harnessed with comparatively lower investment.” Gujarat has taken progressive steps towards the development of geothermal energy. “Indigenous energy sources are urgently needed in developing countries and geothermal energy has the potential to provide thousands of megawatts of power with the least environmental impact,” adds Brahmbhatt.

NEWER OPPORTUNITIES The national scene for the power sector has a few key pointers. While conventional sources of power generation are the most adopted ones, the availability of renewable sources presents an opportunity to be harnessed. If factors such as high exposure to sunlight, vast regions witnessing high wind frequency and a hot earth bed full of energy, can be timely attended to, a lot of load can be taken away from the depleting fossil fuel reserves that are a cause of global environmental & economic concern.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION

Photo ÂŠDINODIA

TACKLING THE POWER CRISIS While capacity addition and availability of fuel are some of the constraints that the country is facing today, transmission & distribution losses are also substantially higher than the global benchmarks. In lieu of this, the Central Government has opened up the market for private players, who will bring in efficient systems, technology and strategy. However, not much progress has been made so far and the government needs to be more proactive in involving them sooner than later. SANDEEP PAI he power sector is like a coin having sides of equal significance. If power generation is the beginning, transmission and distribution (T&D) plays a pivotal role in ensuring availability to end users. In short, it completes the power cycle

and is indispensible to bridge the demandsupply gap. It is a known fact that as far as power generation is concerned, India is surging ahead. However, not everything has been going right, when it comes to T&D of power. In T&D, the biggest culprit is the losses, which can be categorised as T&D losses and aggregate technical & commercial

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

(AT&C) losses. Losses that have been incurred during the transmission and distribution of electricity to the consumer are called T&D losses, whereas AT&C estimates commercial losses (covering theft & deficiencies in billing & collection) besides T&D losses. AT&C is the true indicator of total losses in the system.

TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION

The T&D losses, which were supposed to be reduced from 35 per cent in 2004-05 to 15 per cent in 2012, currently stand at the 28.44-per cent mark, while AT&C losses are reported to be over 30 per cent. PN Chowdhary, General Secretary, Electricity Workers Federation of India, says, “Most state electricity boards (SEBs), involved in transmission and distribution are using very old equipment – conductors and transformers. Even in some cases, if the transformers are of prescribed standards, they are not properly balanced. Moreover, I have personally experienced that repairing is done by non-certified vendors having unskilled people working for them. This results in severe losses.” Like Chowdhary, other experts also believe that rules should be made more stringent, equipment should be upgraded and efficiency should be enormously enhanced.

T&D AND AT&C LOSSES The government had recognised these concerns a long time back and had even endorsed private investments. In this regard, it replaced the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948 (which had earlier effectively nationalised the sector) by the overarching Electricity Act, 2003. The replaced 2003 Act introduced a host of reforms such as unbundling of SEBs’ open access, competition, development of market mechanisms and independent tariff setting and regulation. Although the government had taken initiative and changed the Act, they failed to capitalise completely on it. Chaitanya Raut, Manager – Research, Credit Analysis & Research, explains, “The investment in the T&D sector had been lagging as compared to that in power generation. To address the problem of acute power shortage in the country, the government has focussed on investments into power generation. In the process, the T&D segment has remained neglected and witnessed significantly less investments in comparison to power generation. As a result, the investment ratio between power generation and T&D in the country has been 1:0.5 as against the ideal investment ratio of 1:1 in global arena.” Confirming this, the Planning Commission’s official assessment in 2010 states, “Although the power transmission segment has been opened to private investment in 1998, there has been only limited success in attracting private investment.”

Due to the lack of core investments, the current transmission network in the country has been formed by expanding & interconnecting relatively smaller and notso-efficient networks across different states. As a result, the current T&D system is burdened to about 90 per cent of its capacity, which is much higher than the global standards of 55-65 per cent. Along with technical losses, commercial and theft losses are also on the higher side in the country due to the relatively low voltage power transmission in some regions. Thus, there is a need to attract more investments in this segment.

Most state electricity boards (SEBs), involved in transmission and distribution are using very old equipment – conductors and transformers. Even in some cases, if the transformers are of prescribed standards, they are not properly balanced. This results in severe losses. PN CHOWDHARY, General Secretary, Electricity Workers Federation of India

THE POSITIVES Despite the problems and lacuna over losses, the government’s initiatives have not gone completely into vain. Raut says, “India’s power transmission lines have grown from 3,708 circuit kilometre (ckm) in 1950 to about 2,27,885 ckm till March 2010. During FY11 (till December), the country has added about 10,056 ckm of transmission lines. Power Grid Corporation (PGC) is the government agency responsible for planning and developing inter-regional power transmission network across the country.” However, he adds, “Even though the trend of T&D losses shows a decline, these losses are at substantially higher levels due to deficiencies in the T&D system.” Moreover, according to the Power Ministry, “The development of a national grid facilitates optimal utilisation of resources by bulk transfer of power from surplus regions to deficit regions in the country as well as to facilitate scheduled/unscheduled exchange of power between regions and

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

has been an objective from 1997.” It should also be noted that India has the largest capacity in high voltage DC lines in the world. Today, the inter-regional transfer capacity available is 20,800 MW and will go up to 32,650 MW by 2012. During the last two years the Power Grid Corporation of India (PGCIL) has added 5,900 MW of transmission capacity. Yogender Alagh, Chairman, IRMA and former Minister of Power and Science Technology of India in his article had mentioned that this capacity is becoming critical as open access becomes operational. India’s North-eastern (NE) region is a hub of hydel generation. A major part of this power is exported to the power deficit Northern and Western region. Considering the contingency and reliability needs and total power evacuation from the NE region through what is called the chicken neck area, five to six HVDC lines (800 kV) and three to four extra high-voltage alternating current (EHVAC) lines (400 kV) would have to be established to eventually evacuate about 50,000 MW in NE region and 15,000 MW from the Sikkim/Bhutan area.”

BEST POWER PRACTICES While the government is on a right track as far as the strategy is concerned, it lacks systematic implementation of its plans. Several best practices confirm that the government’s strategy of attracting private participation, better use of technology and equipment by these companies can substantially reduce losses and help India achieve its power demand. Some of the best practices adopted by various utilities in the distribution sector include: Northern Delhi Power (NDPL) in Delhi has undertaken various IT related initiatives like SAMBANDH (an integrated CRM tool), geographical information system, SAP, ISU & automatic metre reading, which form the backbone of commercial and technological interventions and plays a key role in bringing AT&C losses down. Southern Power Distribution Company of Andhra Pradesh (SPDCL) in Andhra Pradesh developed a customer information management and analysis consumer analysis tool (CAT), which has also helped reduce massive losses. In Bhiwandi, for monitoring, metering, billing and collection, Maharashtra

TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION

Torrent Power AEC Limited private investments and the use of Distribution, Management better technology, Chowdhary (Franchisee) had introduced believes that the government The investment in the T&D sector had been lagging as several technologies, which should make proper plan and had done wonders for reducing encourage power plants very close compared to that in power generation. To address the losses. With a total consumer to the consumption points problem of acute power shortage in the country, the base of 1,40,000 consumers whenever possible. “If the power government has focussed on investments into power and a geographical area of 721 plants are close to load centre, generation. In the process, the T&D segment has sq km largely comprising power then the losses decrease massively,” remained neglected and witnessed significantly less looms. The area was known he says. for high distribution, losses, investments in comparison to power generation. WHAT NEEDS TO BE poor collections and poor state DONE? of infrastructure. CHAITANYA RAUT, Assam’s three distribution It is obvious that in the recent years GManager – Research, Credit Analysis & Research companies, Distribution some advancement has been Management (Franchisee), made in unbundling the system Single Point Power Supply and involving private players and (SPPS) Scheme provides rural consumers economic incentives and disincentives in continuous three-phase power supply with quality supply & services through the electricity market. But its weaknesses in to non-IP loads. Noida Power Company in Uttar Pradesh rural distribution franchisees operating terms of performance should be noted, the is providing end-to-end GIS solution for on behalf of the three distribution best practice cases should be replicated. analysing and optimising power companies. The momentum needs acceleration. While Rural Load Management (RLM): distribution network. GIS developed the government is on track when it comes Irrigation pumping loads controlled using and deployed to detect network as well to making policies, what it lacks is a focus on programmable logic controllers (PLC) as commercial losses: Computerised implementation. The government needs to was introduced by Bangalore Electricity spot billing is now common, as also gear up private investments for bringing in Supply Company (BESCOM). PLC is conventional applications like inventory more efficiency. If that happens in future, used for alternate switching in or out IP management, etc. then India’s power sector will truly light up loads as per demand schedule to facilitate Apart from the strategy of attracting lives.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

GREEN POWER

has been improved. In the process of concerted effort to improve thermodynamic efficiency to a level of 35 per cent, simple cycle steam turbines have been replaced with some of the most advanced ones. Increasing the combustion temperature can boost this efficiency even further. Old coal-based power plants are significantly less efficient and produce higher levels of waste heat. The emergence of the ‘supercritical turbine’ concept envisions running a boiler at very high temperatures and pressures with projected efficiencies of 46 per cent. Further increase in temperature and pressure to extreme levels can, perhaps, result in even higher efficiencies. Improved thermal efficiency is achieved when the temperature and pressure of the steam is increased. By raising the temperature from 580°C to 760°C and the pressure out of the high-pressure feedwater pump from 33 MPa to 42 MPa, the thermal efficiency improves by about four per cent (ultra-supercritical steam condition). Another efficient and clean way of coal combustion in the form of coal-water slurry (CWS) fuel was well-developed in Russia. CWS fuel significantly reduces emissions thus, saving the heating value of coal. It is these aspects of using coal at higher thermodynamic efficiency, covering pre-

CLEAN COAL TECHNOLOGY FOR GREEN POWER Coal is a fossil fuel that is used in most parts of the world to generate energy. However, burning coal adds to the global carbon dioxide levels. Therefore, the major technological challenge that the world now faces is to meet their energy needs and at the same time reduce their carbon footprint. Here is where the use of ‘clean coal technology’ gains prominence. Technological innovations introduced through the clean coal technology programme provide consumers cost-effective, clean and coal-based energy. oal is primarily used as a solid fuel to produce electricity and heat through combustion. The world coal consumption is more than 7 billion short tonne and this figure is expected to increase to more than 10 billion short tonne by 2030. China is producing over 3 billion tonne, whereas in India, the present annual coal production is about 560 million tonne. While about 70 per cent of China’s

electricity comes from coal, its share in India is about 67 per cent. At least 47 per cent of the world’s electricity comes from coal. When coal is used for electricity generation, it is usually pulverised and then combusted (burned) in a furnace with a boiler. The furnace heat converts boiler water into steam, which is then used to rotate turbines, which turns generators for generating electricity. Over a period of time, the thermodynamic efficiency of this process

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

combustion, combustion and postcombustion areas of its use that clean coal technology is all about.

COAL AND ITS ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Coal, a fossil fuel, is the largest source of energy for the generation of electricity worldwide. However, it is also the largest anthropogenic source of carbon dioxide (CO2) releases. Gross CO2 emissions from coal usage are slightly more than those from

GREEN POWER

petroleum and about double the amount of SO2 or oxides of nitrogen, associated by the state because of the high costs of this from natural gas. Coal is extracted from the with the utilisation of coal with more of technology. The facility captures CO2 and acid rain-producing sulphides, separates ground by mining, either through thermal efficiency in the generation of them and compresses the CO2 into a liquid. underground methods by shaft mining or electricity. It implies that it is possible to There are plans to inject the CO2 into through open pit methods. make coal a source fuel that is free of (or depleted natural gas fields with a view to In developed countries, more than 90 very low in) CO2 emissions and other pollutant emissions. Some of the techniques enhance gas production or just for storing in per cent of greenhouse gas emissions come other geological formations. from the combustion of fossil fuels, mostly from coal. The In developed countries, more than 90 per cent of greenhouse This technology is not considered to be a final solution combustion of coal also gas emissions come from the combustion of fossil fuels, for CO reduction in the produces other air pollutants, 2 such as nitrogen oxide, sulphur mostly from coal. The combustion of coal also produces atmosphere, but it provides an dioxide (SO2), volatile organic other air pollutants, such as nitrogen oxide, sulphur dioxide, achievable solution in the near compounds and heavy metals. term. However, more desirable volatile organic compounds and heavy metals. Among industrial sectors, the alternative solutions to power electricity sector is unique in its generation can be made that would be used to accomplish this very large contribution to emissions, economically practical. include: associated with nearly all air issues. Electricity SO2 and nitrogen dioxide (NO2) control Coal washing or coal beneficiation to technologies, emerging from clean coal generation produces a large share of remove the unwanted ash/impurities from technology, have moved into the utility & nitrogen oxides and SO2 emissions, which contribute to smog and acid rain and the the raw coal industrial marketplace and now, provide Treating coal with chemicals to remove formation of fine particulate matter. It is the cost-effective regulatory compliance. A unwanted present minerals, if any largest uncontrolled industrial source of new generation of advanced coal-based Gasification by means of IGCC mercury emissions in many countries. Fossil power systems has been placed in technology fuels also contain radioactive materials, commercial service that represents a Treating flue gases with steam to remove mainly uranium and thorium, which are quantum leap forward in terms of efficiency SO2 released into the atmosphere. In 2000, and environmental performance. These CCS technologies to capture the CO2 about 12,000 metric tonne of thorium and advanced power systems projects will from the flue gas about 5,000 metric tonne of uranium were provide a springboard for widespread and Dewatering/drying lower rank coals released worldwide by burning coal. global deployment. This, in turn, will (lignite) to improve the calorific value, However, this radioactivity from coal contribute greatly to reductions in and thus the efficiency of the conversion burning is minuscule at each source and has greenhouse gas emissions. Clean coal into electricity. not shown to have any adverse effect on technology has paid measurable dividends. Clean coal technology usually addresses human physiology. Burning coal also Technological innovations introduced atmospheric problems resulting from generates large amounts of bottom ash and through the clean coal technology burning coal. Historically, the primary focus fly ash. These materials are used in a wide programme provide consumers costwas on SO2 and particulates, since it is the variety of industrial and other applications. effective, clean and coal-based energy. most important gas in the causation of acid CLEAN COAL TECHNOLOGY WHY CLEAN COAL rain. Of late, the focus has been on CO2 TECHNOLOGY? Clean coal technology is a term used to (due to its impact on global warming) as Rightly or wrongly, the world still depends describe technologies being developed that well as other pollutants. Concerns exist on fossil fuels for fulfilling its needs for energy aim to reduce the said environmental regarding the economic viability of these and power generation. Fossil fuels are those impact of power generation through coal. technologies and the timeframe of delivery, fuels formed from natural resources such as Both the governments and industries potentially high hidden economic costs in anaerobic decomposition of buried dead continue to use the term ‘clean coal’ to terms of social and environmental damage organisms and plant matter, either of land describe technologies designed to enhance, and the costs and viability of disposing off or marine origin, under intense pressure the efficiency and the environmental removed carbon and other toxic matter. and heat. The age of the organisms and acceptability of coal extraction, preparation Coal, which is primarily used for the their resulting fossil fuels is typically tens of and use. However today, the term ‘clean generation of electricity, is the millions of years, and sometimes, may coal technology’ is usually used in reference second-largest domestic contributor to exceed to 600 million years. The fossil fuels, to carbon capture and storage (CCS), an CO2 emissions. Today people have become more concerned about global warming, which contain high percentages of carbon, advanced process that eliminates CO2 emissions from coal-based plants and which has led to the formation of new include coal, petroleum and natural gas. permanently sequesters them. legislations in many countries. It was in Fossil fuels range from volatile materials While the term ‘clean coal’ is today Germany that the world’s first state-owned with low carbon:hydrogen ratios like commonly used to describe carbon capture ‘clean coal’ power plant was commissioned methane, to liquid petroleum to nonvolatile technologies, it is the technology deployed in 2008. Since private investors are only materials composed of almost pure carbon, at a new or existing facility, which will willing to invest in other sources such as like anthracite coal. Methane can be found achieve significant reductions in air emissions nuclear, solar and wind, this plant is owned in hydrocarbon fields, alone, associated

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

GREEN POWER

with oil or in the form of methane clathrates. The share of fossil fuels in the primary energy consumption in the world is about 87 per cent of which oil/gas is 59 per cent and coal is 28 per cent. Non-fossil sources include: hydroelectric 6.3 per cent, nuclear 8.5 per cent, and others (geothermal, solar, tide, wind, wood and waste) amounting to 0.9 per cent. Fossil fuels are of great importance because they can be burned to

coal technology. However, as fossil fuels are non-renewable resources (because they take millions of years to form) and reserves are being depleted much faster than new ones are being formed, in addition to raising environmental concerns during the production and use of fossil fuels, a global movement towards the generation of renewable energy is also underway to help meet increased energy needs.

Germany, the first to adopt clean coal technology The world’s first state-owned ‘clean coal’ power plant was commissioned in Germany in 2008. Since private investors are only willing to invest in other sources such as nuclear, solar and wind, this plant is owned by the state because of the high costs of this technology. The facility captures CO2 and acid rain-producing sulphides, separates them and compresses the CO2 into a liquid. There are plans to inject the CO2 into depleted natural gas fields with a view to enhance gas production or just for storing in other geological formations. This technology is not considered to be a final solution for CO2 reduction in the atmosphere, but it provides an achievable solution in the near term. Coal is still a source of power in Germany, but it is gradually being replaced with renewable energy. produce significant amounts of energy per unit weight. The use of coal as a fuel predates recorded history. Coal was used to run furnaces for the melting of metal ore. The wide-scale use of fossil fuels, coal first and petroleum later, to fire steam engines enabled the Industrial Revolution. The world energy consumption is growing at a rate of about 2.3 per cent per year. As this will continue for some more decades, we have to depend on coal for fulfilling the energy security of many nations. Moreover, the burning of fossil fuels produces around 22 billion metric tonne of CO2 per year. But it is estimated that natural processes can only absorb about half of that amount. So, there is a net increase of about 11 billion tonne of atmospheric CO2 per year that causes the greenhouse effect. CO2 is one of the greenhouse gases that enhances radiative forcing (radiating down on the planet rather than radiating back out to space) and contributes to global warming. Most climate scientists agree that the average surface temperature of the Earth rises, which, as a result; will cause major adverse effects. This is the main reason that has forced nations to go in search of clean

ASPECTS COVERING CLEAN COAL TECHNOLOGY The pre-combustion aspects that are required to be covered to address the issue of clean coal technology are: Ways and means to have clean coal Clean coal mining Clean coal by washing On the other hand, the combustion & the post-combustion aspects that are required to be covered to address the issue of green power are: Importance of efficiency improvement CO2 capture & storage (sequestrations) – methods VCBM/CMM/AMM/VAM and UCG routes for power generation CTL as a clean route to provide energy Energy farming for bio-fuels. An effort is made here to cover and discuss the main aspects of clean coal technology for green power.

IMPROVING EFFICIENCIES FOR USING COAL A range of advanced coal combustion technologies have been developed to improve the efficiency of coal-fired power

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

generation. New, more efficient coal-fired combustion technologies reduce emissions of CO2, as well as pollutants such as Nitrogen Oxide (NOx), Sulphur Oxide (SOx) and particulates. Improving the efficiency levels increases the amount of energy that can be extracted from a single unit of coal. Increase in the efficiency of electricity generation is essential for tackling climate change. Improvement to an extent of one percentage point in the efficiency of a conventional pulverised coal combustion plant results in a 2-3 per cent reduction in CO2 emissions. Highly efficient modern coal plants emit almost 40 per cent less CO2 than the average coal plant currently installed. Efficiency improvements include the most cost-effective and shortest lead time actions for reducing emissions from coal-fired electricity. This is particularly the case in developing and transition countries, where existing plant efficiencies are generally lower and coal use in electricity generation is increasing. The average global efficiency of coal-fired plants is currently 28 per cent as compared to 45 per cent for the most efficient plants. A programme of re-powering existing coal-fired plants to improve their efficiency, coupled with newer and more efficient plants being built, will generate significant CO2 reductions. Although the deployment of new, highly efficient plants is subject to local constraints, such as ambient environmental conditions and coal quality, deploying the most efficient plant possible, is critical to enable these plants to be retrofitted with CCS in the future. Efficient plants are a prerequisite for retrofitting with CCS as capturing, transporting and storing the plant’s CO2 consumes significant quantities of energy. Highly inefficient plants will undermine the capacity to deploy CCS technologies. Improving the efficiency of the oldest and most inefficient coal-fired plants would reduce CO2 emissions from coal use by almost 25 per cent representing a six per cent reduction in global CO2 emissions. These significant reductions in emissions can be achieved by replacing plants that are less than 300 MW capacity and more than 25 years old. Larger plants, with more than 40 per cent efficiency, are to be built by replacement. The moment the efficiency is improved to 40 per cent in the supercritical power plants, the emissions decrease to about 800g CO2 per kWh. In the case of

GREEN POWER

ultra-supercritical/IGCC plants, whose much larger plant offering efficiency of from the gas turbine is recovered to create efficiency goes up to 55 per cent, the over 40 per cent steam, which drives a steam turbine, emissions decrease further to a level of The flexibility of FBC systems allows producing more electricity and hence, a 700g CO2 per kWh. As lower heating value them to utilise abandoned coal waste that combined cycle system. (LHV) is improved (from 40 per cent to previously would not be used due to its By adding a ‘shift’ reaction, additional more than 45 per cent); every one per cent poor quality. hydrogen can be produced and the CO can increase in efficiency reduces the specific Supercritical & ultra-supercritical be converted into CO2, which can then be captured and stored. IGCC efficiencies emissions such as CO2, NOx, SOx and technology particulate matters by two per cent. typically reach the mid-40 per cent, although The new pulverised coal combustion Improvements in the efficiency of plant designs offering around 50 per cent systems utilising supercritical and ultracoal-fired power plants to reduces CO2 efficiencies are achievable. Reliability and supercritical technology operate at emissions can be achieved with the following availability have been challenges facing increasingly higher temperatures and technologies: IGCC development and commercialisation. pressures and therefore, achieve higher Fluidised Bed Combustion Cost has also been an issue for the wider efficiencies than conventional PCC units Fluidised Bed Combustion (FBC) is a very uptake of IGCC as they have been and significant CO2 reductions. Supercritical steam cycle technology has flexible method of electricity production significantly more expensive than wherein most combustible conventional coal-fired plant. material – including coal, The burning of fossil fuels produces around 22 billion Gasification may also be one of biomass and general waste – metric tonne of CO2 per year. But it is estimated that natural the best ways to produce cleancan be burnt. FBC systems burning hydrogen for processes can only absorb about half of that amount. improve the environmental tomorrow’s cars and powerimpact of coal-based electricity, generating fuel cells. Hydrogen been used for decades and is becoming the reducing SOx and NOx emissions by 90 and other coal gases such as CBM/CMM, system of choice for new commercial per cent. In FBC, coal is burned in a reactor VAM, etc. can be used to fuel powercoal-fired plants in many countries. comprising of a bed through which gas is generating turbines, or as the chemical Research & development is underway fed to keep the fuel in a fluidised/turbulent building blocks for a wide range of for ultra-supercritical units operating at even state. This improves combustion, heat commercial products, including diesel and higher efficiencies, potentially up to around transfer and recovery of waste products. other transport fuels. 50 per cent. The introduction of The higher heat exchanger efficiencies and SUPERCRITICAL TECHNOLOGY ultra-supercritical technology has been better mixing of FBC systems allows them & ITS ADVANTAGES driven over the recent years in developed to operate at lower temperatures than Supercritical power plants are highly efficient countries such as Denmark, Germany and conventional pulverised coal combustion plants with the best available pollution Japan, in order to achieve improved plant (PCC) systems. By elevating pressures control technology. These plants reduce efficiencies and reduce fuel costs. Research within a bed, a high-pressure gas stream the existing pollution levels by burning less focussing on the development of new steels can be used to drive a gas turbine, generating coal per megawatt-hour produced, thus for boiler tubes and on high alloy steels that electricity. capturing the vast majority of pollutants. minimise corrosion is also being conducted. FBC systems fit into two groups, namely, This increases the kWh produced per kg of These developments are expected to result the non-pressurised systems (FBC) and coal burned, with fewer emissions, thereby, in a dramatic increase in the number of pressurised systems (PFBC). They are reducing the specific consumption of coal super critical (SC) plants and ultra super further sub-divided to two subgroups as (coal consumed in kg per mega watt of critical (USC) units installed over coming bubbling or circulating fluidised bed. Non-pressurised FBC systems operate power generated). years. at atmospheric pressure and are the Because of the above mentioned INTEGRATED GASIFICATION most widely applied type of FBC. They techno-economic benefits, along with its COMBINED CYCLE have efficiencies similar to PCC – 30-40 environment-friendly cleaner technology, An alternative to achieving efficiency per cent more and new power plants adopting this PFBC systems operate at elevated improvements in conventional pulverised state-of-the-art technology are coming up pressures and produce a high-pressure coal-fired power stations is through the use in India. As environment legislations are gas stream that can drive a gas turbine, of gasification technology. Integrated becoming more stringent, adopting this creating a more efficient combined cycle gasification combined cycle (IGCC) plants cleaner technology has proved to be system – over 40 per cent use a gasifier to convert coal (or other immensely beneficial in all respects. Bubbling uses a low fluidising velocity – carbon-based materials) to syngas, which Moreover, there are various operational so that the particles are held mainly in a drives a combined cycle turbine. Coal is advantages in the case of supercritical power bed – and is generally used with small combined with oxygen and steam in the plants. There are several turbine designs plants offering a non-pressurised gasifier to produce syngas, which is mainly available for use in supercritical power efficiency of around 30 per cent H2 and carbon monoxide (CO). The gas is plants. These designs need not fundamentally Circulating uses a higher fluidising then cleaned to remove impurities, such as differ from designs used in sub-critical velocity – so the particles are constantly sulphur and syngas, and is used in a gas power plants. However, due to the fact that held in the flue gases – and are used for turbine to produce electricity. Waste heat the steam pressure and temperature are

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Bosch

Pg No. 65 SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Bosch

Pg No. 65

Bosch Rexroth (India) Ltd

Global Sleeve Solutions

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Global Sleeve

Pg No. 66

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Global Sleeve

GREEN POWER

more elevated in supercritical plants, the wall-thickness and the materials selected for the high-pressure turbine section need reconsideration. A supercritical plant needs a ‘once-through’ boiler, whereas a ‘drum-type’ boiler is required by sub-critical power plants. In fact, ‘once-through’ boilers are better suited to frequent load variations than ‘drum-type’ boilers, since the drum is a component with a high-wall thickness, requiring controlled heating.

CAN WE PHASE OUT THE USE OF COAL? A significant portion of the total global carbon emissions are from electricity generation. Coal, specifically, accounts for up to 1/3rd of global carbon emissions. So, to decrease the carbon emissions and possibly stop extreme climate change from occurring, coal may have to be phased out. This course of action is being undertaken by several governments. Germany is an example of a country that is phasing out coal. Solar & wind are major sources of energy, and renewable energy generation, currently accounting for around 15 per cent, is growing. Coal is still a source of power in Germany, but it is gradually being replaced with renewable energy. Globally, coal is one of the largest sources of energy. As a way to phase out coal, a few countries, in which coal is a primary source of energy, have enacted legislations to prevent the construction of any new coal facilities and to close operating coal-fired facilities. Also, in several such countries, initiatives have been started to support the viability of the renewable energy industry to replace decommissioned coal facilities. However, many other countries, such as the US, Great Britain, China and India, are planning increased coal production to aid their economic advance. Both China and India have large reserves of coal, but relatively little oil, natural gas, hydro, solar or wind capacity, and are heavily dependent on coal for electricity generation. According to Scientific American, the average coal plant emits more than 100 times as much radiation per year than a comparatively-sized nuclear power plant does, in the form of toxic, radioactive fly ash. Some believe that coal should not be phased out and that Clean Coal Technology is the way to restrain carbon emissions. But the renewable energy infrastructure, unlike unproven carbon capture technology, is being deployed now. Some environmentalists and climatologists support a phase out theory and criticise clean coal for being considered a solution to climate change. While entrepreneurs promote improved regulations and modernised technology, others point out that such a policy would affect developing countries more seriously because of the scarcity of other fossil fuels. All said and done, in this era of energy-driven nations, it is going to be a long time before we can phase out coal and bring in other sources of energy. B Akala, Director, Value Plus Mining Solutions, Total CBM Solutions India. Akala holds a Bachelors Degree in Mining from College of Engineering, Guindy. He has served in the coal sector for more than 44 years in various capacities and rose to the level of CMD of PSU’s, CCL and CMPD. During the 10th Plan period, he headed the coal sub-group for the Planning Commission, Government of India, to decide on matters related to mineral/coal exploration, coal demand & supply, production and so on and so forth. He prepared the concept paper for CBM/CMM/AMM for Coal India, with a view to help the coal sector exploit and recover vast CBM resources. He has received many National Awards for productivity, safety & managerial excellence. E-mail: akala_b@yahoo.com, akala_b@hotmail.com

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

INVESTMENTS AHOY!

THE P WER BOOSTERS With the Centre rolling out the Hydrocarbon Vision 2025, many investments and capacity expansions have been initiated by companies in the power generation sector. Even state-owned companies have gone ahead to bridge the demand-supply gap in this sector to provide a major boost to industrial development by way of abundant energy supply. Here is a roundup of the investments that have taken place in 2011â&#x20AC;Ś SUMEDHA MAHOREY

JOINT VENTURE BY BHEL, NTPC AND INDIRA GANDHI CENTRE FOR ATOMIC RESEARCH Total investment: `

10,000

crore

Project description: Setting up an 800-MW coal-fired power project based on a more efficient, advanced and ultra-supercritical thermal power technology Place: Yet to be announced Future plans: The venture aims to cut the rising costs of imports for energy needs.

GAMESA WIND TURBINES Total investment: Approximately â&#x201A;Ź

million

Project description: To open a turbine blade factory, with an initial production capacity of 300 MW. The company also plans to localise production of its G9X-2.0 MW turbine in India in 2012. Place: Baroda, Gujarat Future plans: Intends to open additional manufacturing plants in India in the coming years to produce nacelles and towers in Gujarat and Tamil Nadu.

SAIL Total investment: `

300

crore in the first phase

Project description: Setting up a 1,000-MW gas-based power project Place: Jagdishpur Steel Plant in Sultanpur Future plans: About 50 per cent of the power generated by the plant would be for captive use of the steel unit at Sultanpur while the remaining would be free for being sold as merchant power.

GATES INDIA Total investment: $

million

Project description: Setting up of mixing plant Place: $7 million in Lalru, Punjab and $3 million in Faridabad, Haryana and Pune Future plans: To meet the new challenges of the demanding hydraulic market as well as enhance the capacity of rubber compound manufacturing in India.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

INVESTMENTS AHOY!

SITHE CAPITAL AND SKS ISPAT & POWER Total investment: SKS Ispat & Power’s total project cost is estimated at ` has been invested by Sithe Capital

5,000

crore out of which `

1,200

crore

Project description: Setting up of a 1,200-MW power project Place: Raigarh, Chattisgarh Future plans: SKS Ispat & Power has ambitious plans to set up more steel plants, cement units and a power generation company.

CLP INDIA Total investment: `

4,000 5,000 to `

crore

Project description: To expand its 655-MW gas-fired power plant by another 1,000 MW Place: Paguthan, near Bharuch, Gujarat Future plans: To expand its wind energy capacity in the country. The company is also considering foraying into the solar energy sector

HIMACHAL POWER CORPORATION Total investment: `

700

crore

Project description: Setting up of a hydro-electric projects of 78 MW Place: Berry Nichli, District Kangra, Himachal Pradesh Future plans: The State Government plans to generate 1,700 MW hydro electricity by the end of 12th plan.

LANCO VIDARBHA THERMAL POWER Total investment: `

6,938

crore

Project description: Setting up a 1,320-MW coal plant based on super-critical technology Place: Mandva, District Wardha, Maharashtra Future plans: Plans to expand its generation capacity by June 2011.

THERMAX Total investment: Approximately `

crore

Project description: Setting up of the country’s first-ever geothermal power plant Place: Konkan region, Maharashtra Future plans: The company will set up at least one 5-MW power plant as a pilot project in the region with a three-year time-line.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS

Knowledge Partner

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS: Empowering Industrial Growth ...........................72 BUDGET BYTES: Revisiting India Growth Story .............................................................................86

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS

EMPOWERING INDUSTRIAL

GROWTH

Union Budget 2011 was all about fiscal consolidation to rein in fiscal deficit. It was a roadmap for the implementation of Goods and Service Tax and a rationalisation of taxes on both corporate as well as personal tax levels. All in all, the Budget was a balanced one. It not only touched upon serious issues such as rising food & crude prices, but also focussed on growth and reforms. A sneak peek into the key takeaways... he government presented the Railway and Union Budget to lay the financial roadmap for the country for FY12. The Railway Budget proposed no hike in freight rates while introducing a few new trains. The Union Budget, on the other hand, was crafted while keeping in mind the growing public unrest due to inflation and rising food & fuel prices. It announced ways to bring down fiscal deficit to 3.6 per cent over three years. Letâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s take a look at the key takeaways from Railway Budget as well as Union Budget 2011-12â&#x20AC;Ś

on how the government will service the undertaken borrowings, given the liquidity crunch and the maintenance of passenger and freight rates at their previous levels.

THE UNION BUDGET The Union Budget for FY12 may, at large, be viewed as taking a neutral fiscal stance.

THE RAILWAY BUDGET This Railway Budget was announced at a time when the Railways was undergoing deep financial stress owing to the increasing expenditure on account of payments of the Sixth Pay Commission, pension dues, hike in diesel prices & electricity tariff and declining earnings partly due to the strife and the increasing operating ratio. The Railway Budget has chosen not to change either passenger fares or freight rates and has made the highest-ever allocation of more than `57,000 crore to strengthen the network in the country, with significant opportunities for private participation. The budget proposes 85 public private partnership (PPP) projects. Implications While there will be a definite boost for infrastructure spending and the backward linkages with related industries such as machinery, steel, etc., there are concerns

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

At the macro-economic level, the Budget tries to address the issues of inflation, growth and interest rates. It must be mentioned here that the budget has been designed under constraints of future policies such as the implementation of the Direct Tax Code (DTC) and Goods & Services Tax (GST), along with a commitment towards

Budget Highlights Fiscal deficit for FY11 has been revised to 5.1 per cent and has been estimated at 4.6 per cent for FY12 - The net borrowing of the government through dated securities for FY12 would stand at `3.43 lakh crore, of which `15,000 crore is proposed to be financed through treasury bills Revenue deficit for FY11 has been revised to 3.4 per cent and would be maintained at the same for FY12 - The Gross Tax Receipts are estimated at `9,32,440 crore, which marks an increase of 24.9 per cent over the Budget Estimates for FY11 - Non- tax Revenue is estimated at `1,25,435 crore for FY12 The total expenditure proposed for FY12 is `12,57,729 crore, registering an increase of 13.4 per cent over the Budget Estimates for FY11 - The Plan Expenditure at `4,41,547 crore, marks an increase of 18.3 per cent - The Non-Plan Expenditure at `8,16,182 crore, which marks an increase of 10.9 per cent The Central Government debt is estimated at 44.2 per cent of GDP for FY12, as against 52.5 per cent recommended by the 13th Finance Commission Disinvestment for FY12 is placed at `40,000 crore.

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS

Policy reforms Creation of infrastructure debt funds Boost for infrastructure development with tax-free bonds of `30,000 crore SEBI-registered mutual funds can access funds from foreign investors Raised FII limit incorporate bond market to $40 bn Food Security Bill to be introduced in FY12 DTC proposed to be effective from April 1, 2012 To stay on course for transition to GST Cash subsidy to move towards direct transfers to people below the poverty line. rollback on fiscal stimulus; which has limited the government’s ability to take a proactive stance. Impact of the Budget The budget has had an impact in areas such as fiscal deficit, infrastructure and inclusive growth. Here’s how: Fiscal deficit: The reduction in target fiscal deficit to 5.1 per cent in FY11 and 4.6 per cent in FY12, much below the earlier estimate of 5.5 per cent and general tax measures are welcome proposals. The fiscal restraint roadmap that has been drawn up for this year is expected to pan out on account of a reduction in government spending. A lower government borrowing programme for the year means that there will be no additional pressure put on liquidity and hence, interest rates on account of the government. Core sectors, such as agriculture and infrastructure, have attracted most of the expenditure share in a bid to address the removal of constraints on the real economy. For instance, provisions for improvements in warehousing are expected to induce long-term benefits of diminution in inflation, while increased allocation to the Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY) is aimed at increasing productivity and supply of food grains. However, this has to be sustained over the next few years to make a discernible impact on farm production. Infrastructure: Allocations directed towards infrastructure have been stepped up by 23.3 per cent, which is essential in order to strengthen the economy with provisions for viability gap funding in investments relating to cold-storage projects. The critical part here is that this allocation should materialise into concrete projects to have an impact. Inclusive growth: Measures such as cash subsidy transfers and extension of UID are

individuals through 26 million enterprises. The Budget, however, made modest indirect provisions for this segment by making an allocation of `5,000 crore to Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) for onward lending to banks for these enterprises. This will help banks cover their shortfall in the priority sector lending targets. It has also been proposed that `3,000 crore be provided to NABARD, expecting it to benefit three lakh handloom weavers. Handloom weavers with debtrepayment stress and unviable handloom co-operative societies shall stand to gain. Thus, the channelising of finances and credit

Social Sector Spending Allocation for the Bharat Nirman Programme enhanced by `10,000 to `58,000 crore covering 2,50,000 panchayats across the country MGNREGA enhanced wage rates indexed with the CPI for agricultural labour An ‘India Micro-Finance Equity Fund’ with a corpus of `100 crore is to be created with SIDBI The allocation for education has been increased by 24 per cent to over `52,000 crore The health sector has seen an allocation increase of 20 per cent to `26,750 crore The allocation for defence has been increased by `12,834 crore.

moves towards inclusive growth. It may be recognised that there are no aggressive reform strategies that have been outlined in this Budget. The existing social & economic development programmes have been expanded in a bid to widen the reach and impact. The tax proposals have overall been neutral in their impact and the overall net loss from the proposed tax policies (direct and indirect) is estimated at `200 crore, indicating no significant overall resource mobilisations through taxation this year. A higher capital expenditure on defence will help to provide strong backward linkages to the related industries and thus, boost their production levels.

IMPACT ON THE SME SECTOR One sector that ran high pre-budget expectations was the small & medium enterprises (SME) sector. This sector is crucial to the Indian economy as it contributes 45 per cent of manufacturing output and 40 per cent of the country’s total exports, while employing nearly 60 million

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

to this sector through NABARD and SIDBI in the form of increased budgetary allocations is essential. Considering micro-finance and women development under the MSME purview, there are two more provisions, namely – the establishment of an ‘India Microfinance Equity Fund’ with `100 crore allocated to SIDBI and the Budget proposes to establish a ‘Women’s Self-Help Group Development Fund’ with a corpus of `500 crore. This will provide a boost to this sector.

IN CLOSING In conclusion, the boost to investor sentiment provided by this Budget is by and large subdued. The focus of this Budget has been to address expenditure given the overriding macro-economic concerns. Though, the stance maintained is neutral, the Budget fares well as per expectations. As provisions, plans and prospective policies laid down in this budget materialise, forthcoming budgets will have to be closely analysed. Madan Sabnavis, Chief Economist, CARE Ratings

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS

SECTOR IMPACT

AUTOMOBILE

The strong growth competitive scenario. Excise Duty Pre Budget Post Budget Impact momentum persisted during Passenger Cars, UV and MPV BUDGET the first 10 months of FY11 • Small cars* 10 10 PROPOSALS (10M FY11) after an • Others cars 22 22 The Excise Duty on hybrid encouraging FY10. The rising Hybrid vehicles 10 5 vehicles reduced from 10 per income levels and a favourable cent to 5 per cent. Full liquidity scenario pushed the • Buses 10 10 exemption on Customs Duty growth in the domestic • Trucks 10+ `10,000 10 + `10,000 on imports of specified parts passenger vehicles (PV) and • Two-Wheelers 10 10 used in manufacturing of these two-wheeler (TW) sales that vehicles. witnessed a rise of around 31 • Three-Wheelers 10 10 A reduction in Excise Duty per cent and 27 per cent, * Of length not exceeding 4 metres [engine capacity<1,500cc (diesel): 1,200 cc (petrol)] from 10 per cent to 5 per respectively, in 10M FY11. A cent on kits used in conversion strong growth in construction of fossil fuel vehicles to hybrid vehicles. and infrastructure, increase in freight by 8-10 per cent. Furthermore, the movement owing to healthy consumer domestic CV is expected to grow by around IMPACT ON THE INDUSTRY spending and increased buying of buses 30 per cent in FY11, and is projected to Commercial vehicles: Increased from different State Road Transport further increase by around 11-12 per cent emphasis on infrastructure development Undertakings (STUs) pushed the growth of during FY12. CARE Research foresees 100-150 basis is expected to boost the demand for around 31 per cent in commercial vehicle point (bps) compression in profit before trippers in M&HCV segment. (CV) domestic sales during the said period. Two-wheeler and passenger vehicles: interest, lease rent, depreciation & tax CARE Research expects the demand for PV Lowering of excise duty on hybrid cars is (PBILDT) margins in FY11 and further 50and TW industry to grow by 30 per cent expected to encourage manufacturers 100 bps compression in FY12 due to higher and 26 per cent, respectively, in FY11. to venture into this space. input prices on the back of global economic While in FY12, CARE Research expects the recovery and the inability of the industry to domestic PV industry to rise in the range of Dhimant Kothari, Senior Manager, CARE Ratings pass on the same on account of the increasing 10-11 per cent and two-wheeler industry

SECTOR IMPACT

AVIATION India is the ninth largest and one of the fastest growing aviation markets in the world. The industry had witnessed a transformation with the entry of the privately owned full-service airlines and low-cost carriers. Private carriers accounted for around 83 per cent share of the domestic aviation market. As of February 2011, private carrier Jet Airways was the market leader with a 25.4 per cent share, closely followed by Kingfisher Airlines (18.6 per cent), Indigo (18.6 per cent), National Aviation Company (17.1 per cent), SpiceJet (13.8 per cent) and GoAir (6.4 per cent). The Indian aviation industry is mainly driven by domestic travellers, who contribute to around 80 per cent to total passenger traffic. Leading aircraft manufacturers, Airbus and Boeing, have expressed optimism over the growth of the civil aviation industry in India. With the economy expected to grow by around nine per cent in 2011-12, the prospects of the aviation industry remain healthy.

Service Tax

Pre Budget

Service Tax

Post Budget The service tax on air travel has been increased by `50 in the case of domestic air travel and `250 on international journeys (economy class). Further, the service tax on business and firstclass travel on domestic routes by 10 per cent to bring the fares at par with international journeys in similar categories.

DUTY STRUCTURE There are no changes in Customs Duty and Excise Duty.

BUDGET PROPOSALS The service tax on air travel has been increased by `50 in the case of domestic air travel and `250 on international journeys (economy class). Further, the service tax on business and first-class travel on domestic routes has been increased to 10 per cent to bring the fares at par with international journeys in similar categories.

IMPACT ON THE INDUSTRY Air travel is set to become costlier, as Union

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Impact

Budget for 2011-12 has increased service tax on air travel. The impact of service tax on economy travel is marginal. Since domestic travel on upper classes is mainly by corporate clients, the impact of introducing service tax would be muted since a corresponding set-off would be available under CENVAT, as is currently available for service tax on international travel. However, this would psychologically restrict the airlines’ ability to increase fares to meet their own increased costs. Kapil Sachdeva, Assistant General Manager, CARE Ratings

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS

SECTOR IMPACT

CHEMICALS & PETROCHEMICALS The $83-billion Indian chemical industry is considered to be a major growth driver of the Indian economy. It is the 3rd largest in Asia and 12th largest in the world, accounting for around 1.6 per cent of the world market. The sector has been growing at a compounded annual growth of about 8-9 per cent in recent times primarily due to low per capita chemical consumption in India, as compared to developed countries. Most chemicals produced in India are either upstream products or intermediates used in the production of other products. Over the coming years, the industry would witness a rise in consolidation by means of acquisitions, joint ventures and alliances due to a large number of manufacturers operating in the sector and the vibrant downstream industry. Strong end-use industry demand is expected to boost growth for the Indian chemical companies, both domestic & multinational. Key success factors needed are feedstock cost and availability, value chain access, technology, capital investment, presence of strong local players as well as access to a rapidly growing large domestic market.

Customs Duty Acrylonitrile Diphenylmethane 4

Pre Budget

Post Budget

Impact

User Industries

2.5%

Synthetic fibres, plastics and elastomers

7.5%

5.00%

Polyurethane lacquers, foam plastics, rubbers, thermal insulators and glues. It can be found in freezers & refrigerators

Caprolactam

10%

7.5%

Nylon

Sodium Polyacrylate

7.5%

5.00%

Water treatment

Polytetrametylene ether glycol

7.5%

5.00%

Textile, building & construction, wood process, pharmaceutical,

Carbon black feedstock (CBFS)

2.5%

Carbon black manufacturers

BUDGET PROPOSAL

dropped from 5 per cent to 2 per cent

Custom duty on Acrylonitrile dropped from 5 per cent to 2.5 per cent Customs Duty on Diphenylmethane 4 reduced from 7.5 per cent to 5 per cent Customs Duty on Caprolactam reduced from 10 per cent to 7.5 per cent Customs Duty on Sodium Polyacrylate reduced from 7.5 per cent to 5 per cent Customs Duty on Polytetrametylene ether glycol reduced from 7.5 per cent to 5 per cent Customs Duty on carbon black feedstock

IMPACT ON THE INDUSTRY There is no significant impact on the chemical industry as changes in duties of these chemicals is not expected to impact margins of players. In cases where these chemicals are produced domestically, it may have a marginally negative impact on domestic producers as they may face higher competition from imports. Smita Rajpurkar, Sr Manager, CARE Rating

SECTOR IMPACT

CONSTRUCTION In Union Budget 2010-11, the Government of India (GoI) assigned a significant portion of the planned allocation towards the infrastructure sector. In the first half of FY11, when economic growth stood at 8.8 per cent, construction registered a growth of 9.5 per cent. Even in the first half, construction growth slowed down from 10.3 per cent in Q1FY11 to 8.8 per cent in Q2FY11 on account of the typical lull in the construction season. The current ratio of order backlog to net sales for various construction companies is in the range of 3-5 times. The growth momentum in the order book of construction companies is expected to continue as the awarding of projects in infrastructure and industrial space progresses. Construction companies that have a strong order book position coupled with better execution capability are likely to post robust revenue growth in the coming years.

BUDGET PROPOSALS Allocation of over `2,14,000 crore

Excise Duty (` per tonne)

Pre Budget

Post Budget

• Cement - Retail • Price below `190 per 50 kg bag • Price above `190 per 50 kg bag

290 10% ad-valorem

10% ad-valorem+80 10% advalorem+160

• Cement - Bulk • Clinker

• 290 or 10% ad-valorem whichever is higher • 375

• 10% ad-valorem • 10% advalorem+200

made for the infrastructure sector for FY11-12, which is 23.3 per cent higher than 2010-11. Foreign institutional investor (FII) limit for investment in infrastructure bonds with residual maturity of five years, raised by US$5 bn to US$25 bn. FIIs allowed investing in bonds of unlisted infrastructure Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) with a minimum lock in period of three years. Tax free bonds to the tune of `30,000 crore proposed to be raised by Government Infrastructure Institutions

Impact

To attract foreign funds to infrastructure financing, notified infrastructure debt funds to be created, that would be subject to interest payment on their borrowings to a reduced withholding tax rate of 5 per cent instead of the current rate of 20 per cent and income of these funds would also be exempt from tax. Tunnel boring machines required for constructing highways and bio-based asphalt along with specified machinery for its application in the construction of national highways are fully exempt from basic Customs Duty.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS

IMPACT ON THE INDUSTRY

improve infrastructure especially roads, power and housing through increased allocation to schemes like Bharat Nirman, would result in strong order book for the players in the construction industry. An attempt has also been made to attract

GoI has put strong impetus on infrastructure development in the current budget by allocating a significant portion of the planned allocation towards infrastructure development. Sustained focus of the government to

BUDGET PROPOSALS The basic Customs Duty on petroleum

Smita Rajpurkar, Senior Manager, CARE Ratings

SECTOR IMPACT

OIL & GAS India continues to be heavily dependent on imports for meeting its crude oil requirements. The domestic production of crude oil during 2009-10 stood at around 33.69 MT, while imports were almost of 159.259 MT. The refinery production in India stood at 186.562 million tonne per annum (MTPA). The domestic consumption was around 138.808 MTPA in 2009-10, with the balance refining output being exported. The export of petroleum products showed signs of recovery, increasing at about 38 per cent during FY10 as compared to a decline of 9.44 per cent during the same period last year. GoI regulates retail prices of certain sensitive petroleum products (mainly petrol, diesel, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) and kerosene), which results in sales-related under recoveries with volatility in crude oil prices. During FY10, the total under recoveries to Public Sector Undertaking (PSU) OMCs were `45,000 crore, of which `15,000 crore were borne by upstream companies and the Finance Ministry provided `26,000 crore cash compensation in respect of these under recoveries. The balance was borne by OMCs. In the wake of an increasing budget deficit, GoI put forth the deregulation of petrol prices in the economy. This move will prove to be a boon for downstream oil marketing companies, which should see their under recoveries reduce substantially. Besides, it essentially means that the re-emergence of private oil retailers in the domestic market such as Reliance Industries and Essar Oil, who are now in the decontrolled regime, will be able to pose stiff competition to the oil PSUs. With the recent deregulation of petrol prices and increase in prices of diesel, LPG and kerosene, the under recoveries in FY11 are expected to reduce from `77,000 crore to about `53,000 crore.

foreign funds towards infrastructure with long tenures and will lead to the availability of long-term finance to infrastructure companies.

Particulars FY10 1HFY11 FY10 coke is reduced from 5 Growth per cent to 2.50 per y/y cent. Minimum Alternative Production Tax proposed to be Crude Oil (MMT) 33.69 18.3 0.54% increased from 18 per Natural Gas (MCM) 47,512 26,662 44.64% cent to18.50 per cent Refinery Production (MMT) 186.562 96.01 18.78% of book profits. Surcharge has been Consumption reduced from 7.50 per Petroleum Products (MMT) 137.808 69.366 3.15% cent to Imports 5 per cent. Crude Oil (MMT) 159.259 81.854 24.27% Units operating in Special Economic Petroleum Products (MMT) 14.662 8.939 -19.81% Zones (SEZs) were Export exempt from MAT Petroleum Products (MMT) 50.974 27.482 38.02% under Section 115JB of Prices the Income Tax Act. MAT would now be Crude Oil (Dubai) ($/bbl) 69.22 76.1 -15.38% levied on units Crude Oil (Indian Basket-$/bbl) 69.76 76.56 -16.53% operating in SEZs with changes in the tax rate companies (OMCs). Subsidy on kerosene effective from April 2012. However, accounts for around 30-35 per cent of the these units have also given relief to the under recoveries for OMCs. In addition to zones wherein a new scheme is the under recoveries, it is estimated that introduced in which units in SEZs will be around 35 per cent of such kerosene able to obtain tax-free receipt of services marketed through the public distribution wholly consumed within the SEZ. system is diverted illegally for other purposes. With the introduction of direct cash subsidy, Duty Structure Impact both these issues would be settled, proving Basic Customs Duty on petrol has positive for OMCs. The government has been reduced from 5% to 2.50%. targeted March 2012 for implementing the No changes in Excise & Customs same. However, this deadline seems too Duty for the Oil & Gas Industry optimistic considering the various procedures involved in implementing the same. The The government will provide a direct increase in the MAT rate and its applicability cash subsidy on kerosene to the belowto the units in the SEZs would negatively the-poverty-line (BPL) populace & the affect oil and gas companies, which pay the same direct cash subsidy is also proposed same on account of oil and gas blocks and in the case of LPG. their presence in SEZs. However, as a slight relief, the government has reduced the IMPACT ON THE INDUSTRY surcharge rate from 7.50 per cent to 5 per The direct cash subsidy on kerosene given to cent in the budget. the BPL populace would significantly reduce Sharmila Jain - Manager, CARE Rating the under recoveries of the oil marketing

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS

SECTOR IMPACT

PHARMACEUTICALS The Indian pharmaceutical industry (IPI) is valued at around US$ 20 bn (`95,000 crore) with share of the exports and domestic market being 42 per cent and 58 per cent, respectively. Over the last five years, the industry has been growing at a healthy rate of 11-13 per cent annually with the growth in exports outstripping the steady growth in the domestic market. However, during FY10, exports grew by just over four per cent on a y-o-y basis as compared to FY09, where it registered a growth rate of about 31 per cent. Growth in exports was hampered by the recessionary scenario prevailing globally, especially in the regulated markets of North America and Europe. The overall growth of the industry was supported by a healthy growth of 18 per cent registered by the domestic market during FY10. Over the next five years, exports would continue to drive the industryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s growth on the back of the generics opportunity presented by the regulated markets in the light of patent expiries along with the opportunity presented by Contract Research and Manufacturing Services (CRAMS). The domestic market growth is expected to remain steady and is likely to be driven by the changing demographics, improving healthcare access and shift towards lifestyle diseases.

BUDGET PROPOSALS

Customs Duty

Pre Budget

Impact

SECTOR IMPACT

POWER The planned power capacity additions have been lagging behind the targets set by the GoI in the previous and current five year plans. Consequently, the demand for power has been outstripping its availability. GoI has set a target of adding 78,700 MW capacity during the 11th Five Year Plan (2007 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2012) of which only 34.4 per cent was achieved by the end of FY10. Keeping in view the shortfall in achievement of targets in the first three years of the 11th Five Year Plan, GoI has reduced the target of capacity addition to 58,500 MW. Furthermore, capacity addition of another 1 lakh MW is envisaged in the 12th Five Year Plan (2013-2018). The power generation capacity is expected to witness a sharp rise in the next few years, which would help in narrowing

Post Budget

Increase in rate of Minimum Formulations 10% 10% Alternate Tax (MAT) from 18 per cent to 18.5 per cent Bulk Drugs 7.5% 7.5% MAT applicable for Special Life Saving Drugs 5% 5% Economic Zones (SEZs) developers and units operating Excise Duty Pre Budget Post Budget Impact in SEZs Formulations 4% 5% Increase in the concessional Bulk Drugs 10% 10% rate of excise duty from four per cent to five per cent on all Life Saving Drugs Nil Nil goods attracting such a duty Increase in the weighted deduction on payments made to national rate on inputs (ie. active pharmaceutical laboratories, research associations, ingredients) is higher as compared to that of colleges, universities and other the finished product (ie. formulations) institutions for scientific research from resulting in accumulation of the CENVAT 175 per cent to 200 per cent credit in the books of formulation Increase in plan allocation for health companies. by 20 per cent in 2011-12 to Increase in the weighted deduction for `26,760 crore. payments made to national laboratories, research associations, etc. will have no IMPACT ON THE INDUSTRY major impact on the sector. Increase in plan The increase in the rate of MAT by 50 bps allocation for health by 20 per cent in and inclusion of units operating in SEZs 2011-12 will improve healthcare access in under MAT would negatively impact the country, which is a positive for the companies, which presently have or are sector. planning to set up manufacturing units in Overall impact would be neutral for the SEZs. Increase in the concessional rate sector with marginally a negative impact on of excise duty from four per cent to five companies having units in SEZs. per cent will be applicable for Mitul Budhbhatti, Senior Manager, formulation manufacturers. However, the CARE Ratings impact would be neutral as the Excise Duty

Customs Duty

Pre Budget

Post Budget

Various inputs required to set-up Photo-Voltaic Cells and Solar Panels for power generation

5.0

Nil

Tunnel boring machines used for hydro power projects

Nil

Ground source heat pumps used to tap Geo-thermal energy

Nil

Pre Budget

Post Budget

16.0

Nil

Excise Duty Excise Duty exemption for domestic suppliers producing capital goods For expansion of existing mega or ultra mega power projects. Specified inputs required for manufacturing Rotor Blades for generating Wind Energy

the base load deficit to a large extent. It would have an implication on the merchant tariff realisation. The dependence on coal,

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Impact

as a fuel source, would continue to remain much higher than natural gas and hydropower, particularly in the light of the massive

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS

capacity addition of coal-based power plants over the next five years.

billion have been increased to US$ 25 billion. The total limit thus rises from US$ 30 billion to US$ 50 (US$ 10 billion in gilts, US$ 40 billion in corporate bonds, with at least US$ 25 billion in infra-related bonds). Allocation of `2,14,000 crore for infrastructure in 2011-12. This is an increase of 23.3 per cent over 2010-11, which would thrust the development. The government to come up with a comprehensive policy for further developing public private partnership (PPP) projects, which provide higher participation of private players in infrastructure development. Issues related to the reconciliation of environmental concern from various departmental activities including those related to infrastructure and mining to be considered by a Group of Ministers. It will assist in resolution of pending coal

IMPACT ON THE INDUSTRY The extension of sunset clause of tax holiday for power sector u/s 80IA (4) (iv) upto March 31, 2012. Enhancing Takeout Financing Scheme from `1,500 crore in 2010-11 by `5,000 crore during 2011-12. To attract foreign funds for financing of infrastructure, creation of special vehicles in the form of notified infrastructure debt funds. The interest payment on the borrowings from these funds will have a reduced withholding tax rate of five per cent instead of the normal rate of 20 per cent on interest payments and no further income tax on the fund itself. FII limits on infrastructure-related corporate bonds, introduced in September 2010 with a limit of US$ 5

mine development for power plants set up by the private sector. Allocation for Bharat Nirman programme proposed to be increased by `10,000 crore from the current year to `58,000 crore in 2011-12 would be invested in rural electrification, education and employment. In power sector companies, it would improve operational efficiency and reduce transmission & distribution losses. Rate of MAT proposed to be increased to 18.5 per cent of book profits. With reduction in surcharge, overall tax rate on most domestic power companies to increase by about 0.07 per cent. With policy evolving from implementation issues to financing issues, Union Budget 2011-12 has brought an improved focus on long-term development of the sector. Dhaval Patel, Manager, CARE Ratings

SECTOR IMPACT

STEEL The Indian steel sector is gearing Customs Duty Pre Budget Post Budget up to meet the incremental Iron ore Export duty 20% (on lumps and fines) demand coming up in future with 15% (lumps) Nil on pellets sustained growth. Abundant iron 5% (fines) ore reserves, low per capita steel 15% (pellets) consumption and a strong demand SS Scrap Custom duty Nil for steel due to strong economic 2.5% growth gives India a competitive edge over other emerging BUDGET PROPOSALS economies. The overall attractiveness of the Export duty on iron ore lumps and fines country for steel production has seen several increased to 20 per cent from earlier 15 new big projects being lined up by old & per cent new market participants, besides expansion Customs Duty on stainless steel scrap programmes in existing facilities. On the exempted from the earlier 2.5 per cent other hand, the competitiveness is tempered by higher costs of financing & poor logistics IMPACT ON THE INDUSTRY and uncertainties regarding the swiftness The enhancement of Export Duty on iron with which pending structural bottlenecks ore fines and lumps from the existing 15 per can be removed and clarity on policy issues cent to the proposed 20 per cent is in line concerning the upstream mining sector.

Kapil Sachdeva, Assistant General Manager, CARE Ratings

SECTOR IMPACT

TELECOM Driven by various policy initiatives, the Indian telecom sector witnessed a complete transformation over the past decade. The Indian telecom sector has proved to be the fastest growing in the world and is currently the second largest globally by subscriber base. The success of the sector can be

with the demands of the domestic steel manufacturing industry. The increase in duty aims at discouraging mining companies from exports of iron ore, which will help conserve the iron ore reserves within the country. CARE Research believes the five per cent increase in export duty is unlikely to discourage the miners to export iron ore and the rise in export duty is likely to be passed on. The overall impact on the domestic steel industry is likely to remain neutral. Exemption of Customs Duty on stainless steel scrap is likely to be marginally positive for stainless steel manufacturers.

Impact

attributed largely to the growth in the wireless segment, with the operators reporting additions of approximately 15-17 million subscribers every month. The last one year has been one of consistent growth for the sector and was also marked by a number of landmark developments such as

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

the successful completion of the auction of 3G and Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) spectrum and the implementation of Mobile Number Portability. The last two years have been very eventful for the telecom sector, with several exciting milestones being achieved. The most significant development

Pg No. 83 SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: CECO SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: CECO

Pg No. 83

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Hi-Fab (Valve) Pg No. 84 SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Hi-Fab (Valve)

Pg No. 84

UNION BUDGET 2011-12 KEY TAKEAWAYS

for the sector was the successful Customs Duty Pre Budget Post Budget Impact auction of the 3G and BWA Cellular phones 0 0 spectrum. With falling voice Telecom networking 0 0 ARPU, 3G and BWA services equipment are likely to drive the next phase of growth for the sector and Wireless internet 0 0 help operators enhance their data card margins. The sector is poised Excise Duty Pre Budget Post Budget Impact towards a shift from voice to VAS in a big way. The contribution Cellular phones 10.3 10.3 of VAS to the total revenue of an Telecom networking 10.3 10.3 operator is expected to increase equipment from the present level of around Wireless internet 0 0 10 per cent to about 15 per cent data card in the first two years of launch of 3G services. The saturation of BUDGET PROPOSAL the urban markets may compel the Increase in rate of MAT from 18 per operators to increase their focus towards cent to 18.5 per cent. At the same time, the rural and semi-urban markets that are the surcharge rate has been reduced largely untapped.

from 7.5 per cent to five per cent, neutralising the MAT increase impact. The exemption from basic, countervailing duty (CVD) and SAD on components and accessories of mobile handsets has been extended for the next financial year. Full exemptions are also being provided for sub parts of parts and components of battery charger, hands free headphones & PC connectivity cable imported for the manufacture of these parts of mobile handsets including cellular phones.

IMPACT ON THE INDUSTRY There has been no significant impact as the tax benefits have been extended for one more financial year. Gaurav Dixit, Senior Manager, CARE Rating

DISCLAIMER This report is prepared by CARE Research, a division of Credit Analysis & REsearch Limited [CARE]. CARE Research has taken utmost care to ensure accuracy and objectivity while developing this report based on information available in public domain. However, neither the accuracy nor completeness of information contained in this report is guaranteed. CARE Research operates independently of ratings division and this report does not contain any confidential information obtained by ratings division, which they may have obtained in the regular course of operations. The opinion expressed in this report cannot be compared to the rating assigned to the company within this industry by the ratings division. The opinion expressed is also not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold an instrument. CARE Research and Infomedia18 are not responsible for any errors or omissions in analysis/inferences/views or for results obtained from the use of information contained in this report and especially states that CARE (including all divisions) has no financial liability whatsoever to the user of this product. This report is for the information of the intended recipients only and no part of this report may be published or reproduced in any form or manner without prior written permission of CARE Research/Infomedia18.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

BUDGET BYTES

e ns. Th uestio sharing q r u ll o ubsidy nds red a nswe ing and s nment inte iod a t o n r r ic s e e r a v p p h o t g ra et Budg transparen hough the sene ove dic price n io n o lt r a The U ement for dressed, fers on ke on perio he sector d t s n requir was not a t cash tran ’s decisio es leaves makes it d t ic systemve to direc overnmen global pr prices an eries and e o g o d t o u c m k r e n re v es if the to lc e. Th t any li ndergloba ic of tim se withou olatility of ess total u in fuel pr s v a s e e a e r is h c r t o in ed to tors t ess a expos for inves d to witn lt difficu e prepare ation. ies. B s the situ n a comp ot addres f o gs sn earnin ment doe n r e v go MA, ONGC HAR , RS S Chairman r Forme

As far as the automotive industry is concerned, the budget is on the expected lines. The government’s intention to reach consensus with state governments and introduce GST bill in the current session of the parliament, introduction of DTC by April 1, 2012, setting up of National Mission for Hybrid and Electric Vehicles are welcome decisions. Some of the other announcements made by the Hon’ble Finance Minister for manufacturing and R&D activities should enhance the competitiveness of Indian industry. These proposals, if implemented effectively, should have a positive impact on industry and the economy as a whole. The challenge now is the implementation of the proposals. We hope that the market will respond favourably.

The 2011 budget seems good for the automotive sector as the duty exemption on hybrid cars has been extended till December 31, 2011. The launch of a national mission for hybrid and electric vehicles to provide clean transportation for people is a welcome move and the concession of 5 per cent excise offered to domestic producers will also provide an incentive for domestic production. S SANDILYA, VP, SIAM and Chairman, Eicher Group

n the olutely o sues s b a e d a been m account the is and get has to l The bud and it takes in trum – politica und s c o e e s n p li s y t ll h a le c ig r politi e who y r th e v lot of g a in a r cove o it is y it deals with have S l. a ic econom d economicall n, etc., which th of tio an budget flation, corrup e overall grow of th in o – uesti n ms in issues g proble it is only the q uld have in s o p n co ow bee n’ble FM nomy. N y we the eco I feel that Ho ucture as toda , tr n s a io fr it d in In ad ent in ntation. investm cture. impleme the limits for ents in infrastru d e tm s s increa ch more inve u need m NINA, of India HP RA Supreme Court , te a Advoc

y r o t S rowth

KARL SLYM, President & MD, General Motors India

G a i d n I

, need to inflation ere we d o fo s a et, h uch factors s s of Union Budg o t is s a g ph sion. he offerin iving em wth by g ed opinions on t dget viewing ses o r g ’s ia u d aving mix CII live B wards In e step to ustry veterans h uts taken at the iv it s o p d p seen as a . With in ts with added in 2011-12 is rising oil prices h t ig e s g d in u g B n nd rovokin The Unio xisting growth a thought-p ir e e e h t h t u o in to y susta e present The Union Budget of 2011-12 is a reasonably e Financ

g n i t i s i Rev

m th en a dget fro nced bu as already be crisis la a b a h is l t is ia a c th h an I believe building on w to our pre-fin focus on g Minister, le climb back tion. The stron s will be a e b n a m k r a m a a s r m a ith og re y along w ncial pr trajector growth ipline and fina liquidity, and this rticipation a c p fiscal dis tal in increasing will widen the continued n e t instrume FIIs investmen dian market. Th eat part in r d In g e e s a a th e y r in la c in vestors tion will also p ation of SPVs as in n ig e r a of fo ised cre ering infl ge fresh and low ly with the prom may discoura tweigh e r tu c u r s tr o infras es far u articula n SEZ focus on investment, p . The MAT o ever, the positiv nuance of the in s ti drawing re debt fund d activities, how onent, the con e allocation of p te th ctu infrastru t in export rela the green com nergy through ace. n e t sp e a le is b tm g a s th in in inve new ook nt for re id growth atives. L the neg olicy environme continue its rap p positive ds will help India n green fu JEE, BANER ROBIN n Energy zlo CFO, Su

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

good mix of politics and economics. Like last year, the FM has come up with a mix, which avoids doing anything that will hurt the industry and at the same time makes sure that there is enough investment on social infrastructure. Overall the budget was quite good. There were not too many expectations out of the budget but the fact that there is a discussion on fiscal responsibility, commitment to actually bring in a number of finance-related acts through parliament, the desire to bring GST to a closure, a very strong commitment towards food security and improving the food distribution chain are all positive initiatives. No country can hope to move from where we are today to become a truly developed nation without fixing the social infrastructure. There was reference to employment, job creation and also to a manufacturing policy. I would like to see a little more to be done on that front. Hopefully, the implementation of the manufacturing policy will give the answer. GOVIND SANKARANARAYANAN, CFO and COO – Corporate Affairs, Tata Capital

BUDGET BYTES

at nt measures th uple of importa There are a co d in the budget and one of de have been inclu port duty on iron ore. Steel ex r growth. them being the th are critical fo ucture bo , re tu uc str fra and in to infrastr attention is given However, a lot of to steel and we don’t have but not enough n of steel in India to encourage ptio enough consum st. But, on the other hand, we ve in the to es ni compa al good point of verage that. A re ance. However, le to ed ne y all ofin e re have ore and w allotted for micr overall the budget oney has been budget is that m h need a lot more attention. So infrastructure. alt and education and he ctation in business, agriculture pe did meet my ex A S ZAVERI, HARSHBEEN , NRB Bearings MD & President

as far as n 10 as on’ble o 7 a t e d. H budg oncerne jee rate the I would state sector is c ranab Mukher to P e l r s a s e te e r the proc Minis inance tabank has Union F initiated e-da e system and ks th n w a o in b n y d c en has n an transpar gistratio r a enhance phasis on de-re ltiple loans fo y, u c n m m e e r e a n r p e ns giv secu ore tra tor. ble to being a oject. With m real estate sec at r e single p I inflows into th not becoming th ) T till FD s e r e r o a tax (MA m s g to be is that the SEZ imum alternate tive. Also, in o g is ttrac orry g min there ore una r, the w to see increasin Howeve and by further ing to make it m e, we will wait o r e g . tu v ts c is ti c attrac ers, it frastru ucture proje develop set of in on SEZ estate is a sub tation of infrastr n al since re bound impleme e m ti e th g LaSalle

Overall it is quite a balanced budget and I am reasonably positive about the budget given what’s been happening in the Indian economy over the last several months. I am happy with the budget because it does not tinker too much with the fiscal laws given that DTC is around the corner and so is GST. Though the budget is good news for us, I would like to see more focus on infrastructure and various areas of infrastructure including land acquisition. Also there is a need of greater focus on education and healthcare. And I do hope that the announcements the Government is making in terms of financial sector reforms, etc., are going to come through. I hope the legislations get passed through the parliament in this session and whether it is the Company’s Bill or the financial sector laws, I think a lot of changes are required in the coming sessions of the parliament.

We welcome the parallel excise duty exemption to match the full exemption from CVD available on import of capital goods for domestic suppliers producing capital goods needed for expansion of existing mega or ultra mega power projects announced in the Union Budget 2011-12. We welcome the stability in central excise and service tax rates and the cut in corporate tax surcharge from 7.5% to 5%, but the increase in the rate of MAT from 18% to 18.5% is a dampener.

JAIRAJ PURANDARE, Executive Director-in-charge, PwC

VIMAL MAHENDRU, President, IEEMA

The minister has announced a slew of measures to boost investment in the infrastructure sector with a view to propel the announced 9 per cent growth trajectory by 2012. To enable the development and the flow of funds to the sector, FM has proposed tax-free bonds and has increased the FII limit for investment in corporate bonds. Government’s plan to come up with a comprehensive policy for further developing PPP projects will definitely improve the infrastructure conditions however, what is currently required is a speedy single window approval system. VINEET AGARWAL, Executive Director, Transport Corporation of India (TCI)

an , Jones L PURI, ANUJ & Country Head n Chairma

12 as 2011- my t e g d Bu eet Union generally m lanced e h t e ell-ba et did ld rat I wou . The Budg an overall w ow there is n st s populi tions. It wa artening to k t’s part to n a e expect and it was h e governme money and t h k t e c g la d n o of the bu bb e, cur . One ention an int governanc investments the Finance e t improv ore foreign dget was tha en after the m t bu giv c e s h n t s was attra io in s n SEZ the oints uty conces o p T d A o o g ed of M d on k excis troduction itments base c a b ll in ot ro owever, omm H r did n make c Ministe ancial crisis. companies s fin 2008 appointing a ework. is m d a indra y fr r ve & Mah xation a a t r t d n in e h curr tor, Ma DA, n and NAN n Regio ARUN n, CII Wester a Chairm

Direc

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

BUDGET BYTES

The Union Budget intends to keep a balancing act of driving growth agenda and keeping fiscal deficit and inflation under control. Reduction of surcharge from 7.5% to 5% for companies is a step towards transitioning to new Direct Taxes Code effective April 1, 2012. Relief of withholding taxes on interest payments to 5% on infrastructure debt funds by foreign investors will facilitate funding in this important sector. Introduction of minimum alternate tax at 18.50% on SEZ developers and units is a retro gate step and will have adverse impact on the same. Dividends received from foreign subsidiaries will be taxed at a reduced rate of 15% compared to a normal corporate tax rate. This one time relief will help Indian corporates to repatriate dividends from their overseas ventures into India. In nutshell, this is a good balancing budget and will add to growth in the economy.

s lost an budget but ha is a balanced thrust to et d dg an s Bu tu on pe ni im The U uch needed m e e, the th tim e e giv m sa to opportunity rgets. At the ta r pe as or n ct se flatio index the infrastructure been indexed to match the in proposal ve ha Th ld irect Taxes. e budget shou rious limits of D (GST) and Companies va e th ng isi ra while ice Tax Goods and Serv n and implementation of io to introduce the ss se t en am rli de to plan t pa Bill in the curren 2012 will help industry and tra by e od Direct Tax C ployment s to growth. thus give impetu ale sector in view of the em e excise ill w d an sc Th all . investments th sm GDP and grow s neglected the The budget ha ntribution of the SMEs to the w of the inflation and cost of co vie d in an cise on 130 enhanced generation ould have been ent should review imposing ex e growth sh it lim n io pt exem per th vernm net, this will ham aterials. The go inputs & raw m been brought under the excise ve items, which ha of SMEs. TRI, VIJAY KALAN ustries (AIAI) Association of Ind ia Ind l Al , nt Preside

UDAY VED, Head – Tax, KPMG

e set up th ecision toVehicles to d s t’ n e governm id and Electric lternative ome the f a br We welc Mission for Hy and selling o cise duty to g x l e a in r n in o tu t ti c u a c orts N ufa over the ge man s on imp encoura vehicles. More toms and CVD gy for mass s r ed fuel-bas xemption of cu mote clean ene mass transit e o r r d p fo n ill to ATA 5% a ology G on T a clear w id techn indicate tion. Our hybr during the CW ave already ta h transpor ntly introduced hybrid systems teps by the s e r c e u e s r o e g s n th a o t w unning e hopeful tha ilities in providin r s le ic h r b e a a v p e , a y ll c W a r . hile glob erage ou ilometre buses, w d 160 million k ay for us to lev w te e comple ent will pave th ss transit. a governm nergy for the m e cleaner ASAN, tion SRINIV UMAR ia, Eaton Corpora K A N KRISH Division - Ind ck MD –Tru

The Budget, as expected, continues to remain focussed on growth. However, the delivery mechanism and the Government’s ability to bridge the gap between revenue and expenditure needs to be understood. Implementation, along with effective execution of projects and initiatives announced, is most critical. To meet the projected growth of 9%, there has to be a time-bound roll-out with metrics to measure actual accomplishments. The Government continues to face challenges on its earlier stated policy changes on DTC, GST, which it must overcome. It is encouraging to note FM’s efforts to arrest inflation. His desire to have structures in place to improve agricultural productivity and distribution supply chain is noteworthy. While the Budget Speech covered several aspects relating to governance, we hope that the various building blocks are put in place to allow seamless growth. SUNIL MEHTA, Country Head and Chief Executive, AIG India

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

rated ncent ction o c s a u a red –12 h 2011 ture with of excise & t e g d c Bu stru dard rate entation nion m e tax The U rming th a peak stan sed imple ted delay fo o on re harge and . The prop he protrac il 2012. c t pr t in sur tax at 10% me after by A investmen e o in ic a lc v t re r n e r a e ig w se s c e d r is T f fo pen ms of GS now see opening o here the s mes as a w c e s s h t d t r c a o ture and an je y, t 5 ye c e pro ionall Addit frastructur er the nex n infrastru ays. The v a w in o b h e r o n ig u t o h in trilli s to b nd ove of $1 help impr orts, rail a it remain %. e g n h p 6.3 the ra his will thoug ds in te of ated in arm as t ent of goo sitive one, current ra im t s e the a po in the ovem short up the m cal deficit is down from t s d fi ough spee reduce be br aim to ow it can h , seen UND ia M d ing In H RE TOP al Forward S I R b CH Glo DHL CEO,

.I reforms istrative need to in m d a s w no in it ng way s and we oes a goes a lo the stage of taxe d the budget g right t e g d u n n a e k s The b have passed e ta ese tax is ent has think we inistration of th t. The governm r sector, which e u m w the o d a o t r a p fo th d e n g n a have n o hybrid st been d y in sorti long wa in giving sops to ing major has eserves utmo th s d o e r N y u tuall meas hour. hich ac d of the the nee ture sector, w ment. n c infrastru from the gover n o ti n e tt a

ANI, NATH ctice IL A H U Laws Pra S onomic c E r, e n Part

t cept tha dget, ex larly for u b s u io rev rticu of the p the t up pa tinuation e been brough the growth of d n o c a t v an a a It is ll h g a s in look iative r – sm new init r citizens. Also, industrial secto rity lending io the senio specially in the hanced the pr Additionally, e n country, ustries, it has e `5000 crore. e fertiliser th d micro in 000 crore to investments in which will 4 t, g ` n in clud from estme re. Another FM is in u ture inv Hon’ble an infrastruc tor and agricult evelopment as sec ill D r k e S s l the li a sector ti n r o in fe Nati ringing estment nding towards get of b DP to 25 v r in ta e a th is boost there n to G itional fu certainly iative is the add ry essential as ring contributio e it tu v in c r fa is majo hich manu cent of ation, w Corpor vel of 16 per le II present by 2020. ivision, C t ntation D n e e m c ru r e st p man – In air s and Ch MAR, Industrie DAKU K NAN MD, Chemtrols n& Chairma

PRESIDENT, CMAI

Interview ‘Indian Manufacturers Are All Set To Take Up The Challenge’ NK Goyal, President, Communications and Manufacturing Association of India (CMAI) ............................94 TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT: Enhancing Manufacturing Competency ........................96 TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING: India Calling: Time To Ring In A New Era ......................................................................................104 TELECOM MANUFACTURING SUPERPOWERS: What’s Stopping India From Outperforming China? ......................................................................110

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

PRESIDENT, CMAI

INDIAN MANUFACTURERS ARE ALL SET TO TAKE UP THE CHALLENGE “Local manufacturers are willing to provide the highest quality products at the best competitive price. However, the government needs to frame good policies, which will favour the growth of local manufacturers,” opines NK Goyal, Goyal, President, Communications and Manufacturing Association of India (CMAI) in conversation with Sudhir Muddana. Muddana. Excerpts...

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

PRESIDENT, CMAI

OTENTIAL OF INDIAN TELECOM EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING

India has tremendous potential for telecom equipment manufacturing. Currently, the country has a demand for more than $30 billion worth of equipment, which can either be met by importing the required materials or manufacturing them locally. India has a large market for telecom equipment of which locally designed and manufactured equipment accounts for around `1,000 crore a year. However, it is difficult to provide accurate statistics of telecom companies, which are permitted 100 per cent FDI as according to the government policy, it is not mandatory for these companies to submit official data to any authority. On the other hand, if we include the manufacturing of towers, batteries, etc., then the figure goes to around `20,000 crore per year.

PRESENT SCENARIO We have different types of companies operating in the country. We have the 100 per cent FDI companies such as Alcatel, Nokia, and Ericsson, who have set up plants in India. In addition, Nokia in Chennai is manufacturing a substantial number of cell phones every day. We also have a number of companies called electronic manufacturing services, who do only electronic manufacturing. These are being used by companies such as LG, Samsung, etc. for manufacturing equipment. Lastly, we have companies that are carrying out local designs and manufacturing. So overall, we have a good telecom equipment manufacturing base in the country. However, what we are losing out on is that as per the statement given by the Telecom Minister, Kapil Sibal, there is a huge import bill of telecom equipment. For example, the equipment used in wireless broadcasting is imported in huge quantities and the government expects the bill of this equipment to surpass the bill of petrol & oil in the next two years. That is why the government is stressing on local manufacturing. In addition, TRAI has also taken some initiative to promote telecom manufacturing by drafting a paper called ‘Encouraging Telecom Equipment Manufacturing in India’ in which it is trying to seek ways and means to promote the telecom sector.

INDIA VS CHINA India imports large quantities of telecom equipment and is unable to achieve substantial production. Hence, India is not in a position to be compared to countries such as China and Japan. Comparing India and China will not be appropriate as India is a democratic country with a perfect legal and IPR system. Also, since we are seen as a democratic and liberal country, there is no comparison with China. Secondly, in the case of China, the Chinese Government has made it mandatory for all telecom companies from various countries to first set up their manufacturing base in China if they want to supply equipment to the Chinese operators. However, in our country we have allowed the import of telecom equipment without any licence, duty or without laying any specifications or standards. Although we have industry standards, like in every part of the world, there are no specific regulations which restrict imports. Like China, we are expecting that the government will come out with some good policies to encourage the local IPR development and local manufacturing in India.

THE ROADBLOCKS Local manufacturers have no challenge in meeting global standards or offering competitive prices. The roadblock is that despite having a readily available system for providing broadband facility to all the countries, the Centre for the Development of Telematics (C-DOT) has not been able to deploy the same. Another major challenge is that the licence conditions permit telecom operators to import the equipment. This makes it difficult for the government to make local manufacturing sound like a lucrative prospect for telecom operators. In such a scenario, the government should consider reforming the policies and standards in such a way that it makes it incentivised for telecom operators to purchase equipment from local manufacturers.

TEMA’S CONTRIBUTION Telecom Equipment Manufacturers’ Association of India (TEMA) is a national body that represents telecom technology providers and global & Indian private and government-owned companies. Recognised by the Government of India, TEMA works closely with the industry and

the government. It has been recommending to the government various measures that should be taken to boost the use of domestic manufactured equipment, which include promotion of R&D in the core areas, including basic wireless equipment. There should be a system of provisions for the deployment of products, which are locally designed and manufactured and there should be some encouragement through policies.

TECHNOLOGY THE WORLD OVER India is not facing any issue in terms of technology. In fact, technologies are the same the world over, be it 2G, 3G, wireless, etc. Technology is no more an issue anywhere in the world. Communications and Manufacturing Association of India (CMAI) has signed MoUs with associations in Japan, Korea, Taiwan, US, UK, Germany, Philippines, Malaysia, Singapore, Bangkok, etc., with whom CMAI exchanges information. It also shares this information with all the other associations, including TEMA.

PREPAREDNESS OF INDIAN EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS Equipment play a crucial role in any industry and with constant innovations and technological advancements occurring in the world, the telecom industry needs to use the latest and best telecom equipment. The government is showing a keen interest in promoting local manufacturing in the country and Indian manufacturers are all set to take up the challenge. Local manufacturers are willing to provide the highest quality products at the best competitive price. However, the government needs to frame good policies which will favour the growth of local manufacturers.

BOOMING PROSPECTS New technologies, such as 3G, broadband wireless and 4G, in time to come, will support the growth of the Indian telecom equipment industry as they will increase the demand for these equipment. Therefore, there will be more scope, more prospects and more opportunities to avail in the future. Holding great prospects in the years to come, I hope that India should be able to make at least $20 billion worth of equipment per year by 2020.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

Photo by Neha Mithbawkar

TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

ENHANCING

MANUFACTURING

COMPETENCY

The telecommunication sector is a major contributor towards the national economy and has witnessed considerable growth in terms of the number of subscribers. This growth has attracted a large demand for the manufacturing of telecom equipment. However, in order to meet the countryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s demand as well as to be able to export, India has to create a synergetic telecom ecosystem and build globally competitive product companies across the telecom value chain. he global economic focus has shifted towards Asia and today, India has become a major focal point. The Indian telecom sector has contributed significantly to the growth of the Indian economy. As a result of the policy and regulatory initiatives over the years, the growth of subscribers connected to the Indian telecommunications network has seen a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 44.66 per cent over the last five years. The number of connections was 742.12 million at the end of October 2010 and is projected to grow to 1 billion by 2014, taking the teledensity to about 100 per cent. The gross revenue figure reported by the service providers for 2009-10 is ` 1,57,984.76 crore. With the introduction of 3G and the possibility of 4G in the near future, the data consumption is likely to

multiply manifold. The prospects of continued aggressive growth and the availability of a big pool of skilled manpower hold immense potential for the sector. The telecommunications industry is enabled by a complex value chain that includes equipment suppliers, service providers and users. The telecommunications value chain begins with the sourcing of components like semiconductor chips and software. These components are, in turn, incorporated into equipment purchased by service providers, who then use the equipment to build networks and provide service to end users. The equipment manufacturers also supply terminal equipment like mobile and fixed telephone instruments to end users.

NEED TO CREATE A SYNERGY India has been able to drive innovation when it comes to software services in the

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

telecom space. But the results are not so encouraging when it comes to developing the telecom equipment segment. To become an important player in the global telecom space, India has to create a synergetic telecom ecosystem and build globally competitive product companies across the telecom value chain. Despite the growth in the number of subscribers, the ecosystem has, so far, failed to adequately spur the manufacturing segment. As a result, the domestic telecom equipment manufacturing segment has not been able to meet the demand created by other segments of the telecom ecosystem; thus forcing telecom operators to import most of the equipment required for their network. The telecom system/hardware equipment market is much bigger than the telecom software market and domestic production can not only reduce our imports,

TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

THE TELECOM ECOSYSTEM The telecom ecosystem of a country consists of players, who contribute to sustain a healthy and growing telecommunications industry. The ecosystem consists of different access service providers including fixed-line, cellular mobile and internet service providers (ISPs). There are national long distance operators (NLDOs) and international long distance operators (ILDOs), who provide these services to subscribers through access service providers, or in some cases, directly to the subscribers. Then, there are original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and suppliers of telecom equipment, who sell equipment to service providers or directly to customers. There are also infrastructure providers who install towers, fibre, duct or other passive infrastructure for the use of service providers. Application/content developers may provide services directly to the customer or through service providers. There are component, semiconductor and auxiliary equipment manufacturers from whom the telecom equipment manufacturers source

FACT

their inputs. The system In 2008-09, as per Directorate General of integrators procure Commercial Intelligence and Statistics (DGCIS) hardware and software data, equipment worth `461.58 billion were from OEMs and then imported by Indian telecom operators. According to provide end-to-end a KPMG report, the telecom equipment market in solutions to the service India is estimated to be `450 billion and growing at providers or enterprise 20-25 per cent per annum. Given the right initiatives customers. by all stakeholders, the manufacturing sector can A sound policy framework for the take rapid strides. manufacturing segment about 20 per cent per annum. The of the telecommunication sector requires infrastructure provider can create passive taking into account the mutual influence of infrastructure like fibre, duct and tower, different constituents of the which will give rise to requirement for telecommunication ecosystem. These tower material, cables of various types, influences are discussed below: power and air-conditioning equipment. Service Providers Other than OEMs, there are telecom Service providers, who build their own vendors and system integrators, who may networks, are users of inputs from the outsource equipment from many sources equipment manufacturer and infrastructure and provide support to the other segments segments. Competitive rates, lower lead of the ecosystem. times and the availability of new technology Application Developers equipment would help the service providers The important constituents of the telecom roll out their networks faster and provide ecosystem, namely, application/content/ affordable services to the customers. As per the Department of VAS developers offer a variety of services in Telecommunicationsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; (DOT) website, in the areas of entertainment, information and India there are 19 licenced access service m-commerce. The use of m-commerce is providers providing voice, data and leased currently confined mainly to urban mobile line services in various service areas. The users. The government is making all efforts total revenue reported by these service to proliferate banking service among the providers was `1,24,435.55 crore in unbanked population through mobile 2009-10. This segment requires, among phones. This initiative is expected to others, a variety of fixed and mobile switches, generate a demand for mobile handsets, transmission equipment, fibre & copper POS terminals, computers and other cables and various kinds of system and backend systems. application software, subscriber management Network equipment/handset systems, test equipment and other support manufacturers systems like power & air-conditioning. The manufacturing segment has a big impact In the long distance segment, there are on the service and infrastructure segments. 29 NLDOs and 24 ILDOs of which 13 The availability of indigenous equipment provide voice and the rest fall under the reduces cost, increases availability and cuts VPN/leased line market. The turnover of down time for rollout and expansion. NLD and ILD segments was According to DOT estimates, telecom `19,320.70 crore and `8829.13 crore equipment worth over `3,50,000 crore respectively in 2009-10. The deployment will be required by 2015. For a strong of long distance services requires, among manufacturing segment, R&D and others, switching, transmission equipment, innovation are important prerequisites. fibre, landing stations, security systems, There are hardly any world-class telecom backend hardware and software. There products, which have been developed in were 378 licenced ISPs at the end of July India. There is a need to enhance R&D in 2010 of which 165 were active. The total the telecom equipment manufacturing turnover was `5,282 crore in 2009-10. segment and significantly increase the Infrastructure Providers number of Indian telecom product In the infrastructure segment, there are companies in the country. about 15 players offering towers to service CURRENT STATUS IN INDIA providers. The industry has about three According to a recent report by technology lakh towers (as on February 2010) with a researcher Gartner Inc., India ranks fourth sharing ratio of about 1.5 and a growth of

FAC T

but also create a large export opportunity with the consequent benefits to the telecom industry and the country. Domestic manufacturing of telecom equipment in India is mostly based on technology developed abroad resulting in the benefits of sales of such products largely accruing to foreign companies. Undoubtedly, Indian mobile handset companies have increased their domestic share to 14 per cent in 2009-10 from 3-4 per cent in 2008-09 and are actively competing with international giants. Nonetheless, the Hardware Task Force report indicates that despite the huge requirement for telecom hardware and growing domestic consumption, there is a dearth of Indian manufacturers of telecom equipment who can effectively address these needs. The availability of domestic telecom equipment manufacturing will enable Indian companies to transform into new product innovators from being mere software solution developers. Moreover, with manufacturing units and their supply chains in place in India, the telecom equipment manufactured in India may be rendered cheaper as compared to imported equipment. Local manufacturing can also help in addressing security and safety concerns, cut down the lifecycle time and strengthen other links of the value chain.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

in telecom equipment manufacturing in the Asia-Pacific (APAC) region. The country had a 5.7 per cent share of the region’s total telecom equipment production revenue of $180 billion in 2009. India is expected to move to the third spot (after China and South Korea) with a share of 8.5 per cent of the total estimated APAC telecom equipment production revenue of $277 billion by 2014. DOT data shows that the production of telecom equipment in India at the end of March 2009 stood at `51,800 crore with a CAGR of 29 per cent in the previous five years. The production of equipment has been of the order of 510 billion in 2009-10 and projected 535 billion in the current year. India exported equipment worth `135 billion in 2009-10 as against `18.98 billion in 2006-07, a growth of 600 per cent, underlining the growth potential of the sector. The pace of growth of manufacturing will accelerate over the next three years considering the growing number of subscribers. As per DOT website, telecom equipment worth `3,500-`5,000 billion will be required by 2015. Technology, in general, has evolved dramatically in the last 20 years, since the Indian liberalisation programme was initiated in the early 1990s. The global telecom equipment industry has also changed in products, methods and business models. The beginning of 1990s saw the introduction of mobile services and now, the stress is on the creation of a converged network for the delivery of a variety of services. These changes have helped stimulate a whole new set of devices and services for consumers and technologies for network operators. In addition, the constant desire for mobility and portability drives a continued expansion and improvement in mobility technology. The result is that there is now a pressure on the development of new technology equipment, the processes of production, creating partnerships, transmission of goods & services produced and, in general, altering

the manufacturing value chain to bring more value into the country. While the estimates of impact of growth of telecom on a country’s economy may vary from study to study, one cannot deny the fact that telecom is a critical infrastructure sector having significant impact on other sectors and the economic growth. To become a strong force in the global telecom space, India has to create an ecosystem and build globally competitive product companies across the telecom value chain from components, devices to infrastructure. As the value chain gets altered to get more activities within the boundary of India, an all-round impact on the telecom sector and the Indian economy would be evident. According to the Telecom Equipment Manufacturers Association (TEMA), the demand for telecom equipment in India has exceeded a trillion rupees this year. Because of the lack of a strong domestic manufacturing base, most equipment have been imported with hardly any value addition done in India. If activities like product development and component sourcing are done within the country, then much more value can be added than merely assembling, packaging and selling. The value chain geared up for producing & distributing products developed and manufactured in India gives maximum advantage to the country.

LOCAL MANUFACTURING BENEFITS Local manufacturing would create jobs in the manufacturing, logistics and services sectors. Today, as the growth potential of the Indian telecommunications market is well-recognised, massive growth in the number of subscribers would require networks to be upgraded, new technologies inducted and new services offered. This would create a huge demand for switching, transmission and subscriber equipment. Thus, it has become important that the focus is shifted towards the creation and use of indigenous telecom products that meet

global standards of technology, quality and are lower in cost. It is estimated that for 3G alone the investment would be of the order of US$ 15 billion. The demand for network elements would translate into requirement for components, test and auxiliary equipment. The overall requirement is expected to be of the order of US $100 billion. There is a need and scope for meeting much of India’s demand for components and finished products from domestic sources. Full value would be realised if the intellectual property resides within the country. It would then be possible to leverage the domestic production base to increase exports. Additionally, local manufacturing also has immense export potential and would help create valuable intellectual property rights (IPR). This would reduce dependence on imported products and help India become self-reliant in many sectors. It would ensure easy availability of equipment and enable faster roll out at lower cost thus making services more affordable. India has the required strengths in highly skilled manpower, experienced technical and R&D experts, strong management experience in critical functions, such as SCM, high-tech manufacturing systems, operational management, value chain with EMS companies and MNCs investing in India. It is therefore believed that there is a huge scope in the growth of domestic telecom equipment manufacturing.

AREAS OF ATTENTION In order to be at par with the telecom super-power nations, India needs to focus on the following core areas: Research & Development R&D is an important link in the value chain, which has the potential of bringing immense value to the country. The importance of domestic R&D and the consequent creation of intellectual property cannot be over-emphasised. It is widely accepted that

The availability of domestic telecom equipment manufacturing will enable Indian companies to transform into new product innovators from being mere software solution developers.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

FAC T FACT

TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

over 85 per cent of the According to a recent report by Gartner Inc., India value is created by the ranks 4th in telecom equipment manufacturing in the organisation that does Asia-Pacific (APAC) region. The country had a the R&D, designs the 5.7% share of the region’s total telecom equipment product and owns the production revenue of $180 billion in 2009. IPR and the brand. The physical manufacturing of telecom equipment contributes less than growth after the roll out of 3G and 15 per cent of the total value. According to broadband wireless services. a PwC report, “The 11 per cent valueStakeholders have indicated the following addition in telecom manufacturing being challenges in manufacturing of equipment: In the equipment manufacturing industry, done in India is understood to be mostly in it is necessary to get high volumes to get terms of assembling the sub-parts of economies of scale, arising from the lack telecom equipment and final packaging – of required pricing support from requirements mostly to ease the transport component suppliers. of bulky telecom equipment to service It has often been stated that Indian providers.” In India, the expenditure on telecom equipment companies face R&D is low as compared to several strong competition from companies in developed and developing countries. While other countries, which have been most of the developed countries spend provided high level of government two per cent or more of their GDP on support and financial incentives on a R&D, in India it is only 0.8 per cent. Even in sustained basis over the last several this low expenditure, telecom accounts for years, and have now reached global a modest effort. Secondly, most of the economies of scale. According to them, expenditure is from government funding. this is a big challenge as the current The success of Indian products in telecom policies in India do not provide pharmaceutical and transportation sectors is any incentive or support to Indian a clear indication of the value that can be telecom manufacturers to come out of created if sufficient investment is made on this vicious circle. Besides, zero customs R&D in the telecommunications sector as duty on telecom equipment imports is well. also cited as a reason for the Indian Manufacture of equipment and industry being non-competitive. subscriber terminals Indian companies also face a lack of The phenomenal growth in subscribers is long-term financing at competitive expected to fuel the demand for telecom interest rates (LIBOR+2 per cent), equipment worth about `3,200 billion and which is being provided by the banks of `4,700 billion by 2015. Currently, Indian other countries such as China, US, telecom operators import most of the Sweden, etc. equipment required for setting up a The following measures have been network. In 2008-09, equipment worth identified by stakeholders: `462 billion were imported by operators. The global practice of domestic market These statistics clearly indicate the huge access to Indian product companies opportunity that lies ahead for manufacturers should be introduced so that they can to reap the benefits from this ever-booming become price competitive against global sector. Despite being the second largest players. telecom market in the world, telecom Duty on imported equipment must be equipment manufacturing in India is still to levied. take off. Last fiscal year, the telecom Provision of long-term and low equipment market in India grew by interest-bearing finance. 18.6 per cent, with its overall revenue at Indian companies lose out on getting `1,368 billion in 2009-10 up from business from customers, who want to `1,154 billion in 2008-09. Among the stretch their payment terms. various telecom equipment sub-categories, Promoting domestic manufacture the enterprise equipment segment grew by Access to markets 31 per cent to touch `200 billion. Presently, the telecom service sector is very The switch and router segments showed competitive with 12-14 service providers 92 per cent and 65 per cent growth, providing service in a circle. The competition respectively. According to industry experts, among them for market share is very this industry will continue to register robust

100

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

intense and this competition is focussed mostly on price. In order to reduce their expenditure, service providers prefer importing their equipment from large vendors of telecom equipment based abroad, who can offer the equipment at the cheapest rates. Indian product companies, being late starters, are unable to get to economies of scale in the fast-growing domestic market because of dominance of imported products. There have been demands for preferred domestic market access so that they can get the volumes necessary to make them price competitive against global players. However, while considering such preferred access, one needs to see that the domestic service providers, who buy indigenous equipment, are not put at a disadvantage in terms of quality, technology standards and prices as compared to the global vendors. It is also suggested that the induction of Indian products into the network by domestic operators needs to be promoted by way of proportionate reduction in the licence fee. When innovative indigenous telecom equipment is domestically manufactured for the first time, lack of experience or past performance in supplies often serves as a huge impediment in gaining entry into the domestic market. For companies making path-breaking Indian products, there should be a mechanism to get a fair chance of participation in tenders in India, even though they may not have a lot of past experience. For this, the procurement policies of government telecom service providers may need a re-look so that Indian companies that have successfully developed products and are globally competitive in terms of technology and quality, get an opportunity to address 30 per cent of the total domestic demand, so that they can use this volume base to become price competitive not only on domestic but a global level. Funding/FDI Capital requirements and economies of scale to achieve a competitive cost structure are the main requirements of the equipment industry. Financial incentives like the availability of loans at reduced interest rates and a conducive tax structure are believed to work as a catalyst in Indian equipment industry. It is important for small companies and start ups to have access to capital. Many have to rely on venture capitalists due to the difficulty in raising funds. Increased access to capital for Indian telecommunications

Search April 2011 Ad Name: ABB Pg. 101

Search April 2011 Ad Name: Renu Pg. 102

TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

companies would mean increasing Indian development capacity. Long-term financing should be available at globally competitive rates. Since many operators in India do not have adequate working capital, they require equipment vendors along with the banks, to provide them with long-term financing for up to seven years, at LIBOR+2 per cent rates. An attractive trade & investment policy and lucrative incentives for foreign collaborations have made India one of the world’s most attractive markets for the telecom equipment suppliers and service providers. Duties and levies It is believed that because of the existing duties and levies, the domestic production is at a disadvantage vis-à-vis imported equipment. India was one of the 69 signatories to World Trade Organization’s Information Technology Agreement Act, 1995 that came into force on January 1, 1998. As per this Act, India committed itself to remove tariff barriers on the import of six categories of IT products that included telecom equipment. ITA 95 marked a new chapter in the era of telecom liberalisation and contributed to the availability of lowcost telecom services in the country. At the

same time, it also had an adverse impact on the development of the domestic telecom manufacturing industry since foreign equipment were now available at zero import duties, and there were no incentives or tariff barriers to facilitate the growth of an Indian telecom equipment industry. The most notable tax break has come in the form of the extension of the benefit of four per cent special additional duty (SAD) exemption on mobile phone parts, components and accessories with effect from March 31, 2011, from the earlier June 2010 deadline. Accordingly, the three key accessories, battery packs, chargers and hands-free headphones, are expected to see mass production in India as their basic duty, CVD and SAD have all been exempt. Stakeholders feel that there are no tax/ financial incentives available for developing telecom products and unlike the Indian software industry, which has got an income tax holiday in India for over 15 years, the telecom equipment industry gets no such financial incentives or subsidies to kick-start the industry and help them compete with global players, who are already having large economies of scale. According to them,

creating conducive tax structure is important. Exempting companies from minimum alternate tax (MAT), reducing or abolishing excise duty, treating goods provided to the domestic operators by the Indian manufacturers as deemed exports, offering financial incentives like lowering of license fee, spectrum charges to the operators adopting the indigenously manufactured products are some of the measures that have been suggested and are brought out later in the appropriate sections.

REPAIRING THE SITUATION The telecommunications sector would continue to contribute significantly to the growth of the Indian economy over the next few years. While the growth in the spread of telecom infrastructure and provision of services is rapid, the contribution of the Indian telecommunications equipment manufacturing industry to this sector is modest. There is all-round recognition that proactive steps must be taken to repair the situation. Consultation Paper on Encouraging Telecom Equipment Manufacturing in India, Telecom Regulatory Authority Of India (TRAI)

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

103

TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING

INDIA CALLING: TIME TO RING IN A NEW ERA

Photo ÂŠDINODIA

The early nineties proved to be the golden era for the telecom sector and placed India in the fast growing telecom market. Today, India is one of the largest telecom markets in the world. However, with limited access to core technology, the telecom equipment manufacturing in India is yet to take off and the repercussions can be felt in this decade where neighbouring countries are already giving a tough fight. Mending the situation has, therefore, become the need of the hour.

104

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING

ndia has witnessed exponential growth in the telecommunication sector in the last decade. The teledensity, a measure of availability of telephones, has risen sharply to 66 in 2010 (ie. 66 persons out of 100 own a telephone), from that of 0.35 in 1980. Today, we boast of about 750 million lines for a population of about 1.2 billion. The long waiting lists of the eighties and nineties for a telephone connection have given way to a changed scenario where service providers are wooing customers through sustained marketing campaigns and distinctive service offerings giving value for money.

DEMAND PROJECTIONS A bulk of the growth during the last decade has been driven by wireless subscribers. Monthly additions are in the range of 15 million connections. The compound annual growth rate (CAGR), during the last five years, has been a healthy 44.66 per cent. As per a report compiled by KPMG and FICCI for the Department of Telecommunications for a target of 1.1 billion subscribers in 2015, the requirement of telecom equipment is expected to be in the range of `3,50,000 crore to Research & Development

CONVENIENCE OF USING MOBILES This exponential growth has primarily been fuelled by liberal governmental policy interventions in the nineties and the beginning of the present century as also the technological evolution of digital global system for mobile (GSM) and code division multiple access (CDMA) platforms. The convenience of wireless, along with near ubiquitous connectivity, has hooked people onto mobile telephony. The first thing that people aboard an aircraft do as the aircraft comes to a halt is to switch on their mobiles as if they have been missing out on something important during the duration of the flight. The scene in trains, buses and even on footpaths is no different. Mobile handsets have created a niche for themselves and have become a necessity item to be carried, like a pair of spectacles. Landlines, the primary medium of connectivity for almost a century, have taken a backseat and the total connections have remained static at around 36 million. The demand for new connections is almost negligible. But the copper conductors in the local loop are an asset, which can be used for providing various services like Internet and broadband. The impact of this preference shift towards mobile telephony has created a demand pull for telecommunication equipment. Since GSM and CDMA technologies are both developed abroad and with little thinking having gone into creating capabilities for indigenous manufacture, a bulk of the core equipment for building mobile networks, both in public as well as in the private sector, were imported.

106

Fabrication & Assembly

Software Porting

Testing Value chain for manufacturing

`5,00,000 crore. This huge requirement has the potential of not only nurturing the indigenous equipment manufacturing industry, but also creating job opportunities for the youth. Demographic analysis places the number of youths entering the job market annually at nine million. Unless policies to harness this populace are put in place, the growth of over nine per cent in the GDP that we are aiming for, may remain a mere rhetoric. Manufacturing is one sector that can profitably absorb a large portion of this section. The burgeoning demand for telecommunication equipment provides an apt opportunity to create indigenous manufacturing capabilities in the country so that the gains occurring because of the increase in domestic demand remain within the country and do not get passed on to our neighbours, who through effective policy frameworks and fiscal incentives, have converted themselves into a manufacturing hub for the world. This would help India: Create jobs for the youth Achieve self-reliance Make telecommunication networks more secure Fuel economic growth Help build and maintain strategic networks for national defence Create capabilities of fast reaction in the

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

face of natural calamities and disasters.

A LOOK AT MANUFACTURING Before discussing manufacturing per se, it is important to understand what constitutes manufacturing. Can the term be limited to the mere assembly of components on a printed circuit board? What about development, fabrication, testing and porting of the software? To me, the whole value chain encompassing development, fabrication, assembly, testing and porting of software on the product are important components of manufacturing. Up to the eighties, electro-mechanical components, like relays, played an important role in providing end-to-end connections in telecommunication equipment. Switches were the primary instruments used for providing dedicated paths for subscribers to converse. Subsequent technological advancements in telecommunications, electronics and computing introduced innovative designs wherein hardware became passive and the functions performed by switches were taken over by software. Digital switches fall in this category. When comparing the value addition of different components of the manufacturing value chain, it would be noticed that the maximum value addition of around 35-50 per cent takes place in research and development (R&D), while fabrication and assembly contribute to about 10-15 per cent. Moreover, with the miniaturisation of components and the development of integrated circuits, the assembly process has shifted to machines. Assembly of electronic circuit cards has thus become a specialised field and is known as electronic manufacturing services (EMS). The EMS companies assemble all sorts of electronic cards and use their volumes to procure components at competitive rates and employ a battery of automatic machines to mass produce electronic subassemblies at competitive costs to stay profitable. Every piece of telecommunication equipment requires either a plastic moulded housing or a fabricated shell to house it and would require knowledge of mechanical design, machines and tool-making skills.

MANUFACTURING UPDATE Till the early nineties, the manufacturing of telecommunication equipment was confined to the Indian Telephone Industries (ITI), a Government of India undertaking, under the Ministry of Telecommunications,

TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING

its subsidiaries, its captive ancillary units and telecom factories. The development of designs were either a collaborative effort of Telecommunication Research Centre (TRC) and ITI, or through technology transfer agreements from foreign vendors; in which case, the technologies got transferred to ITI through phase manufacturing programmes. This ensured that the country is equipped with the competency to maintain the networks that it built. The indigenous developmental efforts got a further boost after the Centre for the Development of Telematics (C-DOT) was set up in 1984. The Rural Automatic Exchange and Main Automatic Exchange that it developed were robust, state-of-the-art and of world-class quality. The pilot production of these exchanges was carried out in ITI in a unit, which was dedicated to manufacture equipment of C-DOT design. The early nineties were the watershed years when liberal policy changes came into effect and the private sector was encouraged to participate in the manufacturing of telecommunication equipment. Since C-DOT, by that time, already had the designs available for digital switches, a large number of companies came forward to manufacture C-DOT-licenced switches. A nominal licence fee, along with large volumes, helped reduce the cost of production thereby significantly bringing down the price of switches. This also created a healthy competition among the licencees. This was the golden era for the telecom sector and led to indigenous production. The country witnessed an additional 25 million lines of C-DOT design in the national networks, which is around half of the total network.

SHIFT TO WIRELESS With the shift in preference to wireless (GSM & CDMA) in the last decade, where technology owners had no incentive to transfer technology to local manufacturers as they could freely bring in their equipment unhindered, most of the companies manufacturing switches for landlines had to close shop. The ones that are there are not in good health in spite of having world-class installed capital equipment, enthusiastic & skilled manpower and world-class quality systems. Access to core technology, being very limited and expensive, is putting a lot of strain on the nation’s finances. Fixing up the situation has, therefore, become the need of the hour. The National Telecom Policy

108

1994 and 1999, both talked of encouraging R&D and manufacturing. But, in reality, nothing has happened on ground. The companies that have survived are either those that are engaged in making low technology equipment like telephones, etc. or are into fabricating infrastructure like towers or shelters. Multinationals like Nokia and Motorola have set up their facilities for handsets on the lines of EMS. However, since the IPR rests with the parent company, the advantages that accrue to the country are limited to the creation of some jobs. The companies, which have been able to still do something good in spite of a notso-conducive environment, are: ITI – Encryption & de-encryption devices Tejas Networks – SDH and DWDM-based optical transport systems, carrier ethernet Shyam Telecom – RF signal products, etc. The major reason why these Indian companies have been able to do so is because of their strength of in-house development. ITI has an excellent team for developing bulk encryption and is thus the leader in this field. Tejas, though a comparatively new company, has been able to develop world-class transport systems on the strength of its R&D team. The management and staff are thoroughly professional and highly qualified. Its forte is technology and the IPR resides in India. They produce world-class optical transport systems on the strength of their technology. In the neighbourhood, Huawei and ZTE are two Chinese companies, which have been able to compete effectively with multinationals on price and quality. Besides other incentives that the Chinese government has given, they have huge R&D facilities. Huawei employs 37,000 engineers in R&D, while ZTE has 20,000. In comparison, India’s C-DOT has about 600 engineers. The country’s R&D strength in ITI has also rapidly depleted. Unless we invest in R&D in telecommunications, India cannot think of becoming ‘world beaters’. In spite of our professional capabilities and skilled manpower, the country shall remain only marketers of services.

Create effective R&D centres, both in public domain as also in private sector and offer them grants for development. The initial funding could be from the proceeds of spectrum auction; even five per cent shall amount to `6,000 crore. An apex body consisting of officials from Telecommunication Engineering Centre (TEC) and industry representatives could coordinate and monitor the progress. Mandate the use of at least 30 per cent of Indian products in wireless networks starting 2011-12 and increase it gradually to 70 per cent in the next three years. TEC should test and certify that the product meets the quality needs of the network. The Indian product is one where the IPR resides in India and the profits accrue to an Indian company. Give tax holiday and fiscal benefits to manufacturing companies in line with what is available to the manufacturing companies in the neighbourhood. Correct inverted duty structure. Encourage companies to take up EMS by providing easy funding and offer fiscal benefits for inputs to create a level playing field with foreign competitors. Strategic networks to be created only with Indian products or with products manufactured in India in collaboration with Indian companies. It is high time that India creates favourable conditions and enabling policies for encouraging indigenous production of telecommunication equipment so that we can ensure secure networks and create jobs for our youth as also reap the benefits of increased domestic consumption for the people of the country. Pritam Singh holds an ME Degree in Production and a BSc Engineering Degree in Mechanical. He has also pursued a management programme in the UK. Earlier, he held the post of CMD, ITI, a Government of India undertaking. E-mail: pritam47@hotmail.com

INVESTMENT DESTINATION: Industrial Landscape Of MP

Capturing Opportunities & Keeping Up Promises

OUTLOOK In such a scenario, the way forward would be:

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

on pg.

164

TELECOM MANUFACTURING SUPERPOWERS

WHAT’S

STOPPING INDIA FROM OUTPERFORMING CHINA

Like China, India has positives in the form of the market size, presence of potential workforce and the advancements in technology. However, while China has leveraged on these and become a leader in the telecom equipment industry, India still suffers due to the lack of R&D and timely government support. Therefore, it is time that drastic steps are taken towards giving the Indian telecom equipment industry the much needed push. SUDHIR MUDDANA elecom is one of the fastest growing sectors in India and contributes significantly to India’s GDP. It is estimated that for every 10 per cent growth in the teledensity, the country’s GDP increases by about 1.2 per cent. In addition, it provides employment to nearly one million people directly and four million people indirectly. The telecom industry basically comprises of two aspects — telecom equipment manufacturing and telecom services. Of the two, telecom equipment manufacturing majorly contributes towards the growth of the telecom industry. It is expected that there will be a requirement of telecom equipment worth US$70-100 billion till 2015. However, the domestic telecom

110

equipment sector has not been able to meet the demand created by the telecom services sector and significant equipment needs are met through imports. A major reason for this is the lack of R&D focus and investments in telecom equipment development, which has resulted in a lack of world-class telecom products developed from India. Despite India having abundant technology talent and a large domestic market, after the initial success of Centre for Development of Telematics (C-DOT), there have not been too many telecom product success stories from India. Telecom R&D is a critical ingredient for the manufacturing ecosystem and hence, a special focus is needed to encourage this activity.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

COMPARISON WITH CHINA China has gained an enviable position in the telecom market due to factors such as market size, technological advancements and the potential workforce. Ironically, despite having these advantages, India has not been able to leverage upon them. Comparing the telecom markets in India and China, Sandeep Ladda, Executive Director, PwC India, says, “The production of telecom equipment in India at the end of March 2009 stood at `51,800 crore with a compound annual growth rate of 29 per cent in the previous five years. In comparison, Chinese telecom equipment maker Huawei Technologies Co. alone reported revenue of `82,350 crore in 2008, up from `57,600 crore in the previous year.”

TELECOM MANUFACTURING SUPERPOWERS

“India had a 5.7 per cent share of the region’s total telecom equipment production revenue of $180 billion in 2009. India is expected to move to the third spot (after China and South Korea) with a share of 8.5 per cent of the total (estimated) APAC telecom equipment production revenue of $277 billion by 2014,” Ladda adds. Commenting on the Indian telecom equipment industry, Gaurav Dixit, Sr Manager, CARE Ratings, opines, “The Indian telecom equipment manufacturing industry is witnessing significant growth, but it will take India some time to reach where China is today. China moved ahead because of its high subscriber base and government support. But India is not far behind. With the increasing subscriber base, India too is witnessing an explosive growth in telecom equipment manufacturing with the subsequent growth in subscriber base in the last 5-6 years. The government is also now focussing on giving the required boost to the telecom industry. These incentives have helped Indian companies manufacture mobile handsets in India. A number of local manufacturers, who were initially manufacturing in China, are now setting up their units in India with the help of the incentives provided by the government.” “The only challenge here is for radio equipment manufacturers. While cables and towers are already being manufactured in India, radio equipment is not being manufactured here in a big way as Indian companies are yet to catch up with the global standards with regards to the R&D required for the much-needed technological upgradations in the segment,” Dixit adds.

the telecom industry in China.” Apart from these two factors, Pritam Singh, former CMD, ITI, opines that ‘political will’ together with supportive state policies, fiscal and non-fiscal incentives, large domestic demand, excellent infrastructure, efficient manpower and a large component base have helped China’s telecom equipment manufacturing industry prosper.

THE HOME-GROUND CHALLENGES India already has a huge market size (nearly 70 crore subscribers), which is essential for the growth of its telecom industry. However, being a technology-intensive industry, it requires sustained government support so that it can adopt new technologies. “This scenario is gradually changing with the government adopting more and more supportive policies. In addition, there is a need for foreign collaboration, which will help Indian companies get access to the latest technologies, which will go a long way in helping us achieve the status of a top telecom equipment manufacturer,” Dixit avers. According to Singh, despite the government policy – National Telecom Policy 1994 and National Telecom Policy 1999 – of ‘building world-class manufacturing capabilities’, the enabling ecosystem failed to take off. Factors such as lack of strong indigenous R&D, inverted duty structure, weak component base and lack of fiscal incentives also hindered local manufacture. In addition, unlike China, India does not insist on the mandatory use of India-made products.

base will enable Indian companies to transform into product innovators from being mere software solution developers. Moreover, telecom equipment being manufactured in India may turn out to be a cheaper option as compared to importing equipment. Also, local manufacture will address security & safety concerns, cut down the lifecycle time and strengthen the other links of the value chain.” Singh adds, “An enabling environment needs to be created by providing sufficient funds to the telecom equipment manufacturers as well as focussing on R&D. If the use of a percentage of the Indian products is mandatorily encouraged as a part of the licence for providing services, indigenous manufacture will get a major boost.” According to Dixit, R&D activities need to get a boost by way of incentives from the government. This can be done either by setting up an R&D body or providing grants for it. Also, TRAI can play a vital role by monitoring funds towards the R&D activities carried out by the Indian companies. “If we are able to set up large manufacturing units for the telecom sector, it will not only offer employment opportunities for our people, but will also give a major boost to the Indian GDP. So, if it actually happens, it will have a very large impact on the economy. We have to keep in mind that if the Chinese can do it, so can we. All we need is a proper setup,” he says.

ROLE OF THE INDIAN GOVERNMENT

Apart from promoting R&D and offering funds and incentives for boosting the growth FACTORS THAT HAVE HELPED NEED FOR LOCAL of the telecom equipment manufacturing CHINA MANUFACTURERS industry, the government needs to find There are several factors such as Learning from the Chinese example, India ways to increase the use of these locally government support and home-grown should also encourage the local manufactured products in the Indian market. subscriber base that have helped China manufacturing of telecom equipment. Apart Singh avers, “Making the use of Indian attain prime position in the manufactured products in the telecom industry. Elaborating on Indian telecom networks The government should provide the required support mandatory, building and nurturing the same, Dixit observes, “The to the Indian manufacturers in their attempt to create R&D in the telecom sector and main factor that has made China a leader in telecom equipment an ecosystem, which can make India a force to reckon incentivising telecom manufacture manufacturing is the timely through fiscal and non-fiscal with in telecom equipment manufacturing. government support. The incentives are some of the Chinese Government has a measures that the government from boosting the growth of the telecom shareholding in most of the leading Chinese needs to take.” industry, it will also generate employment companies. Another factor is the large Dixit adds that the government may opportunities. subscriber base in China. Hence, it is the need to re-look at the duty structure. “We Talking about the benefits of local government support and the home-grown cannot expect to become a superpower in manufacturing, Ladda explains, “The subscriber base for the technology provided telecom equipment manufacturing in one development of the domestic manufacturing that are favouring the growth prospects of day. But basic steps, such as reducing duties

112

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

TELECOM MANUFACTURING SUPERPOWERS

on some parts that are required in the manufacturing process, can be taken. We can import parts and make some value additions to them. In addition, the government may also help these companies in getting subsidised funding for setting up their facilities and later, for R&D activities, which play a crucial role in this industry,” Dixit explains.

LEARNINGS FROM CHINA Globally, governments have created a supportive policy framework to encourage their telecom equipment manufacturing and R&D. This support has resulted in the creation of several multibilliondollar enterprises. China has been actively supporting its telecom industry and has been providing significant support in the form of subsidies, loans and lines of credit to the Chinese telecom companies carrying out R&D; thereby improving manufacturing and stimulating their exports. This has helped these companies win large domestic business and enable them to use their home market as a base to become global competitors. The Chinese Government has also been proactively pushing for telecom exports as a part of their bilateral trade and use telecom exports as a key area for bilateral trade. In addition, the government, under the Chinese Development Bank has been providing very large export financing (for eg., US$50 billion to ZTE and US$10 billion to Huawei). Such government support has resulted in several fold growth in the exports of telecom equipment from China, and today, Huawei has become a US$20 billion company and ZTE a US$10 billion company, with most of the growth happening in the last five years. Confirming the support given by the government, Dixit explains, “One of the major steps that the Chinese Government has taken is that it has compelled the companies selling equipment in their country to also set up their manufacturing units in China, which also provided employment to the Chinese. The Indian Government may also make it mandatory for the European and Chinese telecom equipment players to at least manufacture a significant portion of their equipment in India. Secondly, the government can ask large telecom companies such as Bharti, Vodafone, Reliance and BSNL to purchase at least 5-10 per cent of products to begin with, from Indian equipment manufacturers.”

VISION 2020 India already has the key ingredients for building telecom products – a large & highly technical workforce and a large home market. Dixit explains, “The telecom industry will be at a very good position by 2020 as by that time, we would probably have the largest subscriber base in the world. In order to serve that kind of a subscriber base, it will be economical for companies to use home-grown technologies rather than importing them. Also, with the expected government support for the sector, we may have a major portion of the equipment being manufactured in the country itself.” Therefore, its primary focus should be on creating Indian products in which the R&D, intellectual property creation and product design are done in India, which will in turn benefit the Indian economy. Additionally, the government should also provide the required support to the Indian manufacturers in their attempt to create an ecosystem, which can make India a force to reckon with in the telecom equipment manufacturing domain.

114

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

CMD, HEAVY ENGINEERING CORPORATION (HEC)

116

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

CMD, HEAVY ENGINEERING CORPORATION (HEC)

THIS IS THE RIGHT TIME TO WAKE UP AND START THINKING DIFFERENTLY “Having a sound and dynamic business model, which is based on integrity and honesty is very important for success. The system of operating should be flexible. Also, investing in people is indispensable for greater productivity,” says GK Pillai, CMD, Heavy Engineering Corporation (HEC) in conversation with Sandeep Pai.

ACTORS THAT MAKE INDIA A GLOBAL MANUFACTURING DESTINATION

India is one of the fastest growing free market democracies in the world, which gives it an edge over other countries. India also has the largest knowledge workforce in the world that works for comparatively lower wages. Indians have gained recognition for their intelligence the world over. Around 40 per cent of NASA’s scientists are of Indian origin; Bill Gates has appreciated the skills of Indian programmers and MNCs line up at the doors of the six IIMs and other B-Schools for recruiting Indians with top-dollar salaries. But it is not only intelligence, Indians’ commitment to work and dogged attitude to fulfill responsibilities are the qualities that have helped them gain recognition and appreciation the world over.

INDIAN ECONOMY IN 2010 The manufacturing sector in India experienced significant growth in 2009-10 in comparison to the negative growth that most countries witnessed during that period. The growth rate has only marginally declined, but indicated a higher figure than any other country. In addition, our services sector depicted substantial growth in comparison to other countries. A very strong domestic consumer demand has also emerged in the rural areas.

of leaders in the corporate world include NR Narayana Murthy, late Dhirubhai Ambani and Dr E Sreedharan, MD, Delhi Metro Rail Corporation. These are the visionaries who have led by examples of character and action. They do not merely command, but practice the principles they preach.

WAYS TO STAY GLOBALLY COMPETITIVE

DRIVING SUSTAINABLE INNOVATIONS Innovations lead to sustainability. We need technologies to conserve water and the environment. There is also a need to provide and sustain employment in the rural sector and increase productivity by utilising manpower & local resources. We should promote these technologies in the form of affordable products for the low & middle income groups. Take, for instance, a cheap device that can make classroom lessons available after it is charged through a solar device, solar cell, etc. This is a perfect example of a sustainable device and not a device, which creates an immense desire to change every three months.

ENABLING FACTORS TO INNOVATION Resources should be made available at every level. People should come forward and take charge/ownership of risk and allow something to fail. The working environment should encourage inspirations to thrive and creativity to flourish. It is essential that the generated ideas are given adequate support.

TRAITS OF A GREAT LEADER A great leader is one who inspires trust, has vision and the ability to communicate his/her vision, which will convince many to follow him/her. The leader I admire the most is Mahatma Gandhi. Examples

global outlook for a product that is locally deliverable. For example, you can have the same water packaged differently as per the preference of the local populace. It may sound simple, but it is not easy to go local as one has to understand the local culture, sentiments, behaviour well.

STRATEGIES TO GAIN MAJOR MARKET SHARE Go global and local in all departments of the organisation be it in finance, marketing, etc. This strategy called ‘glocalisation’ ensures a

Firstly, you need to have a sound business model because your competition is changing very fast and the cost pressures are very high. You have to understand your customers and what they are looking for. That dynamism is important. Chinese companies are a good example. Any global customer would look at China seriously because they have a strong government backing, which is spending a lot of money in infrastructure development – a prerequisite for attaining competitiveness. The Chinese are also entering into joint ventures with western companies and acquiring their technologies. Even Indian companies should take similar measures and keep abreast with the latest technologies. If we fail to do so, then soon we will become uncompetitive. In addition, a company should have a good balance of fixed assets versus variable assets. For example, if all the investments of a company are tied up to one particular product, what do you do when your product type is no longer in demand? You have completely locked yourself out. Thus, to avoid such a situation you have to figure out a way for capital planning. This is where technology, advance thinking and ability to change and adopt comes into play. The last important lesson is that you should have good and talented people in your organisation. You need to continue to attract good people and make sure that you create

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

117

CMD, HEAVY ENGINEERING CORPORATION (HEC)

an atmosphere where they come in not only to work, there should be an element of pride and prestige associated with your organisation.

leadership is sacrifice and you accept it by setting an example. However, cost leadership should not be at the cost of quality and functionality.

SECRETS TO SUCCESS

INNOVATION IN INDIA

Having a sound and dynamic business model, which is based on integrity and honesty is very important for success. The system of operating should be flexible. Also, investing in people is indispensable for greater productivity. Lastly, it is very important to have a control over costs. An Indian example of winning against all odds is that of ‘Lijjat Papad’ and its makers ‘Mahila Griha Udyog’, who symbolise the strength of a woman.

I think we are lagging behind in imbibing innovative practices. India has not taken advantage of the talent it has and relies too much on imported technology. It has restricted its engineers from designing products and coming up with ideas. We have adopted western technologies where it was not really required. So, we are caught up in a bad situation. However, some companies have really taken up this challenge particularly in the automotive industry and developed indigenous technologies. But, if I have to conclude, I can only say that the effect of innovation has not really been felt in India.

COST LEADERSHIP AMOUNTS TO ATTAINING OVERALL LEADERSHIP Not necessarily. Cost leadership may be imposed, but to an extent, it has its roots in accepting optimising costs at all cost centers. For example, if an ‘X’ company has the lowest cost per tonne or per person employed across all departments and cost centers, it could have done it by identifying them and then having leadership at all cost centres. The mantra for attaining cost

118

PROMOTING INNOVATION This is the right time to wake up and start thinking differently. We need to give our talented people a chance to contribute by allowing them to express their ideas. Innovation is no longer a secret that only a select few know about. Companies

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

are now following established processes for innovation. We only need to adopt this practice and fine-tune it. If we can do so, then we already have a readymade process in place. However, it is important to analyse if the innovative idea actually meets the criteria. There are many procedures like the stage-gate process to review an idea. The stage-gate process tries to find answers to questions like whether the assumption still holds good; or whether the markets are still valid or whether the funding should still continue. Depending on the answers, the idea is then cleared for funding. However, in case the idea does not qualify, then it is kept on the technology book shelf for future reference. By doing so, the company can rest assure that the next time it comes across a similar idea, it can simply pick it up from the book shelf without having to reinvent the wheel.

SHOP FLOOR INNOVATIONS: Workplace Ergonomics

The Ergonomics of Innovation on pg.

144

Pg No. 119 SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Mitsibhishi SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Mitsibhishi

Pg No. 119

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: EmpireCable Pg No. 120 SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: EmpireCable

Pg No. 120

ESSAR COAL BED METHANE (CBM) SITE, DURGAPUR

CLEANFUEL BETTER M ODERN PIONEER With manufacturing companies treading on the path of using ‘clean’ technologies for manufacturing, Coal Bed Methane (CBM) comes as a boon in disguise. CBM has become an important source of energy in countries like the USA & Canada, and India too is reaping the benefits of using this gas. Bringing the benefits of CBM to various manufacturing units is Essar. With participating interests in several hydrocarbon blocks for exploration and production of oil & gas, Essar is all set to create a legacy in E&P. A visit to Durgapur CBM wells of Essar translates its efforts in recognising the coal seam gas potential in India. SANDEEP PAI

124

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

ESSAR COAL BED METHANE (CBM) SITE, DURGAPUR

ready to supply CBM gas to Graphite India and other manufacturing units in the Durgapur industrial belt through cascades. Highlighting the achievements and future plans, Essar official at the site says, “We are in the process of building multiple gas gathering stations (GGS) and laying the pipelines (from the well to the GGS pipeline and the 16-inch collector pipelines from the GGS to the customers). Very soon, we will start pushing the gas through these pipelines to various fertiliser units, including MATIX Fertiliser. While we will continue to supply gas to units in Durgapur, we also have plans to build pipelines for supplying gas from Durgapur to Kolkata to Haldia. Lastly, we will also build a city gas station for people of Durgapur.” In addition, the company plans to place compressors at every GGS to provide customised gas to customers. Thus, the company is now getting ready to provide cheap alternate clean fuel to units fretted by fuel price hikes. However, Essar’s journey has not been an easy one. It took years of perseverance and determination for the company’s efforts to see the light of the day. Thanks to the hardships that the company underwent, its end product (gas) is set to reach the burners of various manufacturing units in the vicinity.

THE ASSOCIATED HARDSHIPS

Photo by Saibal Das

tepping off the all weather road on the journey from Durgapur to Raniganj Coal Bed Methane (CBM) Block in West Bengal, one can see the way to one of the CBM wells. The well is about 1,500 metre deep and is definitely a future source of coal seam gas. As one inches closer, the sound of operating machine gets magnified and a group of people braving it out near the well can be seen. Pointing towards the well, an Essar staff says, “In this well, we have just hit the Barren measure and the drilling process is completed. Once we start pumping out

the water from the well, Coalbed Methane would come up first with the water, and only the coal gas comes out in the later stages.” The well lies in the coal belt of Raniganj and is one of the 40 wells that the company has drilled so far, targeting to extract CBM gas. Of the 40 wells, production has recently started in 20 wells and the company is producing CBM gas of about 35 standard cubic metre per day.

ESSAR’S LEGACY Essar currently uses CBM gas to fire its gas gensets producing electricity to run the motors at CBM wells and its camp housing where the field crew lives. Essar is getting

The CBM gas – predominantly methane gas – has become an important source of energy in countries like the USA and Canada. Seeing the overseas success in the CBM process, few Indian companies tried to replicate it in India. However, uncertainty looms large over the commercial production of CBM. B Akala, Director, Total CBM Solutions India, explains, “It is very difficult to foresee how much gas will come out from a particular well. There have been instances where companies invested crores of rupees to complete wells but did not get the expected quantity of gas, thus resulting in losses. Contrarily, there are wells, which produce more gas than expected.” Furthermore, extracting CBM is different from that of oil or natural gas production, where the rate of production can be regulated depending on the requirement. “CBM exploitation is much different from that of natural gas. It takes much time, after pumping lot of water, for gas production to start. But once started, it goes on for long period and the rate tapers down slowly. So, in the CBM business, simultaneous disposal of gas so produced becomes necessary. It

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

125

ESSAR COAL BED METHANE (CBM) SITE, DURGAPUR

requires intense market gas towards the borehole. During exploration stage, planning and management,” the occurrence of different coal adds Akala seams in the CBM reservoir Moreover, in the beginning, such as the number of seams, when the government invited their depth, thickness, etc., are operators for the CBM ascertained by methods called exploration process, the geological and geophysical technology being new, the logging. Later, during the know-how was inadequate. production stage, large Land acquisition, for drilling diameter boreholes are drilled exploratory wells in the for CBM production. These beginning and, later, the boreholes are appropriately production wells has become a cased/cemented and suitably matter of serious constraint to completed, by cavity formation pursue the CBM project or hydrofracturing, to make development. Adding to this Photo by Saibal Das One of the wells, which has started producing Coal Bed Methane. CBM to come out once the delaying phenomenon was the reservoir is adequately fact that the major coal belts in and 15 test wells as well. Although we depressurised after protracted release of India lie in the forest regions, which ended up spending more money in the water from the reservoir. Essar collected automatically brought them under the ambit process, the data we accumulated helped sufficient and accurate data during the of the Forest Conservation Act. Also, these us to identify sweet spots with more exploration stage and has made the CBM regions are infested by coal mafias, accuracy.” development plans properly. The company syndicates, etc., which made it even more Methane gas lies in the solid matrix of managed to plan its future course of action difficult to deal with. Nevertheless, the the coal. It is stored in an adsorbed state correctly and the entire production challenges only increased once Essar over the molecular surface of coal. Drilling operations in this block are divided into four decided to take up the project. Just to give a core holes helps determine the total ‘gas in stages. In the first stage, the most productive perspective, of the 500 sq km Raniganj East place’ (GIP) by ascertaining the total gas north-western part of the block is targeted. CBM block, which the company was to content of coal seams. The coal core In the second stage, which is expected to last explore for CBM gas, about 100 sq km lies samples are taken in to a sealed canister to for three years, they plan to drill around 75 in the forest area, where as 120 sq km of conduct CBM desorption studies. Besides wells, including the wells of the first phase. area is fully inhabited. Besides this, about 75 that, the adsorption isotherm studies are The third stage has a target of 300 wells, sq km of the area falls in the Trans-Damodar also conducted to know the gas storage which will be completed in the next 15 area, where the prospects of economically capacity of coal in the seams. The months. In the fourth stage, which is the extractable gas reserves are expected to be permeability of coal is also determined complete production stage, additional 250 less. Of all the blocks, which were allotted through special studies called ‘Injection fall wells will be drilled. All these wells will sustain to different companies, Essar had to deal off tests’. In addition to all these studies, test CBM production at a fixed level for 20-25 with the most difficult one. Several tectonic wells that are drilled and completed would years. activities have occurred in the eastern In order to tackle the hurdles posed by reveal the gas production rate. They also region, which made the rocks harder. The land acquisition, the company has adopted help the operator in deciding the most company, despite these challenges, has a technique called deviated drilling. Another appropriate completion technique/method resolved every issue thoughtfully and very official, in the site, says, “Due to the scarcity for optimum gas production from the CBM effectively and is now marching on a trendof land, deviated drilling (30-35 degree tilt) production wells. Well completion, setting expedition in CBM exploitation. The for getting gas from all the coal seams (RN1 normally, comprises of either forming cavity sheer determination, zeal and commitment to RN6) from inaccessible areas has been in the decided coal horizon around the well of Essar’s workforce towards overcoming initiated.” or a special technique called ‘hydro these hurdles have impressed many a Essar is not merely contended with fracturing’ of coal seam. Hydro-fracturing is visitor. The visit showed company personnel indirectly accessing the difficult areas. To get a special technique by which a mixture of tussling out to extract maximum gas from the maximum gas at a faster rate, it is sand and water is pumped at a very high well after well in the north-western area of leveraging on high technologies. Several pressure into the selected coal seam the block, where large part of the reserves Frac jobs in the past few months using coil horizon to open the pathways in the is concentrated. tubing have been completed. With this, subjected coal seam. The micro openings/ THE EXPLORATION & three to four hydro-fracturing jobs have cracks so created will enhance the EXPLOITATION PROCESS been done in a day. Conventionally, it would permeability of coal and allow water to flow After getting the block, Essar immediately take 18 hours for completing a job. Another first. Subsequently, when the hydraulic got its act together and went an extra mile initiative is air drilling. It drills faster, plus it is pressure of the reservoir drops and in the exploration process. An official of the less damaging to the zone. The company becomes equal to that of gas, CBM company explains, “During the two-year believes that their objective is to sell gas and molecules move out from the surface of exploration phase, we drilled 12 core holes not drill holes. For selling gas, one has to coal matrices, thus commencing the flow of

126

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

ESSAR COAL BED METHANE (CBM) SITE, DURGAPUR

people to accept its usability.” Going further, several wells and laid out pipelines can be seen intermittently. Seeing such a dedicated working team was a pleasant sight and so was the realisation that once everything gets going, the company will become a major source of fuel for several manufacturing units.

THE ESSAR EFFECT

Photo by Essar Hydraulic fracturing job in operation using coil tubing

drill holes. Drilling an unproductive hole is considered a futile exercise. While, the company has addressed several contentious issues, a few still demand attention. To say the least, much thought has gone into the way to deal with large quantities of water pumped out. Presently, with 20 wells, the company produces close to 1,000 cubic metre of water. In future, they will have 500 wells, from which they will pump out 20-25 thousand cubic metre

128

of water per day. To optimally use this water, the company has planned to extend its helping hand to villagers. As the area is draught prone, villagers grow only one crop a year. They are heavily dependent on water for all their needs. “Fortunately the quality of water over here is quite good,” avers the on-site official. He also pointed towards a patch, where tomatoes, among other crops, were being grown using the water pumped from the CBM well. He adds, “It will make

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Today, Essar has become one of the first companies to provide the country with this alternate fuel. All this would not have been possible if it were not for their multidisciplinary team approach, which facilitates the use of resources in personnel & hardware/software and the right alliances to adopt best practices in exploration, exploitation and development. This has given manufacturers a movement of smile. And why not? For a manufacturing company, running a burner on an oil-based system, switching over to a gas-based system is convenient and desirable be it from the point of view of cost, handling & efficiency or downtime of the plant. The point is that manufacturers should get a taste of it. Once they get it, then it is a matter of choice and the choice will be CBM.

WORLD’S LARGEST HEAVY LIFT VESSEL

MV SVENJA:

A NOTCH ABOVE THE WORLD

At a speed of 20 knots and a lifting capacity of 2,000 tonne, MV Svenja surfs swiftly in the ocean, providing unrivalled services to major and multiple industry verticals all over the globe. A unique innovation, which extends the limits and challenges the boundaries of shipbuilders, the vessel MV Svenja, presents a classic success story for shipbuilders around the world. Featuring the world’s largest heavy lift vessel and the story behind its making… SUMEDHA MAHOREY ith global shipbuilding industry now opening up to the various needs of offshore operations worldwide, many shipbuilders are today looking at innovative yet customised solutions for operations such as cargo transportation, dredging, search & rescue, environmental clean-up, oil & gas exploration, offshore wind farms, scientific research, project construction amongst other applications. Global shipbuilders are also striving hard to make sure their vessels are equipped with the right kind of technology, equipment and resources to suffice the growing demands of the offshore operations. On the other hand, major industrial verticals like oil & gas, wind energy, etc., are on the look out for specialised vessels for their complex material handling and offshore platform installation operations. This has created the right demand-supply

132

scenario in the sea transportation industry which also acts as a lucrative option for manufacturers because of its competitive cost benefits. Not only manufacturers but also for the scientific community, it acts as a tool for exploration of the vast deep waters. While for service providers it acts as a mode of transportation which is not only safe but also allows for transport in bulk quantities. With the emergence of so many opportunities, global shipbuilding has touched one high after another in the last many decades – be it in terms of manufacturing of high-end submarines for defence or large passenger transport vessels, equipped with all types of luxuries. Adding a feather in its cap, the shipbuilding science has seen yet another chapter added to its already much talked about history with the introduction of MV Svenja – the world’s largest heavy lift vessel. Built by Germany-based JJ Siestas

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Shipyard and commissioned by SAL Schiffahrtskontor Altes Land GmbH (SAL) on December 9, 2010, this vessel, Type 183 has been named Motor Vessel (MV) Svenja after the daughter of the chairman of the company. It represents an altogether new generation of heavy lift ships in the world.

THE BIGGER, THE BETTER So, what is it that makes this vessel the world’s largest heavy weight lifter? MV Svenja is equipped with two 1,000-tonne high-performance cranes from Neuenfelder Maschinenfabrik (NMF), Hamburg, a part of the JJ Sietas Group. These cranes give the ship a unique lifting capacity added with its significant crane outreach of 38 metre. This lift ability can be used in offshore projects, oil & gas operations, cargo transfer, etc. It also helps in the transport of heavy machinery, equipment, cables and big containers by way of its open hatch capability. Built at a

WORLD’S LARGEST HEAVY LIFT VESSEL

heavy and big dimension consignments are loaded onto the vessel.

THOUGHT BEHIND THE MAKING

FACT

This vessel is the result of a strategic decision taken by both, SAL and JJ Sietas Shipyard, considering the early signs of a recovering market. With multiple enquiries already

MV Svenja is named after the ship’s co-owner Svenja Heinrich. It was built in a record time of six months at the JJ Siestas Shipyard in Germany. Seventy-five per cent of the parts employed in its construction originate from Germany. Apart from its high speed, the vessel is characterised by lean structure and low draft, which makes it highly flexible and well-equipped to reach even less accessible ports. With its crane capacity of up to 2,000 tonne, the vessel is able to rely on its own equipment for loading and discharging in most ports worldwide. The ship’s diesel engine, with its 12,600 kW and its capability of generating a speed of 20 knots, comes from the Augsburg-based MAN Group. In addition, the vessel is fully equipped with an inventory that includes forklifts, spreader bars, lifting beams, lashing and securing materials.

FAC T

cost of €60 million, MV Svenja has a diesel engine of 12,600 kW. This engine has the capability of generating a speed of 20 knots and comes from the Augsburg-based MAN Group. This combination of speed and performance makes the ship unique in the project area. Additionally, it is equipped with Kongsberg dynamic positioning system (DPI) – a computer controlled system for positioning the vessel in offshore operations like turbine installations, oil & gas operations, etc. MV Svenja also possesses ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001 HSE certifications – the highest certifications available for environmental protection and occupations health & safety. The heavy lifter measures 160.5 metre in length and 27.9 metre in width. It has a loading capacity of 11 ts and 40 cbm (freight volume). The ship also boasts of a sophisticated technology for achieving ship stability, which helps when

coming in as early as 2010 from the windenergy and oil & gas sectors, SAL wanted to be aptly equipped to consolidate its leadership position in the world market once the market regains confidence, while Sietas wanted to strengthen its position as an industrial special-purpose shipbuilder. Bernd Blaudzun, Director – Engineering Department, SAL, explains, “The idea was based on the realisation that modules for industrial plants and oil & gas exploration are increasingly growing in size and in weight. Particularly, in regions where there is a lack of infrastructure and/or qualified manpower, these more advanced stages of assembly gain relevance. With their onboard cranes, SAL vessels are independent of local port infrastructure and can operate selfsufficiently.” Another aspect that was looked upon while building this special purpose ship was the growth in offshore-related business that is expected to pick up again by 2012-13. Blaudzun adds, “In order to serve the complex needs of the offshore sector in the future, our new vessels are equipped with a Dynamic Positioning System. Additionally, high capacity cranes provide our clients with attractive transportation as well as installation services which were not thought of till now.” But building the world’s largest heavy lift vessel has its own set of challenges. Blaudzun highlights, “The vessel was built and conceptualised in very close co-operation with Sietas Shipyard. Many challenges such as building the largest-ever heavy lift cranes, strengthening the vessel hull for these cranes, installing a DP System and the construction of a closed bridge nock were successfully tackled by engineers of SAL and Sietas. Also, improvements were made to the vessel to handle heavy lift operations right at the building stage.” Commenting on the uniqueness of MV

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

133

WORLD’S LARGEST HEAVY LIFT VESSEL

SPECIFICITIES Type: Heavy Lift Ship Classification: GL+100 A5, General Cargo Ship, BWM, Heavy Lift Ship, Environmental Passport, Equipped for Carriage of Containers, Strengthened for Heavy Cargo, SOLAS II-2, Reg. 19, MC AUT Builders: JJ Sietas KG Schiffswerft GmbH & Co. Hamburg, Germany The engine room boasts of all tools & equipment required to maintain the engine.

Deadweight: 12,500 mtonne Tonnage: 15,000 GT/4,600 NT Overall Length: 160.50 m Breadth: 27.50 m Deck: 128.50 x 27.50 m Hold: 107.10 x 17.00 x 13.70 m Hold Capacity: 12,800 m3 Capable of trading with open hatch Three-fold adjustable twindeck

The captain’s cabin is equipped with the latest technologies for navigation apart from the DP I System

Cranes: 2 x 1,000 mtonne SWL combinable up to 2,000 mtonne SWL Crane Outreach: (Crane I & II): 16 m– 1,000 mtonne, 25m–800 mtonne, 38 m–500 mtonne Main Engine: MAN 9L 58/64 Diesel engine of 12,600 kW Thruster: Fitted with one bowthruster of 1,200 kW; Fitted with one sternthruster of 800 kW Rudder: High-efficiency rudder

The convertible deck of MV Svenja

Svenja from its sister vessels built by the same shipbuilder, Svenja Heinrich, Co-owner, Head – Marketing & PR, SAL, says, “If you take a look at our fleet, you will notice that all the vessels in the SAL fleet look alike. The main structure of the vessel is constant to previous sister vessels built by Sietas for SAL over the years, the design of which has been conceptualised between the Sietas Engineers and the SAL Technical Engineering Department and is exclusive to SAL. The

134

Service Speed: 20.0 knots Equipped with Kongsberg Dynamic Positioning System I. unique characteristics that were incorporated in MV Svenja include the 2,000-tonne lifting capacity of the cranes, wider beam, height & width of the hold and DP System – I.” Highlighting the other characteristics of the vessel, Duediger Bauer, Captain of MV Svenja, points out, “The ship is different from its sister vessels as it is enlarged to 27.50 metre, the lifting height has been increased by 30 per cent. It has an adjustable twin deck and closed bridge that allows for maneuvering

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

in all weather conditions. Apart from this, it has a rescue ship, which allows for easy evacuation during times of emergency.” “In addition, engine surveillance and power management have been made completely automatic. We are also capable of recycling sea water into drinking water onboard. Also, pontoon, which is used as a stabiliser when carrying out heavy operations, has been improved and does not require any additional ballast cargo for stability,” he elaborates.

MV SVENJA: SURFING ITS POTENTIAL With the growing challenges of meeting the worldwide demands for energy, major oil & gas and renewable energy producers are taking initiatives to increase exploration with a special emphasis on offshore infrastructure. An already established example includes Vattenfall’s Thanet offshore wind farm. Even in India, oil & gas companies are mulling over offshore exploration prospects. In such a scenario, the world’s largest vessel built to carry oversized cargos comes as a much-needed initiative from shipbuilding companies catering to this heavy engineering segment. This type of specialised vessel is a solution for the transportation as well as installation needs of the oil & gas sector and other offshore equipment such as turbines for offshore installations, crane movement, heavy machinery, power plant equipment, floating cargo, etc. Highlighting the role of such a heavy lift vessel in different market scenarios, Rukhsana Vohra, MD, Sai Maritime & Management (SAL’s Indian agent), says, “We are looking forward to introducing this new vessel type with enhanced capacities in the Indian oil & gas as well as renewable markets. If there is a possibility of going offshore in the wind energy sector, then we would like to be the most preferred transportation providers in this space as well.” Another advantage of this type of vessel in the Indian context is its high speed capacity. With the vessel having a maximum speed of up to 20 knots, it is able to offer short transit times, imperative of its time-sensitive cargos. While the high speed guarantees early arrival in any major port, the vessel’s competitive advantage further lies in its ability to call more ports facilitated by low draft and on-board cargo handling equipment. High speed also facilitates safe transportation due to conscientious care and handling of cargo.

WORLD’S LARGEST HEAVY LIFT VESSEL

Noting the technological benefits of this vessel, Heinrich says, “The vessel has a Dynamic Positioning System, which allows the ship to position itself close to offshore and deep-sea operations, where it can not only transfer cargo to a particular destination but also transfer cargo for direct installation on to a platform.” This ability has opened up new horizons for transportation ships, which can now also cater to the demands of the installation needs of various industry verticals. With state-of-the-art engineering onboard, these types of ships can now cater to highly technical project cargos, which need special handling. Commenting on the potential of this new application in the Indian market, Vohra adds, “The oil & gas sector in India is a new market for us. Here, we have been shipping from one location to another. But now, with this new vessel and the sister vessel that will be commissioned in March, we are exploring and learning how we can innovate the ships to do things that heavy lift ships have not done before.” Talking about the global shipping industry, Vohra says, “The oil & gas sector worldwide is mostly controlled by EPCs such as Latin,

136

The vessel has a Dynamic Positioning System which allows the ship to position itself close to offshore and deep-sea operations, where it can not only transfer cargo to a particular destination but also transfer cargo for direct installation on to a platform. SVENJA HEINRICH, Co-owner, Head – Marketing & PR, SAL

British Gas, Dolphin, etc., that we intend to target in future. While in the renewable sector, we have already been working with companies like Vestas. We see major potential for import and export activity in this sector.”

AN EXAMPLE FOR INDIAN SHIPBUILDERS With a handful of Indian shipbuilders trying to make their mark in the sea transportation industry in Asia, amid tough competition from Japan and China, shipbuilders need to

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

understand that building a customised ship provides the perfect equilibrium between demand and supply. If the demand for a certain type of cargo goes up, the demand for a specialised ship that can handle that kind of cargo will also go up. And taking into consideration the current Indian market scenario and the expected growth rates for the manufacturing industry in all the verticals in the next decade, it is the right time for Indian shipbuilders to gear up and compete with their global counterparts to provide best in class vessels not only to the Indian market but also to the global sea transportation industry. As far as the future markets are concerned, MV Svenja, with all its uniqueness, is all ‘decked’ up and ready to take the heavy weight challenge.

INSIGHTS & OUTLOOK: Telecom Manufacturing Superpowers

What’s Stopping India From Outperforming China on pg.

110

Photo by Sumedha Mahorey

CTECH LABS

N AN ECO

ROUTE TO SUCCESS

Sustained innovation driven by design competency is the critical differentiator in bringing unique product offerings into the market. A firm believer of design-enabled green manufacturing, CTech Labs has been reigning high with promising prospects. The company, which stepped into the market barely three years ago, is driving the ‘Go Green’ mantra with the notion of delivering the ‘concept to market package’ in the shortest possible time. PRERNA SHARMA o far, most of us have many associating green agents as the big corporates who, perhaps by virtue of corporate social responsibility or driving green profits, have been taking concerted measures to support the green momentum. Here is a classic example of a start-up, which found an opportunity in developing eco-friendly products for the markets, and especially, for the rural masses, where electricity is scarce. With just about three years in the market, CTech Labs is well on its way to carve a niche for itself in this promising and opportunistic segment called ‘green power’.

140

DELIVERING INNOVATIONS Before going forward, a little bit of rewind... CTech is a SINE IIT Bombay-promoted enterprise situated at the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Bombay campus. CTech, a product design, industrial design, product engineering and innovation-led development company, creates and delivers eco-friendly (green design), marketable products derived from technologies available at IIT, various research laboratories, individual inventors and patent holders. Actively promoting the concept, ‘Go Green’, the company is developing an impressive line-up of ecofriendly products & services. CTech believes in converting technologies into innovative marketable products and systems through judicious

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

integration of technology and humanology. In their continuous journey to deliver products in the shortest possible time, the company focusses on crucial factors such as market intelligence, benchmarking, production economics and selection of appropriate technologies, ergonomic environment & aesthetic fit and product engineering at its best. With the crystal-clear strategy of identifying opportunities for introducing new products into the market by leveraging on the technologies, resources available with companies and building structures & design systems for sustained innovation, the company is determined to change the way people perceive design in the country. Delving in depth on the same, the

CTECH LABS

Founder Director of CTech Labs, Prof K Munshi, Industrial Design Centre, IITB, informs, “We started our operations about three years back. We are focussing on LED technology for lighting purposes. We have indigenously developed all these products right from electronic products to integration of components. Except LEDs, all the parts are being developed by us. The premise before starting a company was to develop a product from the technology, which is the outcome of lab testing and has not been marketed fully. Transforming unique technology into marketable products was the idea behind starting this company.” Sounds interesting? But where did this idea come from? To this, he promptly reverts, “The factor that triggered this unique proposition was the fact that in India conscious efforts were not being made to convert the innumerable technological innovations that happen day in & day out into reality. We thought that this was a great opportunity to bridge the existing gap by providing these products and thus, reaching out to the end consumers. We thought of combining LED systems with solar photovoltaic systems for it to become a profitable and sustainable proposition, especially in rural areas where grid power is scarcely available.” An interesting part of their business plan is that the company offers these services to the companies, which are on the lookout for new business opportunities and markets to enhance their competitiveness and profitability – thus creating value for the industry, and also for their partners. When asked about their USP, Prof Munshi replies, “We are totally an Indian company. We do not depend on outside technologies. We can develop customised products. That is where our name, ‘Customisation Technology’, has originated.”

CTech OFFERINGS The current major design & development programme of CTech Labs is in the area of energy saving/power saving products based on LED lighting technologies. CTech has developed LED spotlights, wide-beam lights in various power ratings starting from 0.3 Watt to 7 Watt as energy-saving systems and devices for automobiles, transportation, institutional, industrial, hospitality and retail sectors. In comparison to incandescent, the energy consumed is 1/10th. In terms of tubelights, it is 1/3rd and with judicious application, the consumption can be further

Cornerstones to success Tech Edge: The company focusses on developing technology scenarios for strategic product development. To ensure the same, they scan worldwide/countrywide/product-specific technologies that are focussed on clients’ product requirements. Socio-economic Responsibility: Before developing products, the company assesses worldwide social & economic changes affecting lifestyles, consumption patterns and trends to deliver custom-solutions to users. A product plan is being charted by the company based on short, medium and long-term perspective. Design Management: In order to create design awareness in the market, the company has been taking various measures. In line with this, CTech has introduced a unique 4M process. This includes: Mentoring for new product development, leading teams of developers Methodologies & product development strategies, analytical tools, creativity tools, building product development teams and support facilities Being motivated & challenged for higher levels of creativity, developing alliances, which contribute to the success of the product/system Monitoring the product development process to create products with high certainty of success. Hand-holding till the prototypes are made. reduced to 1/5th or 1/6th of tubelights. As a part of the social commitment, CTech has developed LED solar lanterns (e-lantern), solar lighting for rural applications and hat lights for mining applications to reduce the weight burden of miners. CTech offers free energy audit and advises on innovative ways for the deployment of energy-saving systems. The company has developed energy-saving LED-based lighting devices for Railways, like berth reading lights, emergency lights, indicator lights, etc.

OVERCOMING INITIAL SETBACKS As has been the case with all start-ups, venturing into entrepreneurial domain is itself a big risk. The key lies in overcoming those risks by taking a step-by-step approach to create a winning product, which is the result of unique design & innovative technology. Prof Munshi elaborates, “During every course of action, you will experience hurdles while setting up your business. The key lies in overcoming them and inching your way towards success. I think we have done a lot of ground work before actually starting the business. The mindset of the Indian market is always to be contended with cheap products, which are also qualitywise superior. It is a challenge, which CTech

has taken up.” Advising young entrepreneurs to win the home turf, Prof Munshi says, “The success of a product depends on a lot of factors, other than the fact that you have the best in technology. Sometimes, you will face hurdles in terms of resistance from people to new technologies. Therefore, creating awareness about a new product or technology is important. We need to educate people about the latest products & technologies so that they can reap the benefits from the same.”

FROM DESIGN THINKING TO DESIGN DOING As an expert in design and a believer of design-enabled manufacturing, Prof Munshi elucidated that the mindset and perception of companies towards design is witnessing a great shift in the past few years. They now believe in ‘design doing’ rather than ‘design thinking’. A noteworthy fact is that some of the companies have already adopted design in their mainstream business strategy to harness better benefits. According to Prof Munshi, it takes time for companies to realise the potential of design, as design is yet to get its due credit in our country. The biggest motivating factor for widespread design awareness is the

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

141

CTECH LABS

The Creator Prof Kishor Munshi has a Bachelors Degree in Mechanical Engineering. He is a postgraduate in Product Design from IIT Bombay and Royal College of Art, London. He was UNESCO Fellow at Technical University of Hannover, Germany, Universite de Technologie de Compiegne, France, and has worked with some of the leading design groups in Europe. He is a management adviser and R&D (Product Development) consultant to more than 50 industrial organisations including L&T, IBP, Godrej & Boyce, DRDO Labs, Indian Railways, etc. He has been adviser for Department of Science & Technology (DST), Government of India-funded projects. He is also a member of various Government of India committees for making recommendations on ‘Technology Transfer’, ‘Technology Upgradation’, Formation of Design Council, etc. He has been awarded for ‘Excellence in Design Consulting’ by Consultancy Development Centre (CDC), Government of India and has also received the IF Award in Germany for ‘Good Design’. Prof Munshi has many patents to his credit. Photo by Sumedha Mahorey

advent of foreign companies into India. The kind of expertise and competitive sprits that they have brought into Indian markets are driving domestic companies to catch up fast with the global megatrends. With this changing perspective, the need to innovate new and unique products is also emerging fast. Economic development, globalisation and competitive market has resulted in the mindset shift. Giving a global perspective, Prof Munshi explains, “Global organisations spend at least 10-15 per cent of their revenues into R&D and new product development. To be able to create a global organisation, you need to pump in investments. But at the same time, companies need to gauge measures to fully utilise this money in a productive manner.” While giving a crucial advice to design entrepreneurs, he elaborates, “One must realise that industrial designers create and

conceptualise products & services based on their imaginative thinking, creativity and so on & so forth. Today, anyone using the skill of computer modelling can very well create a design in 2D, but what will differentiate the idea from the rest in terms of the value that will emanate from it, is very important.”

CTech CLUB CTech Club is an excellent platform for industry-academia interaction & collaboration. It is an innovative concept for establishing interaction between expert groups and industrial organisations for the transfer of hi-tech expertise at low cost to member companies. It is particularly beneficial where the multi-disciplinary approach is called for and where companies cannot afford the high cost of super-specialty experts. CTech offers member companies the

Entrepreneurial Hurdles You suddenly cannot decide one day that you want to be an entrepreneur. You need to do a lot of ground work to actually analyse the business model. You need to be mentally prepared to take on the challenge. Your first idea is not going to be the ticket to your venture into entrepreneurism. You need to gauge the market dynamics and accordingly keep on improving the idea to suit your customers’ requirements. Try to find a niche where you would want to operate. It is a constant development process for an entrepreneur.

142

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

use of CTech premises & facilities to work: For new, innovative product development and industrial design Networking opportunities and mentoring by top consultants and experts from different disciplines of science & technology Access to creativity management seminars, workshops, discussion groups, specially catering to members’ productrelated issues Creating special training modules to sensitise the member company personnel to different aspects of product development and help build competence at different levels.

ON AN EXPANSION SPREE With exponential growth waiting to be tapped in energy-efficient products, the company has taken a giant stride to capture the promising prospects. Commenting on their expansion plans, Prof Munshi says, “We are looking at a steady growth. With the kind of environmental awareness measures taking place, I think we will have a substantial role to play in the years to come.” Assessing the critical success factors, Prof Munshi concludes, “Dedication, hard work, thorough thinking and constant upgradation in product-line with changing customer requirements are the success factors that will see us through in tough competition.” Riding high on the green shoots of success, the company has set an exceptional benchmark for start-ups to follow.

WORKPLACE ERGONOMICS

THE ERGONOMICS OF INNOVATION Illustration By Sanjay Dalvi

Ergonomics not only solves an individual’s physical problems, but also deals with psychological and social aspects revolving around an individual. Employers and employees have found that adopting innovative or creative ergonomics solutions in a workplace has not only effectively improved the workplace conditions, but also increased efficiency.

rgonomics is a science that is concerned with the ‘fit’ between individuals and their work. It seeks to understand and improve human interactions with products, equipment, environment and systems by putting individuals first and taking account of their capabilities and limitations. Drawing upon human biology, psychology, engineering and design, ergonomics aims at developing and applying knowledge & techniques to optimise system performance.

144

It also ensures that the tasks, equipment, information and environment suit each individual. To assess the ‘fit’ between individuals and their work, ergonomists have to consider several aspects including: The job being done and the demands on the worker The equipment used (its size, shape, and how appropriate it is for the task) The information used (how it is presented, accessed, and changed) The physical environment (temperature,

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

humidity, lighting, noise, vibration) The social environment (such as teamwork and supportive management). Ergonomists also have to consider all the physical aspects of an individual including the body size and shape, fitness & strength, posture, the senses (especially vision, hearing and touch) and the stresses & strains on muscles, joints & nerves. Apart from the physical aspects, ergonomists have to consider an individual’s psychological aspects (mental abilities, personality,

WORKPLACE ERGONOMICS

knowledge and experience) as well. It is only after assessing these aspects ergonomists will be able to suitably design a safe, effective and productive work system for individuals.

HOW CAN ERGONOMICS IMPROVE HEALTH AND SAFETY? Applying ergonomics to the workplace reduces the potential for accidents, injury & ill health and improves performance & productivity. Ergonomics can reduce the likelihood of an accident and failure to observe ergonomic principles may have serious repercussions, not only for individuals, but the whole organisation. For example, in the design of control panels, if the location of switches and buttons is such that they could be accidentally knocked on or off, then it could begin a wrong sequence of events that could lead to an accident. Also, if a green light is used to indicate ‘warning or danger’ it is likely to be ignored by many since most people interpret green to indicate a safe condition. Ergonomics can also reduce the potential for ill health (shoulder aches & backaches) at work. For example, if controls and equipment are placed in a location where they are easy to reach, it will prevent an individual from stooping, stretching or hunching and thus reduces the potential for ill health.

ERGONOMIC PROBLEMS AT THE WORK PLACE Ergonomics not only solves individuals physical problems (such as ensuring that work surfaces are high enough to allow adequate clearance for an employee’s legs), but also deals with psychological and social aspects revolving around an individual. These include a workload that is too high or too low, unclear tasks, time pressures, inadequate training, poor social support and other factors which can have negative effects on an individual. Following are some of the ‘typical’ ergonomic problems found at the workplace: Display screen equipment: The screen is positioned awkwardly. Either it is positioned too high/low/close/far from the employee, or is offset to one side. Also, there is a risk of eye strain because of the glare on the screen from overhead lights or windows. Mouse: The mouse is kept at a position where it becomes difficult for an employee

to access. The employee may have to stretch and strain his muscles while using the mouse. Seating arrangement: Chairs are not adjusted to make the employee feel comfortable forcing him or her to sit in uncomfortable postures. Hardware/ Software: An employee can get distressed if the hardware and/or software installed does not assist him complete his task. Breaks: Not enough breaks or changes in activity can cause frustration among employees. Manual handling: Either the load is too heavy and/or bulky, placing unreasonable demands (ie. lifted from the floor and/or above the shoulders, repetitive lifting, awkward postures, such as bending or twisting, load cannot be gripped properly) or the task is performed on uneven, wet, or sloping floor surfaces under time pressures and incorporates few rest breaks. Work-related stress: This can be caused in the following ways: Work demands are too high/low The employee has little say in how they organise their work Poor support from management and/or colleagues Conflicting demands (For example, high productivity and quality). Managing working hours: This includes problems arising due to insufficient recovery time between shifts, poor scheduling of shifts and juggling shifts with domestic responsibilities, which may cause employees to work overtime.

IDENTIFYING ERGONOMIC PROBLEMS Ergonomic problems can be identified in a number of ways. These can range from general observations and checklists to quantitative risk assessment tools. Ideally, the following approaches should be used: Talk to employees and seek their views: Employees have knowledge of the kind of work they do. Any work-related problems can have an impact on their health, safety, and performance. Hence, it is important to interact with them and assess the work system by asking questions such as: Is the employee in a comfortable position? Does the employee experience discomfort (aches, pain, fatigue, or stress)? Is the equipment appropriate, easy to

use and well maintained? Is the employee satisfied with his or her working arrangements? Are there frequent errors? Are there signs of poor or inadequate equipment design, such as plasters on employees’ fingers or ‘home-made’ protective pads made of tissue or foam? Examining circumstances: Examining the circumstances where there have been frequent errors and incidents where people have been injured. Use accident reports to identify details of incidents and their possible causes. Checking records: Keeping a track of employees who have not turned up to work due to illness and the staff turnover levels. High number may result due to the problems listed earlier and/or dissatisfaction at work.

THE ROLE OF INNOVATION IN ERGONOMICS Ergonomics has to be innovative. It has to constantly improvise and upgrade in order to protect health, provide safety and ensure the well being of individuals at a workplace. Hence, innovation plays an important role in ergonomics. Innovation can be used to address an ergonomic problem in the following ways: Look for likely causes and consider possible solutions. A minor alteration may be all that is necessary to make a task easier and safer to perform. For example: - Provide height-adjustable chairs so individual operators can work at their preferred work height. - Remove obstacles from under desks to create sufficient leg room. - Arrange items on shelves in such a way that those used most frequently and those that are the heaviest are placed in between waist and shoulder height. - Raise platforms to help operators easily reach controls. - Change shift work patterns. - Introduce job rotation between different tasks to reduce physical and mental fatigue. Interact with employees and ask them to suggest innovative ideas and discuss possible innovative solutions. Get them involved into the process right from the start as it will help all parties accept any proposed changes. Always ensure that any alterations/

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

145

WORKPLACE ERGONOMICS

innovations are properly evaluated by the people who do the job. Also, make sure that a change introduced to solve one problem does not create problems elsewhere. Good ergonomics sense and innovative ideas always make good economic sense. Ergonomics input and innovative ideas do not necessarily involve high costs, and can save money in the long term by reducing injuries and absence from work.

WORKPLACE CONTRIBUTING FACTORS In order to identify which tasks cause problems at the workplace and how you could deal with them it is necessary to become aware of the ‘contributing workplace factors’. Factors which cause fatigue, musculoskeletal disorder (MSD) symptoms and injuries, among other types of problems may be present in one or more of the tasks employees perform. The contributing factors include: Awkward postures Repetitive motions Forceful exertions Pressure points (For example, local contact stress) Vibration Environmental factors associated with the workplace can also cause problems. For example, extremely high temperatures can cause excessive fatigue. Alternatively, hands and feet being exposed to cold conditions can decrease the blood flow, muscle strength, and manual dexterity. In addition, the lighting in a workplace may either be too dull or too bright, which may result in employees assuming awkward postures to accomplish tasks. Employers should be aware of the amount of time in a workday that employees spend performing physically demanding or repetitive tasks. The total time per work shift and the length of uninterrupted periods of work can significantly contribute to problems. It is important to understand why such contributing factors occur at the workplace so that employers can devise effective improvement options to resolve the situation.

OTHER CONTRIBUTING FACTORS Apart from factors at the workplace, even recreational activities and certain personal factors can have an adverse effect on an

146

individual’s health and may contribute to Musculoskeletal Disorders (MSDs). Activities that may contribute to MSDs include: Knitting/ crocheting Using the computer at home Doing other work involving physical labour Playing musical instruments Playing recreational sports Personal factors, revolving around physical fitness, weight, diet, habits and lifestyle, may also affect the development of MSDs. Also, certain medical conditions may predispose individuals to MSDs or make the disorders worse. These medical conditions include: Arthritis Pregnancy Bone and muscle conditions Previous trauma Contraceptive use Thyroid problems Diabetes mellitus In addition, psycho-social factors (including stress levels and job security & satisfaction levels) may have an impact on MSDs.

MAKING INFORMED CHOICES ABOUT ERGONOMIC INNOVATIVE IMPROVEMENTS Below are some suggestions which will help you when considering improvement options for your workplace: In-house human resources: Brainstorming or holding discussions with engineers, maintenance personnel, managers, and production employees is a great way to generate ideas. Equipment catalogs: Browse through catalogs that focus on the types of problems you are addressing. Equipment vendors: It may be beneficial to interact with an equipment vendor as he may be able to share ideas to resolve your problem. Trade associations or labour unions: These groups may serve as focal points to initiate changes within an industry. Industry contacts: They may have already addressed similar problems or analysed similar operations. They may have identified improvement options that could also apply to your problem. You could save a lot of time, money, and effort by taking advantage of tested improvement options in similar operations. Consult an ergonomics expert: An

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

expert can provide insights into available improvements, their cost and potential value. Only an expert can provide thirdparty credibility.

PRIORITISING ERGONOMIC IMPROVEMENTS FOR YOUR WORKPLACE A single ergonomic improvement may reduce or eliminate multiple contributing factors. The best way to go about this would be preparing an ‘improvement priority list’ on which you could enlist all the potential ergonomic improvements. Begin with tasks you think are on the highest priority. For each task focus on listing improvements you think will most effectively address the reasons for the contributing factors and other problems you have identified. Once you have listed potential improvements for each task, evaluate each one by asking the questions on whether this improvement would: Reduce or eliminate most or all of the identified contributing factors and the reasons for them? Add contributing factors that have not been previously identified? Increase or decrease productivity and efficiency? Be feasible from an engineering standpoint? Handle the required volume of work for the operation, job, or task? Increase or decrease the pace or volume of work? Be accepted by employees? Positively affect employees’ morale? Be fully implemented in a reasonable amount of time? Affect the rate of pay or a collective bargaining agreement? Require excessive training to be implemented properly?

ARE INNOVATIVE IDEAS WORKING? Now that you have selected specific improvements, it is time to try them out at your workplace. Consider setting up a trial period to test new tools, equipment, or work procedures. During the trial period, the improvements that you have selected should be carefully observed to determine its effectiveness. Employees should be given a ‘break-in period’ during which they can practice working on the new workstation, tool or equipment.

WORKPLACE ERGONOMICS

Some modifications may require employees to use new muscle groups or different parts of the body, and some employees may initially feel fatigued, tired or sore. In such a situation, remember to check periodically for employee feedback on the improvements. After an appropriate adjustment period, evaluate each improvement separately by considering the following list of questions. Has this improvement: Reduced or eliminated fatigue, discomfort, symptoms, and/or injuries? Reduced or eliminated most or all of the contributing factors and the reasons for them? Added any new contributing factors or other problems? Worked from a financial standpoint? Had a positive effect on productivity and efficiency? Matched the production requirements of the job? Had a positive effect on product and service quality? Been accepted by employees? Been fully implemented in a reasonable amount of time? Had a positive effect on absenteeism

148

and turnover rates for jobs where changes were made? Been supported with the training needed to make it effective?

‘FIXING’ A PROBLEM You may hear people say that a job has been ‘fixed’ or ‘ergonomic solutions’ have been found. This implies that a given job cannot be further improved. Ergonomics in the workplace should be thought of in a relative sense. Therefore, ‘improvement’ from an ergonomics standpoint depends on what you are comparing it to. For example, at a tool repair shop, an employee is required to repair and reassemble small power tools. To complete these tasks, the employee loosens and tightens fasteners by using a manual screwdriver. He works on a horizontal surface. After a period of time, the employee notices the tool he has been using has been hurting his palm and by the end of the day, his right arm and wrist begin to ache. The employee convinces his supervisor that he could do this job more efficiently and with less discomfort if he were to use a power drill with a screwdriver tip. The supervisor agrees and the employee is given

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

an extra power drill to work with. Changing to a power tool allows the employee to become much more efficient. However, by the end of the workday, the employee notices that his arm and wrist feel fatigued after using this new pistol-grip tool on the horizontal surface. The employee then requests his supervisor to get him a powered, in-line screwdriver as it will help work even more efficiently and comfortably than the power drill. The supervisor agrees and lets him try out the new tool. With the new in-line tool, the employee’s productivity increases and he faces no discomfort or fatigue. The above example illustrates how ergonomics and innovations can help ‘fix’ a problem at the workplace by making continuous improvements. Employers and employees have found that an effective way to improve the conditions at their workplace and increase efficiency is by adopting an ergonomics programme as such a programme can create a better work environment. Nilesh Pendharkar, Principal Consultant, Vrunda Consultancy Service E-mail: nilesh@vcs.co.in

KLÜBER LUBRICATION INDIA

Modern lubrication solutions play a key role in ensuring that a machine operates smoothly and attains peak performance. While lubrication manufacturers have been quite unique in providing customised solutions to various industry verticals, they have also looked inward and created unique innovations to suffice their own requirements. Here’s presenting a successful shop floor innovation in which movable trolleys have been used by Klüber Lubrication India to increase space in its shop floor. or over 75 years, Klüber Lubrication India has continuously redefined standards in the field of lubrication globally. With over 1,500 standard products and 6,000 formulations, it has long been on the cutting-edge of lubrication technology. Taking the legacy forward, Klüber Lubrication India has become a leading specialty lubricant manufacturer in the country. Through strategically located regional offices and a state-of-the-art manufacturing facility at Mysore, Karnataka, Klüber Lubrication India is committed to bringing these leading-edge technological

150

innovations to its Indian customers as well. On the platter are a host of products & services specially focussed to meet the needs of the Indian market. This includes industries such as automotive, textile, machine tools, food processing, pharmaceuticals, etc.

WHAT TRIGGERED SHOP FLOOR INNOVATION? Every plant has limited space on its shop floor and similar was the case with Klüber Lubrication India. The objective to utilise the space in the most efficient way is what triggered the need for shop floor innovation at Klüber Lubrication India.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Trigger Lack of space in the shop floor

Innovation Auxiliary equipment, such as pumps & filters, were removed and fixed on movable trolleys. In order to utilise the available space in a better way, all the auxiliary equipment such as pumps & filters, were removed and fixed onto movable trolleys. Apart from helping the company deal with space constraints, the move also enhanced

KLÜBER LUBRICATION INDIA

affecting the process operations Less complexity of piping.

Innovation is essential to retain a competitive advantage in a highly cost-conscious lubricants market. Our company encourages its employees to practice innovative thinking, to increase efficiency, to look for new applications, to increase competitive advantage, etc. Recognising the need for innovation, regular events and competitions are conducted to stimulate the whole team to innovate and create ideas. RC JAGADESH, Executive VP – Manufacturing & Product Development, Klüber Lubrication India

men as well as material movement efficiency.

CHALLENGES FACED The changes were to be implemented in an operational unit. In such a scenario, the biggest challenge that the company faced was introducing the change without disrupting the ongoing operations. Klüber Lubrication India is a growing company that gives customer satisfaction the highest priority. The company, therefore, had to ensure that the implementation of the changes did not have a negative impact

152

on the delivery schedules. The result of what we see today is all the efforts and co-ordination of the project implementation team and the production department.

THE IMPACT As a consequence of implementing the changes, the company witnessed: Better utilisation of equipment Reduction in capital expenditure Quality by dedicating equipment for each type of product Cleaning of auxiliary equipment without

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

equipment

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT REQUIRES SUSTAINABLE INNOVATIONS A growing organisation finds itself in situations that need appropriate solutions. The previous methods or processes may not be able to provide answers to the new challenges. In such a scenario, innovative solutions are needed. Highlighting the importance of shop floor innovation and the benefits of implementing them, RC Jagadesh, Executive VP – Manufacturing & Product Development, Klüber Lubrication India, says, “Shop floor innovations, in most cases, arise out of a dire necessity. In addition to addressing the primary issue, it motivates others to participate in problem solving.” In addition, it will be better suited to the organisation, if the shop floor innovation is a result of the efforts of the stakeholders. This will ensure a sense of ownership and responsibility for the outcome. Coordinated by Sandeep Pai

FINANCING TRENDS

Illustration By Sanjay Dalvi

CAPACITY BUILDING THROUGH

INNOVATIVE FINANCING

SMEs contribute to about 40 per cent of the industrial output. However, as the sector is unorganised and technologically deprived, it faces several hurdles when it has to seek funds. But with financial institutions being better equipped to deal with the various needs of SMEs, including higher risk management processes, SMEs can now reap the benefits of innovative financing systems. PURNA PARMAR he small & medium enterprises (SMEs) sector constitutes the growth engine of the economy. With a contribution to the gross domestic product (GDP) estimated at 40 per cent and an estimated 50 per cent contribution to exports, this sector provides employment opportunities to nearly four crore people. Apart from bringing about

154

entrepreneurial development and diversifying the industrial sector, SMEs provide depth to the industrial base of the economy. With the services sector dominating SMEs and MNCs outsourcing their various requirements to Indian service providers, the scope for financing SMEs has increased even further. The environment for the flourishing of SMEs has also turned favourable with the government committed to give a fillip to this

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

sector through infrastructure development, skill set/entrepreneurship development, technology upgradation, etc. SMEs have been very enthusiastic after the dismantling of the textiles quota and sectors such as IT and IT-enabled services, biotech, footwear, etc., have also shown promising potential.

FOCUS ON FINANCE With the deregulation of the financial sector, the general ability of the banks to service

FINANCING TRENDS

the credit requirements of the SME sector depends on the underlying transaction costs, efficient recovery An institution should be set up to provide processes and available security. Banks need to shift their focus on community networking support, infrastructure the credit and finance requirements and logistics & warehousing support for SMEs of SMEs. Although the banks are to grow. Community pooling of funds would allowed to fix their own targets for provide marketing support to SMEs. Thus, funding SMEs in order to achieve a minimum 20 per cent year-on-year innovative financing is a good solution to growth, the government’s objective redress the SME dilemma. is to double the flow of credit to the SME sector within a period of five SKV SRINIVASAN, years. Also, the credit risk in the Executive Director, IDBI SME sector is widely dispersed and banks get a better yield from SME advances as against the traditional capitalisation and vulnerability to market advances where the spread is gradually risks is yet another reason. reducing. The SME clientele base could also SKV Srinivasan, Executive Director, IDBI, be utilised by the branches to step-up ‘cross says, “As small businesses cannot offer selling’ of various other products, including adequate collateral, the banks are unable to technology-enabled products. determine whether the borrower possesses PROBLEMS FACED BY SMEs the technical, managerial and marketing SMEs play an important role in reshaping skills to generate adequate cash flows and the industrial sector. The biggest problem service the loan. The process of financial that the sector is facing is the non-availability intermediation, therefore, breaks down for of adequate financing facilities. Banks are SME borrowers.” Elaborating on why SMEs face challenges generally reluctant to extend credit to SMEs while seeking financial assistance, Srinivasan due to the information asymmetries and explains, “SMEs face hurdles while procuring high processing costs involved. Despite sustainable financial aid for their manufacturing being a sector that contributes to about 40 units because the information flow is per cent of the industrial production, SMEs unstructured. Technology is another factor lack government backing and the appropriate that influences decisions that do not favour infrastructure and inputs. With the advent of the funding of SMEs as most of the units rapid globalisation and WTO commitments, need serious technology upgradation. Low the SME sector, more than the larger technology advances the mortality rate of business ventures, faces new challenges and the company. Marketing is another area of threats. The opening up of national concern. These companies are hard-pressed economies, removal of trade barriers, for finance, which makes it difficult for them constant arrival of new products and to invest in marketing individually.” introduction of new processes of production “An institution should be set up to & service provisions, have transformed the provide community networking support, business operations of SMEs. infrastructure and logistics & warehousing NEED FOR INNOVATIVE support for SMEs to grow. Community FINANCING pooling of funds would provide marketing Banks, like other businesses, concentrate support to SMEs. Thus, innovative financing on creating value under a controlled risk is a good solution to redress the SME milieu. When a business applies for a loan, a dilemma,” suggests Srinivasan. bank focusses on the risks involved and the VS Rathore, Executive Director, Small methods to mitigate those risks. Banks are Industries Development Bank of India reluctant to lend to SMEs for a number of (SIDBI), explains, “There should be reasons including lack of financial information, innovation-led growth in SMEs and the standardised financial statements and the funding for SMEs needs to be both, timely bank’s limited knowledge of the borrower and adequate. However, for this kind of company. The high risks involved in lending funding, there needs to be a different to SMEs as a result of limited assets that can approach. SMEs do not have a stock market be used as collateral, high-failure rates, low kind of layout, although it would be really

beneficial. Hence, the government is keen on setting up an SME Exchange, where there would be laws & regulations for channelising funds. However, for the sustained growth of SMEs, banks need to find innovative products that would provide SMEs both adequate and timely funds.”

INNOVATION-LED GROWTH The picture may not be so grim for SMEs after all. Recognising the vast potential of the SME sector, banks have positively responded by providing adequate credit to the small and medium units. Public Sector Banks and foreign banks have an additional outstanding SME portfolio of more than ` 10,000 crore. In addition, the government has initiated a comprehensive policy package for SMEs, which includes fiscal, credit, infrastructure and technological measures. Lending to SMEs, if developed and practised on modern lines, will be a profitable option for banks and can guarantee higher earnings than when lending to corporate clients. Banks are now better equipped to handle the varied needs of the SME sector due to better technology and risk management. The government has asked banks to adopt a full-service approach to cater to the diverse needs of the SME sector. This, it recommends, may be achieved by extending banking services to recognise SME clusters by adopting the 4C approach – customer focus, cost control, cross-selling and containing risk. Rathore opines, “We have recently introduced a product for SMEs, which is a combination of risk, not equity. It is something like a working equity that is scalable. It is a kind of funding that supplements equity in the form of working equity as smaller units do not want the stake of outsiders.” Srinivasan adds, “To enable the lending institutions take more objective decisions, the government plans to introduce a rating mechanism for designated industrial clusters. This may be jointly designed by CRISIL, IBA, SIDBI and SSI Associations, & would enable institutional funding to be channelled through homogenous recognised clusters.”

INDUSTRY UPDATE: Green Power

Clean Coal Technology For Green Power on pg.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

155

FINANCING TRENDS

FUNDING FOR SMEs Another way of extending loans to SMEs is the relationship-lending There should be innovation-led growth in SMEs rule, where the lending partly bases its decision on proprietary and the funding for SMEs needs to be both, information about the firm and its timely and adequate. However, for this kind of owner through a variety of contacts funding, there needs to be a different approach. over time. The information may be SMEs do not have a stock market kind of layout, gathered from such stakeholders as although it would be really beneficial. Hence, suppliers and customers, who may give specific information about the the government is keen on setting up an SME owner of the firm or general Exchange, where there would be laws & information about the business regulations for channelising funds. However, environment in which it operates. for the sustained growth of SMEs, banks need While this kind of funding is readily available, it comes with the to find innovative products that would provide downside of high servicing costs. SMEs both adequate and timely funds. Here lies the opportunity for the financial sector. If it can provide VS RATHORE, credit in small buckets at rates that Executive Director, Small Industries Development Bank are more remunerative than the of India (SIDBI) industrial sector, but competitive when compared with the a lead here. The bank has contributed unorganised sector, then it has an towards setting up 16 state/regional-level attractive new segment to tap. While this may appear attractive on funds; established a national fund for the paper, there are several challenges that need software & IT industry and recently to be circumvented successfully, before this launched a new SME growth fund with a business model becomes viable. Critical corpus of `1 billion. Risk sharing service: Under a World among these would be the management of Bank-led project, the introduction of a transaction costs. Since the number of risk sharing facility for the SME sector is transactions required to deliver a certain being examined, wherein the risk banks amount of credit will increase substantially, would face while lending to SMEs could the financial sector will need to devise be shared on a pari passu basis between innovative methods of risk appraisal and the originating banks and the entity. credit delivery. Of paramount importance Similarly, innovative developments such will be the availability of local knowledge. as micro credit, SME credit-rating Pooling and distribution of micro-risks mechanisms and SME portfolio securitisation will be through new distribution channels, are leading the way for creating a more such as post offices and NGOs. These robust system. Also, most small enterprises channels will have the local knowledge to in India do not have a corporate structure, conduct, on behalf of the institutional lender, but are partnership or proprietorship a reasonable credit worthiness appraisal. In concerns. Corporate structuring allows turn, these channels would share in the greater transparency of financial and other profits of the lender. The current banking information to outsiders, including lenders. infrastructure utilised for credit cards and Hence, it is essential that the SME sector in ATMs can be extended to SME financing. India adapts itself to the corporate discipline. The system of SME financing is fundamentally Thus, a two-sided approach involving similar to that of credit cards. Hence, the use innovative lending from the financial sector of the processes and distribution networks is and better corporate governance systems possible. A similar extension of the existing in the SME sector can lead to an enhanced infrastructure will be necessary in order to flow of finance. reduce the transaction costs involved.

FOCUS ON SME FINANCING

PROFITABLE PROSPECTS

The following are some of the recent developments that point towards a growing focus on SME financing: Venture capital funding: SIDBI has taken

At a time when the process of transformation of the economy has thrown up major challenges, it is important that the financial sector gears up to cater to this new segment

156

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

and, in turn, fuel its growth in the coming decades. The business of lending to SMEs can potentially be a highly profitable initiative. While regulated lending through SIDBI and other entities has somewhat been able to satisfy the demands of this sector, there is a significant gap between demand and supply of SME finance. This gap is plugged by the unorganised sector – local money lenders and the cash economy. Manas Kumar Nag, Chief General Manager – SMEs, State Bank of India, says, “We have introduced a new capital financing scheme and are growing very rapidly in this field. Usually, during an economic downturn, the stress is always observed at the time of making payments to vendors. Large industries generally delay the payments, which affect the entire value chain and the vendor industry as a whole. SMEs are usually the last ones to recover from an economic downturn. And so, the period of sickness for SMEs because of the payment delays lasts for a much longer duration than that for any large corporate.” Adding further he says, “This, in turn, affects the entire production process and thus, the SME is not able to repay the working capital, which increases its mortality rate. We partner with vendors that supply material to the industry as a whole. We negotiate the terms with them and make payments for SMEs. Once the vendors are insulated, SMEs regain their working capital and the whole industry benefits.” Banks need to change their asset-based lending mindset, while devising cash-flow or collateral-based lending models. They need to popularise the line-of-credit approach. Simplified assessment/appraisal models (like 20 per cent of the turnover as working capital limits, 75 per cent of the project cost as term loan, etc.) must be introduced. Small and medium outfits need transaction-banking and trade finance services in addition to lending. They are increasingly using products such as derivatives to manage their forex flows. Banks need to offer sophisticated products to the SMEs in a simplified manner. SMEs, on their part, need to utilise innovative delivery platforms by using Internet banking, mobile banking and cardbased platforms for the delivery of transaction banking as well as credit products, and enhance the service element. SMEs look for convenience and simplicity in their banking requirements and banks should deliver these through the effective use of technology.

MADHYA PRADESH INVESTMENTS ABOUND

MADHYA PRADESH INVESTMENTS ABOUND: Of Prospects & Possibilities ...........................159 INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPE OF MP: Capturing Opportunities & Keeping Up Promises ..............164 ANCILLARY ADVANTAGE: Steering The Growth Wheels ...........................................................170 Interviews ‘Government Should Develop Innovative Marketing Campaigns To Build Brand MP’ - Ashok Jaiswal, President, Association of Industries, Madhya Pradesh...........................................176 ‘The State’s Central Location Offers Immense Advantages To Investors’ - Gautam Kothari, President, Pithampur Audhyogik Sangathan ......................................................178

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

159

MADHYA PRADESH INVESTMENTS ABOUND

OF PROSPECTS &

POSSIBILITIES

Industrial development and investment projects attracted by a state have been a primary indicator of measuring its overall progress and future growth prospects. Located in the heartland of India, Madhya Pradesh has been attracting its fair share of investments. Huge investments in sectors like power, cement, infrastructure, mining and steel in the state are proposed by investors as indicated by the MoUs signed during the recently held Global Investorsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Summit. Presenting some of the major projects underway in the state...

ULTRATECH Total investment: `

6,000

crore

Project description: The company plans to have three cement plants with a combined capacity of 9.5 MTPA. Place: Dhar and one plant each in Satna 1 and 2 What it means for the state? The Ultratech MoU will contribute to the stateâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s overall cement producing capacity. All the three plants shall together help generate employment for over 2,200 people. Why Madhya Pradesh? MP has very rich mineral resources, which has enabled the state to capitalise on the presence of mining industries established in the state.

GAIL INDIA Total investment: `

4,900

crore

Project description: GAIL India plans to have a C-2, C-3 recovery plant, gas processing unit and power plant. Place: Guna, Jhabua & Kailaras What it means for the state? The presence of GAIL India will help to increase the overall investments in the state. Also, along with providing employment to a number of people, it will boost the industrial development of the state. Why Madhya Pradesh? MP offers a huge potential for industrial development due to the high availability of land and power.

SARDA ENERGY & MINERALS Total investment: `

2,095

crore

Project description: The company aims to have an iron ore grinding plant, pellet plant and a sponge iron plant. Along with a ferro alloy plant, the company also plans to have a captive power plant in Jabalpur. Place: Jabalpur What it means for the state? The project will not only add to the industrial might of the state, but also help generate employment for thousands of people and bring about socio-economic development in the state. Why Madhya Pradesh? Apart from rich mineral resources, Madhya Pradesh offers a conducive industrial climate for investments.

160

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

MADHYA PRADESH INVESTMENTS ABOUND

VE COMMERCIAL VEHICLES Total investment: `

2,004

crore

Project description: The project aims at expanding the existing truck plant from 48K to 100K in phases. The company also plans to have a new medium-duty engine manufacturing plant, new bus body manufacturing plant and capacity expansion at Eicher Engineering Components. Place: Dewas What it means for the state? The setting up of this additional facility will enable the company to capitalise on the huge growth potential seen in the engine business. Also, the project will generate additional employment. Why Madhya Pradesh? MP is geographically huge and there is not only a large labour force contributing to the total workforce in the industry, but the state also provides a large domestic market and consumer base for the economy.

EMAMI CEMENT Total investment: `

1,750

crore

Project description: The company plans to have a 3-MTPA cement plant Place: Satna What it means for the state? The project aims to generate employment for over 852 people. This project will also add to the growing cement industry in the state. Why Madhya Pradesh? While MP offers rich natural resources, the state also provides a favourable industrial environment for investments. MP also has the availability of labour and power that adds to its advantages and make it a favoured investment destination.

JAYPRAKASH ASSOCIATES Total investment: `

500

crore

Project description: Jayprakash Associates’ project includes a 120-MW captive power plant worth ` 500 crore. Work on the project has already started. Place: Sidhi What it means for the state? Apart from generating employment for thousands of people, the project will offer a boost to the industrial development in the state. Why Madhya Pradesh? Jayprakash Associates already has a strong base in the state and with two more investments in Rewa, this power plant will add to its glory.

VIDEOCON INDUSTRIES Total investment: More than `

500

crore

Project description: The state-of-the-art facility will consist of a manufacturing unit for white goods. Place: Budhni, Sehore What it means for the state? The project will create additional employment opportunities to over 1,000 people. Apart from contributing further to the per capital income of the state, it will also help the state establish itself as a hub for ‘consumer goods’. Why Madhya Pradesh? Owing to its strategic position, MP has managed to attract many MNCs to establish their units to manufacture consumer goods.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

161

MADHYA PRADESH INVESTMENTS ABOUND

ESSAR STEEL (FERRO ALLOYS) Total investment: `

350

crore

Project description: Ferro alloy plant Place: Balaghat What it means for the state? Essar aims to generate employment for around 3,000 people. This plant will add to the stateâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s industrial might. Why Madhya Pradesh? MPâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s rich mineral resources has managed to attract various mining plants into the state.

AMBUJA CEMENT Total investment: `

300

crore

Project description: Ambuja Cement plans to have a 1.5-MTPA cement and clinker grinding plant Place: Mandsuar What it means for the state? This project will complement the growing cement industry in the state. It also aims to generate employment for around 2,165 people. Why Madhya Pradesh? MP has rich mineral resources and this has helped the state attract huge investments in the mining and cement industry. However, other ancillary industries are also flourishing in the state.

AKZONOBEL Total investment: `

257

crore

Project description: Akzonobel looks forward to setting up a paint and varnish manufacturing unit. Place: Malanpur, Bhind What it means for the state? Through the project, Akzonobel aims to benefit the local population by generating new employment. In addition, a significant number of indirect jobs are expected to be created along the value chain from suppliers to distribution and after sales services. Why Madhya Pradesh? MP has been at the forefront of industrial development. The main factors that are responsible for the rapid progress of this sector are the presence of well-established players and the existence of a strong engineering sector. In addition, the state also has skilled manpower and good infrastructure.

PREM PRAKASH TUBES Total investment: `

crore

Project description: The project will be a seamless pipe manufacturing plant Place: Pithampur What it means for the state? On completion of the project, employment for 200 people will be generated. The plant will help Pithampur establish itself as an emerging industrial hub in the state. Why Madhya Pradesh? Pithampur is fast becoming as a favoured investment destination in the state. This new project will add to the development of this industrial hub. The government has successfully established Pithampur as an industrially developed area in the state.

162

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

MADHYA PRADESH

CAPTURING OPPORTUNITIES & KEEPING UP PROMISES

Problems poked yet blooming, would be an apt description for the industrial landscape of the heartland of the country – Madhya Pradesh. While the thrust, so far, has been on agriculture, its industrial might cannot be undermined knowing the fact that the state is one of the major mineral producers in the country and occupies a central positioning on the Indian map. Despite all these advantages, the state has not been able to capture prime positioning as far as industrial development is concerned. Here’s decoding the industrial might of the state and what it takes to create ‘Brand Madhya Pradesh’… PRERNA SHARMA

164

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPE OF MP

state abuzz with all the success ingredients such as strategic positioning, logistics hub, proximity to major ports, low cost of land & labour, availability of talent manpower and the entrepreneurial spirits of people to drive businesses to become a manufacturing superpower… yes, we are talking about the heart of India – Madhya Pradesh. Mighty surprising, isn’t it? The moment one reads all these words, they conjure up images of setting up their bases in the most talked about industrial hotspots – Gujarat, Maharashtra or Tamil Nadu. Madhya Pradesh has still to earn the accolades of being the investment hotspot, and a lot needs to be done to take it at par with the leading industrial states of the country. Much to its credit, before its bifurcation from Chhattisgarh on November 1, 2000, the state used to be the largest state of the country. Madhya Pradesh with its spatial benefits of being centrally located and blessed with abundant natural resources, both mineral as well as agriculture, is abuzz with economic opportunities yet to be exploited.

PRESENTING A COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE Madhya Pradesh, the second largest Indian state covering 9.5 per cent of the country’s area is endowed with rich natural resources, salubrious climate and fertile agro-climatic conditions. The economy of the state is largely agrarian, employing 77 per cent of the total work force and contributing 40 per cent to the state domestic product. The industrial sector contributes only eight per cent to employment of the state workforce and 23 per cent to the state GDP. Below mentioned are some of the factors that offer the state a competitive landscape: Strategic location: Without access, there can be no activity. And if there is one state that is right in the middle of all the action, it is Madhya Pradesh. Located in the very heart of India, the state is surrounded by five major states. Being centrally located, companies in the state have access to key consumer markets and major cities such as Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai. Because of this advantage, a large number of consumer goods companies have set up their manufacturing base in the state. It is like a manufacturing hub, set right in the centre of the nation’s commercial activity. Every important railway track and highway

passes through Madhya Pradesh. The state has about 70,000 km of roads, over 6,000 km of railway lines and four airports. The state houses 1,800 companies and 19 industrial growth centres (located across 7,250 hectare) that are close to major cities to make good social infrastructure accessible to industrial units. Despite all this, the rate of prime land in the state is still among the lowest in the country. Infrastructure: Connectivity is the key to advancement and development. And connectivity is Madhya Pradesh’s strength. The state has a near-perfect equidistant connectivity to India’s metros and other markets. Couple it with the state’s vast and rich natural resources, a rich cultural heritage, an excellent quality of life, a thriving industrial base, peaceful labour force and a progressive & investor-friendly government, and you have the MP advantage. Below are some of the advantages of setting up base in MP: An astounding 425 trains pass through MP daily with 175 trains passing through the state’s capital Bhopal alone National highways of 4,885 km run through MP Six national highways, including trunk routes of Delhi-Mumbai, Delhi-Chennai, Delhi-Bangalore and Delhi-Hyderabad, pass through the state The state highways span 9,885 km and connect key urban and tourist centres in the state Convenient linkages to Kandla Port, Jawahar Nehru Port Trust, etc. Agriculture: The state, known as the food bowl of the country, has grains, pulses and soybean in plenty. Around 31 per cent of the state is under forest cover with abundant natural resources. Favourable soil and climatic conditions have helped the state become a leading producer of coarse cereals, oilseeds and soybean in the country. Agriculture is the predominant economic activity in the state, with 73 per cent of rural population depending on it. The sector generates almost one-third of the state’s

GDP. The state has five crop zones, 11 agro-climatic regions and four soil types, which add to the biodiversity in the state and make it favourable for the production of various crop types. About 25 per cent of the country’s pulses (44 per cent gram) are grown in the state. It is also the leading producer of soybean in India contributing to about 55 per cent of the total national production. Looking at such advantages, it can be an ideal destination for organic farming in India. The state has attracted a large number of agro-based industries because of its agricultural products. The natural resources including agro-based products, forest products and minerals, the state’s policy incentives and its central location have attracted major investments in the agro-products, consumer goods, drugs & pharmaceuticals, mines & minerals and manufacturing & textiles sectors. Power scenario: Around 42 MoUs have been signed by the Government of Madhya Pradesh with various developers of which Letter of Intent for 11 projects have been issued. MoUs are for 51,405 MW and these will bring in investment worth Rs 2,201 billion. As far as renewable energy is concerned, there is a potential to generate power from solid waste in Gwalior, Indore, Bhopal, Jabalpur, while Rewa Narmada basin area has the potential to generate power from geothermal energy. Rich mineral wealth: Madhya Pradesh has rich mineral resources and has the largest reserves of diamond and copper in India. Besides, the state has significant reserves of coal, coalbed methane, manganese and dolomite. Educational backbone: The state has a strong educational system and good educational institutes aid in getting talented workforce. In order to give further emphasis on the technical upgradation of the labour force, there are plans in place to develop industry-academia partnership to provide continuous training as well as skill enhancements programmes to sharpen the skills of the talented resource.

First green SEZ in MP The country’s first greenfield SEZ was set up in Indore. So far, 46 industrial units have been allotted land in Indore SEZ, in which, an investment of `1,300 crore has been made and 20 units established. Around 7,500 people have been engaged in these units, nine units involving `650 crore are under construction in the SEZ. The SEZ has, so far, done export business worth `1,300 crore.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

165

INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPE OF MP

The government needs to be transparent in its approach towards an industrial thrust. There should be simplification of tax systems. To me, trust is the key word in ensuring speedy industrial growth in the state. We lack execution and need to deliver on our promises. If the government acts on improvising on these parameters, very soon we will witness ‘Brand MP’ beckoning its mettle not only on the home ground, but also on the global canvas. SP NAOLEKAR, MD, Darling Pumps

MP, traditionally being an agrarian state, had not been able to attract the attention of policy makers as far as industrial development is concerned. But the scenario is changing now. The government is slowly but surely working towards developing a conducive industrial landscape. This is evident from its renewed focus on infrastructure, power & water, which has provided further impetus to the industrial growth in the state. SB NAIK, President, ITL Industries

Madhya Pradesh is not a very forward looking state and the political will inhibits industrial growth in the state. Because of its passive attitude, the state is losing out on attractive investments. The marketing lacuna is also one of the major trade barriers. To repair the situation, infrastructure should be given top priority and there should be a thrust on grassroots improvement initiatives. ASHWIN R PALSHIKAR, Director, Sapcon Instruments

There is a need to develop industrial areas where land is available in plenty so that the government can attract heavy engineering companies. Moreover, it can be a preferred business destination for ancillary units owing to the advent of heavy engineering companies. Out-of-the-box innovative approaches are essential for the timely implementation of projects. SANJAY GUPTA, MD, Yashas FRP Manufacturing

166

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Industrial scene: Industry in Madhya Pradesh is largely resource driven and leverages on the state’s natural wealth in the form of limestone, coal, soya, cotton, bauxite, iron ore, silica etc. Therefore, the state has a strong industrial base in sectors such as textile, cement, steel, soya processing and optical fibres. However, there have been a few exceptions to the resource-driven industrialisation rule and the state, as a result of its aggressive incentive policies and strong solicitation/ facilitation in the past, has developed a strong base in the auto, auto ancillary and pharmaceutical sectors. Land-cost advantage: According to E&Y and Deloitte India, the operational cost for doing businesses in Madhya Pradesh is 30 per cent less as compared to other states. Substantiating the same, Ajay Sevekari, Director – Human Resources & Administration and Logistics, Bridgestone India, says, “The state is very competitive with regards to land availability at an economical rate.” Industry players in the state have various inputs to share as far as the advantages are concerned. Kedarmal Bankda, Chairman & MD, Syncom Formulations (I), opines, “The power situation in MP is better than other states and there are no labour unrest issues. Logistically, the state offers us very good opportunities because of its central location.” Putting things into perspective, SP Naolekar, MD, Darling Pumps, says, “The power situation in the state is good. It has a government, which is willing to do something to boost industrial growth in the state. It offers excellent geographic location as far as logistics is concerned. Agro-based industries have a good scope to flourish in the state. Additionally, a stable government indicates a promising investment landscape in the state.” Sevekari adds, “The labour situation is peaceful here. In addition, the government support has been quite good in terms of attracting investments. I feel more investments will come to the state, especially after the Global Investors’ Meet organised by the government in October last year. Many MoUs were signed during that event and I am delighted to say that the state is progressing year after year in terms of industrial development.” Dr Darshan Kataria, MD, Vindas Chemical Industries & Secretary-in-Chief, Pithampur Audhyogik Sangathan, says, “The central positioning of the state is a big

INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPE OF MP

advantage for companies having their base in MP. The industrial climate here is peaceful as there is no labour unrest.” Agreeing on the same, Dinesh Bhayana, Plant Head – Pithampur, Caparo Engineering India adds, “We have got a strong talent pool owing to the fact that the state has some of the best in class educational institutes. We also have various logistical advantages as the state is centrally located. In addition, the power scenario is good in the state.”

PITFALLS IN PLENTY Inspite of all the potential advantage, why have the big corporates been ignoring such a promising land, which is booming with prospects? The reasons are aplenty. First and foremost, the lacklustre attitude of the government has been seen as a major obstacle in its growth. Bankda avers, “The state has not registered adequate growth because of the lack of political will to make it an industrial hub. The government’s slow pace of growth is again one of the major hindrances for companies operating in the region. Also, raw material procurement is a major problem because of the huge entry tax being imposed on companies.” Seconding his thoughts, Dr Kataria feels, “The government’s approach towards problem-solving is lackadaisical. Proactiveness is desired. The government subsidies are not released on time. There is no major infrastructure for IT & ITeS, because of which we are witnessing a huge migration of talent pool from the state. Also, the pay packages offered are comparatively less. A multiple taxation system poses a hurdle in the smooth operations. Also, because of its lacklustre attitude towards the industries, the state has not been able to attract major financing institutes, which poses major hurdles for companies in gaining financing support.” Commenting on the hurdles faced by corporates present in the state, Naolekar informs, “Till now, 200 there was no clear-cut industrial 180 policy. So far, our government just 160 believed in focussing on promoting 140 the state as an agrarian state. But 120 now, with the State Government 100 realising the fact that the industrial 80 growth of the state should be of 60 utmost priority if it wants be in the 40 league of developed states of the 20 nation, the industrial policy has 0 been launched recently. Additionally, an entrepreneurial or

168

trading bent of mindset should be developed so as to harness potent benefits. If the government wants inclusive growth, then they need to generate employment.” “There exists a huge demand-supply gap as far as skilled labour force is concerned. I feel the reason why we are not able to attract IT is because of the language barrier. A lot of migration is happening because of the lack of IT infrastructure and low pay package. No timely steps were taken to stop the exodus of talent pool from the state,” Naolekar adds. “I think the State Government should have focussed on rural-based industries to ensure holistic growth. There were a lot of commitments made during the Investors’ Meet, but we still need to see the fruition of the same. Infrastructure and red-tapism is a major barrier hindering growth of industries in the state,” Naolekar explains. Sharing the same thoughts, Sanjay Gupta, MD, Yashas FRP Manufacturing, believes, “The State Government is not forthright. They are not business-friendly. There are huge infrastructure bottlenecks. Additionally, there should be more transparency in allotting land for setting up base. There should be a government-appointed body to monitor quick approvals and ensure the implementation of projects.” Bhayana adds, “Road infrastructure needs a major push from the State Government. Also, the salaries are low and as a result, skilled workers are migrating from the state. Apart from that, the government policies are not conducive for industrial development.” Sevekari, however, believes, “I do not think that there are too many bottlenecks in setting up a plant in the state. All the natural advantages possessed by the state, I think, have been utilised. It is only a matter of time till the investments

10 MP

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

actually start coming in. The Entry Tax is causing major impediments for companies operating in the state. The availability of adequate land may be an initial hurdle that one can face. But once you acquire the land, it is a smooth operational process. There are certain shortcomings as far as infrastructure is concerned, but I have seen tremendous growth in this space in the last five years. But water, power and road infrastructure should be further enhanced.”

OPPORTUNITIES UNLIMITED!

Growth is certain when proper foresight and realistic objectives harmoniously blend with the availability of skilled manpower and necessary infrastructure. The necessary ingredients, if available in abundance, can result in realising the most difficult dreams. To realise the potent opportunities to the fullest, the State Government needs to clearly chart out its plans & policies to support the industrial growth momentum. To this, Naolekar adds, “The government needs to be transparent in its approach towards an industrial thrust. There should be simplification of tax systems and law should facilitate industrial growth in the state. If the law creates barriers, then certainly growth will slow down. To me, trust is the keyword in ensuring speedy industrial growth in the state. We lack execution and need to deliver on our promises. If the government acts on improvising on these parameters, very soon we will witness ‘Brand MP’ beckoning its mettle not only on the home ground, but also on the global canvas.” Agreeing on the fact that the government has been taking certain measures in the right direction, Sevekari feels, “I agree with the fact that the government has been taking various measures to attract investments, but it is essential to follow up on them to actually make the project see the Land Cost Advantage-Industrial Areas light of the day.” $ per sq/Mtr Accepting all the bouquets and brickbats, Madhya Pradesh, with all the strategic advantages, is poised to take on challenges for the future. In order to truly become the heart of India, it needs 190 to become the industrial nerve centre of the country, linking the 110 entire country with its excellent connectivity and central 60 55 35 positioning. With right measures 20 in place, Madhya Pradesh will SEZ Indore Noida Mansesar Faridabad Gurgaon PH Gurgaon PH VI I-V stand to its tag ‘heart of India’.

INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPE OF MP

ON THE

BUILDING COMPETITIVE INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPE A lot has been said about the lacklustre attitude of the Madhya Pradesh Government and its efforts to build its industrial might. The need of the hour is to frame a blueprint for the industrial success so that not only the state but also the entire nation can leverage on its inherent advantages. Here’s presenting some measures, which, if accepted in a full-fledged manner by the State Government, would soon see ‘Brand Madhya Pradesh’ making its mark all over the globe.

LEVERAGING NATURAL ADVANTAGES Madhya Pradesh is the third largest mineral-rich state in the country. It is the only state in India which has diamond reserves besides 60,000 million tonne limestone reserves, eight per cent of the country’s coal reserves and 114 billion cubic metre of coalbed methane. Besides this, the state stands at a prime position in soybean, pulses, grams and garlic production. The key lies in leveraging on the opportunities and the natural advantages that the state has to offer.

A THOROUGH EMPHASIS ON INFRASTRUCTURE In order to boost industrial growth in the state, Madhya Pradesh needs to upgrade its infrastructural capabilities. Madhya Pradesh is situated in the heart of India over a geographical spread of about 3,08,000 sq km. The total length of the roads in the state is 91,968 km. If given priority and the desired fund allotted, the state’s infrastructure can really become a milestone to attract major investments into the state.

CENTRAL LOGISTICS HUB Owing to its central positioning, the state is the perfect central logistics hub of the country. This dream can only be realised if state-of-the-art infrastructure is created in the state, which can connect all the major districts of the state. In turn, many clusters can be developed along those regions.

A PROACTIVE APPROACH TO AUGMENT GROWTH Although the state possesses all the right ingredients to augment industrial growth, the State Government’s lacklustre attitude towards initiatives is posing a great hurdle

in its timely growth. Despite the fact that the state has managed to get some big corporates like Caparo, MAN Group, Force Motors, P&G, HEG, Bridgestone, its snail-pace measures are putting so many new projects on the backburner.

A CRYSTAL-CLEAR INDUSTRIAL POLICY As has been the case so far, the state’s primary focus used to be on agriculture owing to allied profits. But the continued thrust of industrial organisations and the State Government’s renewed emphasis on promoting industrialisation in the state has given industry players new hope to expand their horizons in the state. The recent launch of the new industrial policy is a key step in the direction.

BUILDING ON SKILL SETS With nearly 200 engineering colleges in the state, MP stands tall in generating a strong talent pool. But due to the lack of quality jobs and low pay packages, many engineers are migrating out of the state, which is becoming a major bottleneck for the investors. But the buck does not stop here. There needs to be an industry-academia connect in developing the desired skill set. Also, continuous skill enhancement initiatives need to be taken on an ongoing basis to attract talented workforce.

A STRONG PUBLIC PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP In order to broaden industrial expanse of the state, there needs to be a successful model of public private partnership, which works in sync to deliver on the promises and build on a competitive industrial landscape. If the recent investors’ meets is any indication, the wheels of fortunes seem turning from the industrial backward

state to the promising industrial hub potent with prospects & promises.

A TRANSPARENT & SIMPLIFIED SYSTEM One of the biggest hurdles faced by companies while starting a business is to go through lot many intermediaries to get approvals. In lieu of this, a transparent & simplified system, which will facilitate the process of starting up a business, is the need of the hour. This also calls for eradicating red-tapism from the state and building an ideal industrial framework.

MULTIPLE TAXATION MEASURES The state imposes a very heavy entry tax on goods, which is one of the major bottlenecks for companies operating in the state. If this prolongs, companies may think of shifting their base to other states. In order to avoid this, the State Government needs to take a thorough look at the current taxation measures to make it more industry-friendly. Though it can be taxing on the State Government’s fiscal situation in the short-term, if planned properly, it can reap better benefits in the long-term to grab major share of investments.

EMPHASIS ON BUILDING BRAND MP There’s no denying the fact that the state possesses all the right elements to become an industrial hub. What’s lacking is the government’s will and the effort to build Brand MP. Gujarat is the case in point. The State Government’s sheer determination and its continued thrust has radically helped in making Gujarat what it is today. The state can really learn a lesson or two from its neighbouring states to dramatically change the industrial dynamics of the state.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

169

ANCILLARY ADVANTAGE

STEERING THE GROWTH

WHEEL

Madhya Pradesh, located in the heartland of India, offers a very peaceful and conducive atmosphere for industrialisation. Owing to the state’s strategic centrally located position, MP has managed to attract many fundamental industries, which has further induced the state to develop as an emerging hub for ancillary industries. However, while the state’s strategic position has helped the growth of ancillary industries, there is much more that the state has to offer. PURNA PARMAR ndia is at the cusp of a growth phase that is likely to surpass the most current projections. This growth would be fuelled by internal demand as well as a rise in demand from an increasingly capital-starved West.

170

A major part of the next growth phase, however, is going to be centred on valueadded manufacturing. But in order to attain this growth, there is a need to constantly benchmark the Indian manufacturing sector against the best in the world. This, in turn, would enhance the competitiveness of the Indian manufacturing sector.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Providing an apt opportunity to leverage on this scenario, Madhya Pradesh has managed to attract industrial investments in various sectors. Due to the state’s strategic positioning, Madhya Pradesh managed to bag many industrial investments, which have subsequently resulted in the mushrooming of ancillary industries in the

ANCILLARY ADVANTAGE

state. Due to the presence of these fundamental industries, Madhya Pradesh is now emerging as a hub for ancillary industries, particularly in the automobile industry and heavy engineering sector.

FACTORS LEADING TO GROWTH OF ANCILLARY INDUSTRIES Being centrally located, the state has tremendous scope for becoming a logistics hub. In fact, some multinational companies have already started working in this direction. Madhya Pradesh offer investors many benefits. Apart from low transportation cost to every corner of the country, the state offers basic requirements such as land, water and skilled manpower for cheap. The state also allows the industrial units and their ancillaries to have captive power plants to produce power as per the requirement. Testifying this, Sameer Golwelkar, Managing Partner, Orion Wire Ropes, says, “The presence of major industrial units has given way to the establishment of ancillary industries. Moreover, the cost of production in smaller cities such as Indore is less as compared to other big cities. Secondly, the state’s proximity to Gujarat is an added advantage. Many ancillaries have developed in Madhya Pradesh to cater to the larger industries in Gujarat.” Multinational companies setting up their manufacturing units in Madhya Pradesh has also led to the growth of ancillary industries in the state. According to Ravindra Pujari, MD, Unique Saws & Machineries, “Madhya Pradesh houses about five original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and more than 100 auto component manufacturing facilities the market size of which is approximately US$306 million. In addition, many major industry players also have plans to set up plants in the state. Pithampur district in the state offers tremendous potential and promises to be one of the leading autobased clusters in India.” Elaborating further, Pujari states, “There are around two lakh small-scale units that contribute significantly to the state’s economy. MNCs such as Cadbury, Bridgestone, Hindustan Unilever, Coca Cola and renowned Indian companies such as Ranbaxy, Tata, Grasim, Hindustan Motors, Eicher, Raymonds, Ruchi Soya, Lupin, Crompton Greaves, Godrej and several other big groups have their presence in Madhya Pradesh. These companies not only meet the local requirements, but also

172

export a variety of products & services to both, the developed as well as developing countries.” Talking about the other factors that have contributed to the growth of ancillary industries in the state Pujari says, “MP has excellent interstate connectivity. Complementing this is the development of the Super Corridor apart from the national and state highways and train and air links. This has facilitated the growth of ancillaries as they need to cater to different industries and thus need a robust transport system. The availability of land at a reasonable cost and cheap labour have also contributed to the growth of ancillary industries in the state.” “Also, Madhya Pradesh has the capability of generating 15,000 MW of power in the next 5-10 years and is expected to become a power surplus state by 2012-13. This will further stimulate the growth of ancillary industries in the state,” Pujari adds. Rajesh Prasad, Factory Head – Pithampur, Jyothy Laboratories, however, opines, “Indore is fast emerging as a transportation hub due to its easy accessibility. However, ancillary industrial development is still at a very nascent stage in the state, which gives new entrants trying to establish their base in the state an added advantage. Areas like Delhi and NCR are getting saturated and Madhya Pradesh is proving to be a preferred destination for setting up ancillary units owing to the advantages such as low production cost and low transportation cost, which it will offer investors.”

INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENT Madhya Pradesh has a well developed industrial area of 2,492 hectare, of which 1,431 hectare is already been allotted for additional development. The State Government has built special infrastructure in Bhilwara, especially SEZs, crystal IT parks, food parks, apparel parks, etc., in a bid to build a competitive environment for industries and their ancillaries, which will be promoted in clusters based on the availability of raw materials, skilled labour and market potential. Under the Industrial Policy through the Madhya Pradesh Audyogik Kendra Vikas Nigam (MPAKVN) scheme, the State Government has identified industrial clusters. Many industrial giants have set up establishments in these areas. Nonetheless, 44 per cent of the developed area is still untapped and open for investment.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Apart from this, areas like Indore, Pithampur, Kheda, Dewas, Maksi, Megh Nagar Malanpur, Banmore, Chainpura, Siddhgawan, Pratappura, Rewa, Waidhan, Borgaon, Maneri, Purena and Mandideep have become emerging industrial hubs. This facilitates the establishment of additional ancillary units to cater to this vast base of industries. Mandideep Phase II has 19 growth centres facilitating the growth of ancillary industries. Of the total developed area spanning 7,147 hectare, 1,360 total units have been established, while 3,089 hectare has been allotted to the region.

GOVERNMENT SUPPORT In order to support the growth momentum of the ancillaries in the state, the State Government has been making efforts in ensuring a hassle-free industrial climate for investors. Commenting on the role of the State Government, Dinesh Mishra, Head – Corporate Office, SRF, says, “While the MP Government is proactive, it must concentrate on providing better infrastructure development. Nevertheless, the government initiative in SEZ development and tax exemptions, especially for small ancillaries, has managed to escalate the state’s industrial might.” To this, Golwelkar adds, “The government procedures for setting up ancillary industries should be simple. The implementation of the single window clearance and other reforms should be faster. Indore is a big education hub and the local land produces good talent. However, the government must have a defined mechanism in place to retain this talent. The speed of infrastructure development and execution should also speed up.”

ROADBLOCKS The geographical vastness of Madhya Pradesh poses a huge challenge for infrastructure development in the state. Dilip Modak, Proprietor, Venus Engineering, explains, “While the state is centrally located and the transportation cost is less, there are not many roads that internally and externally connect the state. The government must look at developing infrastructure to capitalise on this and help the state attract more investments.” Modak also highlighted the government’s initiatives to promote industry expansions in the form of establishing supporting ancillaries. “The government must give

ANCILLARY ADVANTAGE

special incentives to companies, which are established in the state since 10 years. It must offer scope for expansion and build ancillary units in the state. The land acquisition procedure for the growth of ancillary units must be made simple and the government must give tax exemptions,” Modak suggests. Golwelkar, however, feels that the biggest hurdle for the growth of ancillary industries in the state is the people’s mindset. “People coming from big cities have preconceived notions surrounding the availability of basic amenities such as power, labour and water, which is why they are not keen to establish ancillary units in smaller cities. The government, therefore, needs to generate awareness about true potential of the state and how it will prove beneficial for investors,” Golwelkar suggests.

AREAS OF IMPROVEMENT According to Modak, the financial infrastructure of the state needs to improve. “Banks and financial institutions should offer ancillary units low rates of interest. There should be more transparency in the way they function. Timely and adequate availability of finance will help these ancillaries

174

Areas like Delhi and NCR are getting saturated and Madhya Pradesh is proving to be a preferred destination for setting up ancillary units owing to the advantages such as low production cost and low transportation cost, which it will offer investors. RAJESH PRASAD, Factory Head – Pithampur, Jyothy Laboratories

set up base in the state.” Golwelkar, however, believes, “The government must build satellite towns consisting of supporting ancillary units. There are only four industrially developed cities in the state that it can project. Madhya Pradesh is a very big state and developing it in totality ie. by developing satellite towns with ancillary units supporting the larger industries in these major cities, would lead to holistic development. Moreover, the

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

state has a rich pool of skilled labour and the state needs to capitalise on this. The Madhya Pradesh Government should aim to develop the state on the lines of Gujarat and learn from other industrial hubs in the country.”

TAKING RAPID STRIDES While the situation is quite favourable for an all-encompassing industrial growth, it is imperative to see how the state manages to overcome the challenges coming its way and leverages upon its strengths by capitalising on the growing opportunities put forth by the establishment of these ancillary industries in the state. It also calls for a paradigm shift in the way the government machinery functions to fructify the potent benefits that the state possesses. If all the measures are taken in the desired direction, then the state will be able to position itself as an ideal ancillary hub in the country. Recent developments in this direction indicate positive signs as far the growth of ancillary industries in the state is concerned and the government’s renewed thrust on the sector emphasises the fact that the state has been taking rapid strides in its journey to become a favoured investment destination.

PRESIDENT, PITHAMPUR AUDHYOGIK SANGATHAN

THE STATE’S CENTRAL LOCATION OFFERS IMMENSE ADVANTAGES TO INVESTORS “The emphasis of the government, so far, was on promoting agriculture in the state. That is the sole reason why industries have not got their due credit. Agro-based industries should be promoted for the state’s inclusive growth,” suggests Gautam Kothari, President, Pithampur Audhyogik Sangathan during an exclusive interaction with Prerna Sharma. Excerpts… available though they are unskilled. Apart from this, the major factor that can attract big corporates in the state is the land availability at cheaper rates as compared to other states. The power scenario is better than other states. If all these advantages are harnessed to the fullest, the state has the might to become the central industrial hub of the country. Due to the favourable industrial climate, as well as some special subsidies

COMPETITIVE INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPE OFFERED BY MP

MP is a centrally located state in the country, which makes it logistically advantageous for companies who want to set up their base in the state. The state’s central location offers immense advantages to investors. Apart from this major benefit, the labour scenario is comparatively peaceful. No company has registered productivity losses due to any labour-related issues. Additionally, labour availability at cheap rates adds to the overall competitiveness of the state. Manpower is

176

given by the government, the industrial scenario will witness some positive changes in the state in the years to come.

HINDRANCES FACED The biggest reason why big companies are not willing to pledge their money into the state is because of the slow pace of government machinery. For instance, at the recently held Global Investors’ Meet, many MoUs were signed by big companies to set up plants in the state. Till date, there are no signs of actual implementation. If this scene continues, it will be very difficult for the government to host big companies into the state.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

ENABLING FACTORS IN BUILDING BRAND MP After receiving many bouquets & brickbats as far as industrial development in the state is concerned, the State Government has now realised its industrial might. It is taking proactive measures to fructify all the major deals that were recently signed and to attract any further investments into the state. For this to happen, it needs to immensely enhance the infrastructure of the state be it in terms of roads, rail, power or water.

STEPS IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION The emphasis of the government, so far, was on promoting agriculture in the state. That is the sole reason why industries have not got their due credit. Agro-based industries should be promoted for the state’s inclusive growth. To make the state a prominent export hub, a special corridor has been recently sanctioned by the government, which will be linked with the Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor. Many other railway projects are in the pipeline. These would include Indore-Dahod rail link, which will connect to JNPT and IndoreChhota Udaipur rail link that will link Kandla as well as JNPT ports. This will further enhance export competitiveness of the state and will generate more growth as far as trade is concerned. Regions in & around Indore have the potential to attract lot many pharmaceuticals companies be it formulations or bio-tech, but owing to the absence of regulatory bodies in Indore, many pharma companies shifted their base from the region. But with the decentralisation of Food & Drug Administration Authority to Indore from Bhopal, we can see many pharma companies flourishing around the region. Along with this, the recently launched single window system & the single application systems in the industrial policy will also act as trade enablers.

PRESIDENT, ASSOCIATION OF INDUSTRIES, MADHYA PRADESH

GOVERNMENT SHOULD DEVELOP INNOVATIVE MARKETING CAMPAIGNS TO BUILD BRAND MP “Our Hon’ble Chief Minister Shri Shivraj Singh Chouhan is making all efforts to attract investors, but the other politicians and administrative people are not supportive of the state’s overall industrial growth. I strongly feel that the work culture should be improved as far as the government machinery is concerned ,” suggests Ashok Jaiswal, President, Association of Industries, Madhya Pradesh, in an exclusive interview with Prerna Sharma. Excerpts…

ROWTH ENABLING FACTORS ESSENTIAL FOR THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE STATE

First and foremost, the geographic location of the state makes it a prominent business destination for companies vying to get a logistical advantage over its counterparts. It can give companies an upper hand in establishing inter-state trade. Owing to its mineral-rich status, the state can attract various allied industries. The state is a leading producer & processor of soya in the country, which aids in establishing food processing or agro-based industries in the region. The major advantage that the state offers to investors is the low establishment cost of business as compared to its neighbouring states. Moreover, skilled & unskilled manpower is available easily and at cheaper rates. Additionally, the workers from rural areas are hard working and honest, which offers a peaceful industrial climate. The quality of electricity supply in MP for industries is far better than other neighbouring states as it is on the priority agenda of the State Government. Once the major Narmada Valley projects – MaheshwarOmkareshwar and Indira Sagar Dam – get completed, opportunities for flourishing food processing industries will crop up. This will also add to the upgradation of the irrigation system of the entire Western Madhya Pradesh. Apart from soya, pulses, wheat and herbal products have the potential to grow in the state.

HINDRANCES ENCOUNTERED WHILE DOING BUSINESS IN THE STATE In spite of all the good things said so far, the state really needs to focus on developing its infrastructure. There are only two major railway lines passing through the state – Western & Central. More rail lines are needed to enhance connectivity to other major districts of the state. Apart from this, other necessary infrastructure, such as common effluent treatment plants (CETP) and full-proof drainage systems, should be developed. Also, there are no industrial townships, which

178

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

serve as an additional benefits for companies to recruit people from outside. Our Hon’ble Chief Minister Shri Shivraj Singh Chouhan is making all efforts to attract investors, but the other politicians and administrative people are not supportive of the state’s overall industrial growth. They have a very negative approach towards the whole process and in order to ensure the same, they try to create hurdles in the way of entrepreneurs to set up base. I strongly feel that the work culture should be improved as far as the government machinery is concerned. Lone efforts of the Chief Minister are not going to generate any tangible benefits for us.

SMEs GROWTH IN MADHYA PRADESH No major steps have been taken by the State Government to support the growth of SMEs. There are no additional subsidies for SMEs in developed districts such as Indore, Bhopal, Gwalior or Jabalpur. Most importantly, there is a lack of tax benefit zones in the state, which acts as a major hindrance for SMEs operating in the state. Unfortunately, we do not have a separate MSME ministry in the state that can guide SMEs and boost their growth.

STEPS IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION I would really want to reiterate my emphasis on infrastructural bottlenecks being faced by companies day in & day out. The government should develop small clusters on the lines of Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation (GIDC) as well as Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) in the state. The State Government should also develop innovative marketing campaigns to build Brand MP. The four corners of MP – Bhind in North, Neemach (Mandsaur) in North-east, Sendhwa & Badwani in South-west and Pandurna & Balaghat in South-east – should be declared as tax benefit zones by the Central as well as the State Government. Special priority should be given to these areas to smoothen the trade flow.

HANNOVER MESSE 2011

OF GLOBAL SYNERGIES & FORTUNES Lo and behold! Hannover Messe 2011 is around the corner. With an impressive line-up of 13 flagship international trade fairs, Hannover Messe is all set to take centrestage from April 4 - 8, 2011. The exhibiting companies will be presenting intelligent solutions aimed at cutting costs, optimising process efficiency and conserving resources at every stage of the production chain. Here’s your chance to access the latest technological innovations doing the rounds in the manufacturing expanse. This year again, it’s Germany calling… ome April and the largest trade ground of the world will be ready to stage the world’s biggest manufacturing event – Hannover Messe 2011. With the excitement of the exhibitors intact, the entire world will witness the manufacturing might of the companies when Hannover raises its curtains on April 4, 2011. Scheduled to be held from April 4 - 8, 2011, this year’s edition promises to set the innovative spirits of the companies high. Hannover Messe’s winning format, comprising 13 flagship trade fairs, delivers synergy benefits to exhibitors and visitors alike. It puts exhibitors in contact with customers from the widest imaginable range of industries. And, by clustering related industries in adjacent exhibition halls, it enables trade visitors to gain a detailed overview of all the latest technologies in next to no time. With the overarching theme of ‘Smart Efficiency’ this year, the event is slated to offer futuristic solutions for sustainable development.

growth’, the French exhibits will focus on the energy sector, sustainable mobility and energy efficiency. In particular, the event will show that France is a key trendsetter offering innovative ideas and technology for new, sustainable growth across Europe. “France will benefit from numerous opportunities as a result of the Partner Country relationship,” states Wolfgang Pech, Sr Vice President, Deutsche Messe.

DIVERSITY PLUS DEPTH In order to provide an overview of industrial innovations across multiple disciplines, each trade fair at Hannover Messe, while synergising with its 13 concurrent events, offers excellent in depth coverage in its own specialist area. It is this multi-industry format that underpins Hannover Messe’s successful track record. Arno Reich, In-charge – Industrial Supply, Deutsche Messe, explains, “Time and again, our post-show surveys indicate that it is this combination of diversity and depth that draws trade visitors to Hannover. That is why we have further optimised this winning format with a new

hall layout.” Under these platforms, exhibiting companies will be presenting intelligent solutions aimed at cutting costs, optimising process efficiency and conserving resources at every stage of the production chain. Here are brief summaries of what can be seen at each show: Industrial Automation For many years, industrial automation has ranked as the leading flagship fair for process automation, factory automation and related systems. In 2011, the process automation section of the show is moving to Hall 11, right next to the energy-related sections of Hannover Messe. The focus here will be on sector-specific solutions for industries such as chemicals, pharmaceuticals, biotechnology and food. Motion, Drive & Automation Motion, Drive & Automation (MDA) is the leading trade fair for power transmission and control, which takes place once every two years as part of Hannover Messe. The headline themes for 2011 are energy efficiency, lifecycle management and

PARTNER COUNTRY FRANCE France will be the official Partner Country at Hannover Messe 2011. On the selection of Partner Country France, Deutsche Messe Board Chairman Dr Wolfram von Fritsch emphasises, “With France as the Partner Country, Hannover Messe will benefit from a strong partnership. The industrial nation of France represents one of the most important target markets for exhibitors at Hannover Messe.” France will be able to demonstrate its strengths and potential as a major European industrial nation to the world audience gathered at Hannover. Reflecting the keynote theme, ‘Innovation for sustainable

180

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Today’s technology is shaping tomorrow’s world. A driving force behind future technological developments, Hannover Messe sends out decisive signals and offers extensive scope for showcasing your products & services all along the industrial value chain. By attracting exhibitors & visitors from all over the world, Hannover Messe 2011 will provide the perfect platform for presenting technical innovations and visions. DR WOLFRAM VON FRITSCH, Chairman of the Board, Deutsche Messe

HANNOVER MESSE 2011

condition monitoring systems. Energy As the world’s largest trade show for energy technologies, the leading international trade fair, Energy, is a unique showcase for the energy mix of the future and covers both conventional and renewable energygenerating technologies. Energy-related displays will be the overarching theme of Hannover Messe 2011 – ‘Smart Efficiency’. Power Plant Technology Power Plant Technology is the leading trade fair for power plant design, systems, operation and maintenance. This show is an important platform for innovations in power plant engineering, whether fired by coal, gas, oil, water or steam. Wind Wind is the leading trade fair for wind generation technology, components and services. It celebrated its successful premiere in 2009 and will now take place once every two years as part of the Hannover Messe lineup. MobiliTec The leading trade fair for hybrid and electric powertrain technologies, mobile energy storage and alternative mobility solutions is an outstanding addition to the Hannover Messe portfolio and showcases the mobility technologies of the future. It brings together energy suppliers, systems and component suppliers for electromobility applications and manufacturers of hybrid and mobile drives. Digital Factory As the leading trade fair for integrated processes and IT solutions, Digital Factory will be focussing on industrial software solutions, especially solutions for production & product development designed to be integrated into corporate processes. This year’s show features the ‘Festo Fast Factory’, presented in association with premium industry partner, Festo. ComVac ComVac presents the latest trends and developments in generation, treatment and distribution, as well as specific applications in machinery and systems. It will provide visitors with an excellent point of reference for answers to the questions that will affect them and their business in the future. Industrial Supply As the leading trade fair for industrial subcontracting and lightweight construction, Industrial Supply accounts for the largest single block of exhibitors at Hannover Messe, making it a powerhouse of innovation within the lineup and the most

Things to look forward to @ Hannover Messe 2011 Open new markets and establish good B2B sale Increase personal networking Exchange of information with customers, business associates and competitors Understand the rules of business in new market places Know competition better and plan future to beat them – Inputs by Devdatta Hambardikar, President, Messung Systems

Ensure your brand presence in the international market Meet satisfied clientele and discuss with them future business plans Close deals for ongoing negotiations Demonstrate technology in embedded field and enhance application of wireless communication in automation Look for JV partners for technology, market access and alliances. – Inputs by LR Katrat, MD & CEO, Katlax Enterprises

important event for global sourcing. With so many sectors of industry represented at Hannover Messe, it is an important mirror of the end-to-end process chain for the component supply and subcontracting market, embracing materials & technology know-how, design & development, parts and components & systems. CoilTechnica Following its successful premiere in 2010, CoilTechnica, which showcases technologies for the manufacture of coils, electric motors, generators and transformers, is being further developed and expanded for 2011. This makes it an ideal companion show not only to the industrial supply and subcontracting sector in general at Hannover Messe, but also to the group of energy-related trade fairs. SurfaceTechnology The leading trade fair for SurfaceTechnology covers the complete spectrum from pre-treatment, cleaning, painting and electroplating technology to plasma technology and nanotechnology. A series of special displays will also focus on future challenges and solutions in the industrial process chain for surface treatment and finishing. MicroNanoTec MicroNanoTec presents the complete spectrum of applied microsystems technology, nanotechnology and laser technology for

micro-materials processing. ‘Printed Intelligence’ and ‘Energy Harvesting’ are two of the hot topics for 2011. The centerpiece of the show will once again be the international forum ‘Innovations for Industry’, organised by the IVAM Microtechnology Network based in Dortmund. Research & Technology In recent years, Research & Technology has become an important showcase for new technologies at Hannover Messe, and from 2011, the show will be known as the leading trade fair for R&D. It is the premier marketplace for research findings and pioneering industrial developments, with the primary focus on technology transfer between the science lab and industry.

THE WAIT IS OVER… Finally, the world’s most-awaited event for the manufacturing industry is just around the corner. The declared goal of Hannover Messe is to create a platform for the interplay between all relevant sectors and technologies – a goal that has now been achieved. No other trade show presents all the elements in the industrial value chain in such a comprehensive and integrated form. The key industrial sectors can display their individual strengths and at the same time, engage in interdisciplinary knowledge transfer. With all critical enablers in place to drive the next phase of growth, success is a surety at Hannover Messe!

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

181

HANNOVER MESSE 2011

‘Companies Should Make The Most Of This Global Platform’ “If companies want to do business in the future and secure their competitiveness, then they should participate in Hannover Messe. This will not only help them become a part of the industrial community, but also offer them exposure to new ideas and accessibility to new business potential,”avers Wolfgang Pech, Sr Vice President, Deustche Messe, in a brief interaction with Sumedha Mahorey.

ROLE OF TRADE FAIRS AS MARKET ENABLERS Trade fairs help in establishing a marketing platform wherein companies offer & buy technology and products as per their choice. It also gives specialist engineers, who are looking out for new solutions and products, an opportunity to set up a dialogue with provider companies to meet their requirements. Thus, trade fairs act as market enablers and help in bringing global markets & participants together for the purpose of networking and exchange of experiences & opinions, which, in turn, helps in the production of valuable products & solutions. Hannover Messe is the largest technology show in the world attracting exhibitors from 70 countries and visitors from over 100 countries. It plays a very important role in helping companies, who are about to enter into new emerging markets, to unlock export opportunities. We see a huge potential not only for small & medium-sized companies, but also for big players from India to present their products, innovations and solutions before global markets at Hannover Messe. The Indian industry has so much to offer to the world markets. We would appreciate more Indian companies attending Hannover Messe to make the most of the opportunity that this global marketplace offers.

DRIVING TECHNOLOGY TRENDS Hannover Messe acts as the driving force behind new trends and technologies, which provide a stimulus to the industry. Efficient

182

solutions for saving energy, technologies for the reduction of energy consumption, etc., are showcased at the trade fair. In 2011, the spotlight will be on industrial automation as it is the driving force for not only the automotive industry, but also many other industry verticals. It is also beneficial for small and medium-sized companies. The introduction of automation technology will immensely contribute towards improving internal processes and ensuring that companies are able to deliver much faster with a focus on just-in-time delivery.

THIS YEAR’S NEW ADDITIONS We are not launching any new shows, but will be launching some new topics instead at this year’s Hannover Messe. This year, the key focus will be on smart efficiency. With lightweight construction, electromobility and a new feature on solutions for the metropolis, which are needed for the future demands of urban cities, this year’s edition of Hannover Messe will integrate various factors such as cost, process and resource efficiency.

HANNOVER MESSE 2011 USPs SECURING FUTURE MARKETS The first Hannover Messe trade fair was held in 1947, and today, it has become the largest and most successful technology show in the world. Even when the global industry was facing an economic crisis and most of the trade shows were suffering in terms of business, Hannover Messe managed to get the same number of exhibitors and space bookings that were done before recession. We successfully achieved this as companies have faith in our capabilities. They believe that we will offer them a good business networking platform and perceive Hannover Messe to be a huge potential to secure future markets. In addition, companies continue to exhibit as it is very important to stay in the market during tough times. This, in a way, boosts customers’ confidence as companies, while battling with market trends, continue to meet their customers’ requirements. If companies’ do not show up, how will customers be able to trust them? Thus, at Hannover, new business is generated even if business does not take place. The trade fair acts as a great platform to stay in touch with the global market. This helps because as soon as the climate for investment becomes conducive, the entire business process restarts.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Hannover Messe is a world renowned trade show, which offers small & mediumsized companies as well as market leaders a platform to display their innovations, new products and ideas. It is a global trade show wherein global visitors including politicians and decision makers from industries, associations & governmental bodies come to meet, network, exchange opinions and experiences in order to pave the way for future market development and exploration of business opportunities.

MESSAGE FOR EXHIBITORS & VISITORS TO MAKE THE MOST OF THIS SHOW If companies want to do business in the future and secure their competitiveness, then they should participate in Hannover Messe. This will not only help them become a part of the industrial community, but also offer them exposure to new ideas and accessibility to new business potential. With the business opportunities restarting again and the growth rates going up exponentially, companies of the world should participate in this fair and be a part of this world community. It is up to the industry representatives from all over the world to use this marketing tool – Hannover Messe – to make the most of this global platform.

BLECH INDIA 2011

INVIGORATING THE INDIAN

SHEETMETAL INDUSTRY With the Indian economy on the growth track, the country’s sheetmetal working domain is experiencing increasing demand from various fields such as automobiles and aerospace. The second edition of BLECH India to be held from April 14-17, 2011 is poised to capture the enthusiasm and provide an impetus to this thriving vertical with SEARCH as the media partner. HEMA YADAV he booming Indian economy has fostered the creation of a large number of investment projects to cover the ever-increasing consumer demand and provide the necessary infrastructure. The industries that have benefitted from this positive trend include the automotive industry & its suppliers, the construction, home electronics & white goods industries as well as the steel production industry. Riding high on this growth wave is the country’s sheetmetal working industry, which is gearing up to meet the rising demand.

EVENT HIGHLIGHTS To provide the sheetmetal working segment the much-awaited platform to showcase their innovative technological offerings, Inter Ads-Brooks will be organising the second edition of BLECH India from April 14-17, 2011. The current edition of BLECH India will be held at the Bombay Exhibition and Convention Centre (BCEC). It will present and promote the outstanding business opportunities that India can offer to international suppliers of sheetmetal machines, tools and systems. The event will prove to be a unique platform for companies who want to be a part of India growt story, which is transforming into a central marketplace for everyone involved in sheetmetal working. The exhibition is an ideal destination to get updates on sourcing the right machinery, tools and materials as more than 120 exhibitors from all over the world will present their latest technology to the industry’s key decision makers. The exhibitors participating at the event are from varied spectrum of the industry, including,

184

sheetmetal, tube, sections (ferrous & nonferrous); finished products, components, assemblies; handling; forming; flexible sheetmetal working; joining/welding/ fastening; automation and robotics; tools/ dies; CAD/CAM systems/data processing; factory and warehouse equipment, to name a few.

CONCURRENT EVENT Fastener Fair India 2011 will be held parallel to BLECH India 2011. The event will be a highly B2B-centric and will display a complete range of industrial fasteners and fixings technology. Many international and national exhibitors will present modern technology and solutions, helping industry professionals to connect, network, update their knowledge and explore business

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Visitor profile The trade show is designed for sheetmetal working specialists in industry sectors such as: Mechanical engineering Sheetmetal products Steel & aluminium construction Automotive industry and its suppliers Heating/ventilation/ air-conditioning Electrical engineering Electronics industry Rolling mills Iron & steel production Precision engineering Aerospace Shipbuilding.

prospects with market leaders. Visitors will get the opportunity to directly access the industry by getting direct exposure to latest technologies & raw materials, meeting suppliers, manufacturers, wholesalers and distributors all under one roof. In addition, the event will provide time and costeffective opportunities to explore this industry sector in India, whose demand is likely to sky-rocket in the future.

HALLMARK OF EXCELLENCE Part of a series dedicated to sheetmetal working exhibitions in growing markets, BLECH India is organised by Inter Ads-Brooks, a joint venture between Mack Brooks Exhibitions, UK and Inter Ads Exhibitions, India. The first BLECH India exhibition took place in November 2009 at the Bombay Exhibition Centre, Mumbai. The event exhibited sheetmetal working technology. The trade exhibition focussing on sheetmetal working technology featured 50 exhibitors from eight countries and attracted approximately 3,600 visitors, who were mainly from India. The exhibition analysis reflected that the key industry sectors to which the visitors belonged included sheetmetal products, components & assemblies (53 per cent), mechanical engineering (42 per cent), automotive industry (10 per cent), steel & aluminium construction (nine per cent) and iron & steel production (nine per cent).

CONVERGENT POINT Dedicated to showcase the best of sheetmetal working in growth markets, the events will act as convergent point for industry leaders and suppliers, facilitating technology and knowledge sharing. Come and be a part of India’s sheetmetal working industry’s growth story!

DIEMOULD INDIA SOUTH 2011

MOULDING SUCCESS IN A BUOYANT ECONOMY Carrying a legacy of more than a decade, Diemould India, in each of its editions, brings leaders and innovators from the entire spectrum of tool making along with their basket of solutions to enable the Indian die & mould industry to meet present day challenges in tool making. As the buoyant economy and manufacturing sector spells growth for the local die & mould industry, the mega trade show will host its south edition, Diemould India South to be held from April 7-10, 2011, with SEARCH as the media partner, to showcase the latest in technology and tools under one roof.

INDIA-2011

SOUT H

RACHITA JHA he manufacturing sector is on a growth overdrive, with boom in the automotive, infrastructure and aerospace sectors. This growth has trickled down the demand for tools & tool parts, bringing gains for the die & mould industry. Keeping in line with the industry demands, Die & Mould India South International Exhibition will serve as a perfect platform for exhibitors to display and market their innovative offerings. To be held from April 7-10, 2011 at the Chennai Trade Centre, the flagship event organised by Tools and Gauge Manufacturing Association (TAGMA) will provide an ideal opportunity for the entire tool making industry to witness the latest advancements in machines and technology.

BUSINESS ADVANTAGE This exhibition on dies & moulds has regular participation from leading global brands from India and abroad, showcasing their latest proven technologies, with features to improve productivity quality and reduce costs. The exhibition will have on display the latest offerings from the entire spectrum of the tooling industry, a vital partner of the successfully growing manufacturing sector. It covers high-grade innovative state-of-theart CAD/CAM/CAE solutions, all types of dies & moulds, press tools, cutting tools, tool steels, hot runner systems, machine tools for making dies & moulds, CNC milling/machining centre, EDM, etc. The exhibition provides visitors an excellent opportunity to update themselves on the latest technology trends. It gives them an opportunity to witness innovative

186

ideas & approaches, which they can incorporate into their current business practices. The event also offers attendees an opportunity to network & discuss manufacturing and other complex problems with experts to analyse and execute solutions in their operations.

COUNTRY PAVILION DMI is marked by the presence of leading exhibitors from around the world. The DMI South edition has country pavilion from China & Germany, and has attracted much overseas participation showcasing their latest technology for the die & mould industry. The focussed trade show offers an ideal platform for the industry to upgrade its knowledge and keep up pace with the changing trends. A niche sector in the machine tool industry, the entire end-toend value chain of the die & mould industry is well represented at the event. China has been a key business partner for the Indian die & mould industry. Therefore, a dedicated country pavilion from the country will bring in a host of opportunities for visitors to forge partnerships, business deals and network with some of the leading companies.

ON AN EXPANSION MODE TAGMA organised the first Diemould India International Exhibition (DMI) in 1998 in Mumbai, a focussed exhibition for the Indian tooling industry, which was hugely successful. This laid the foundation of the series of subsequent biennial Diemould exhibitions. With a modest beginning, and with the consistent support from the members and the industry, DMI has steadily grown to become the largest ‘Diemould

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

Exhibition’ spread over an area of 20,000 sqm with international participation from over 25 countries. Additionally to meet the growing popular demand and market needs of the other regions, the TAGMA Executive Council decided to host a regional DMI show during the odd years beginning with DMI 2011 at Chennai Trade Centre. Highlighting the same, SC Kalyanpur, President, TAGMA, informed, “Based on feedbacks and survey reports, TAGMA has now started another series in the odd years on a smaller scale and at lower cost beginning with Chennai to provide our members and exhibitors access to this thriving high growth markets led by the auto sector. This year’s event ‘DMI 2011 – South’ follows the DMI 2010 the 7th in the series of our regular biennial show in Mumbai in the even years.”

LOOKING AHEAD TAGMA has always been providing opportunities to the tooling industry by improving competitiveness through spreading awareness and building exposure through domestic & international visits, seminars and exhibitions. DMI 2011 will mark the beginning of a very successful period for the die & mould tooling industry on the growing demands from the various manufacturing sectors. Talking about the future plans, Kalyankar says, “Based on the feedback from this show, the next venue for 2013 will be declared aiming to open up other regions in the country.” As companies chase shorter time cycles and improve efficiency to leapfrog from the conventional methodologies, the event offers a one-stop solution for all business and technology demands.

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Austin

Pg No. 187

AUSTIN ENG. CO. LTD.

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Austin

Pg No. 187

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Hindusthan Motors Pg No. 188

Pg No. 188

SEARCH April 2011 Ad Name: Hindusthan Motors

AUTOMATION EXPO 2011

ONE-STOP SOURCE FOR

AUTOMATION SOLUTIONS

The desire to stay ahead in the manufacturing race has got many manufacturers to adopt automation solutions to enhance the quality of their products and increase productivity. Presenting a plethora of opportunities for manufacturers is Automation Expo 2011. Organised by Intel Trade Fairs & Exposition, with SEARCH as its media partner, the event is scheduled to be held at the Chennai Trade Centre from April 21-23, 2011. Automation Expo 2011 promises to be a one-stop source for the latest in industrial automation. Here’s a sneak peek… KIMBERLEY D’MELLO

he automation industry in India is rapidly advancing. The scope for growth and application, which was once considered the domain of large manufacturing industries, has now begun to gain prominence in medium & small units as well. But in order to grow from strength to strength, the automation industry constantly needs to evolve to keep up with the changing trends that the country is witnessing, and at the same time, ensure that it does not lag too far behind in the race with its global counterparts.

DISCOVER BEST SOLUTIONS When it comes to generating awareness about the progress on the automation front, one cannot undermine the role that trade fairs play. Offering manufacturers a chance to discover the impending opportunities that await them in almost all production facilities in vertical industries is India’s largest and most comprehensive industrial automation trade show – Automation Expo 2011. Organised by Intel Trade Fairs & Expositions, the event is scheduled to be held at the Chennai Trade Centre from April 21-23, 2011. The three-day event will focus on providing participants with new trade opportunities, which will not only help participants prosper in their business but also help them attain new heights. An estimated 70 exhibitors and 6,000 visitors are expected

Attending Automation Expo 2011 will offer a unique opportunity to: Meet over 125 companies from India and overseas showcasing the cutting-edge technology in automation Witness live demonstrations Meet industry experts and learn how to enhance business profitability Find solutions to business needs Discover and compare integrated solutions Network with industry colleagues. to attend the event where the entire automation industry will be present under a single roof. Manufacturers, distributors, importers and resellers will showcase automation solutions, products and systems related to factory automation, process automation, instrumentation & control systems, sensor technology, robotics, industrial controls & software solutions, etc. Every technology-driven company from India and abroad will be displaying their cutting-edge technology in industrial automation at Automation Expo 2011. Therefore, Automation Expo 2011 is the one place where manufacturers can connect with world-class companies and discover the best solution to reduce cost & increase productivity. The event will showcase the latest in automation technology, engineering, manufacturing and process control. It will give participants a chance to discover the latest technologies in industrial automation and manufacturing segments like machine

tools, hydraulics & pneumatics, robotics, process control, etc.

OPPORTUNITIES GALORE The country’s growing foreign trade, rising internal consumer demand, infrastructure growth as well as the revival from the economic slowdown has only given the entire financial set up a new lease of life. With the number of new product introductions exceeding manifold in the last few years, every company is now turning automation-centric to manufacture quality products as well as increase productivity. Automation Expo 2011 will open doors to a host of profitable ventures – be it getting to know who is active in the market, clinching the best deals or simply, browsing through the wide range of products. The reasons to be at the Automation Expo 2011 are endless. So, if you are looking out for the latest in industrial automation, Automation Expo 2011 is your one-stop source in India, this year.

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

189

SME INDIA OUTLOOK 2011

LENDING SMEs A TECH

EDGE

Being the critical enablers of the Indian growth story, SMEs need to adopt state-of-the-art technological solutions in their race to be globally competent. With this as the underlying theme, the recently held conference, SME India Outlook 2011, presented ample opportunities for SMEs to go the tech-way. Organised by INK Business Media with SEARCH as the media partner, the event proved to be an eye-opener for SMEs at large... PURNA PARMAR mall & medium enterprises (SMEs) are the building blocks of our country’s economy. But the slow pace of adoption of IT solutions & technological upgradation are dampening the growth prospects of these SMEs. According to industry reports, over 80 per cent of SMEs are either not IT & automation-enabled or most of the operations are manual and are performed using low-end custom-built solutions. With an aim to promote IT & automation technology adoption within the SME sector, SME India Outlook 2011 – an event aimed at helping the SME sector understand and evaluate customised IT & automation solutions designed exclusively to meet their demands – was held on February 10, 2011 in Mumbai.

EVENT HIGHLIGHTS Organised by INK Business Media, the theme of the event was ‘Capitalising IT & Automation for Manufacturing Excellence’. The conference held during the event was segregated into four sessions with an opening session, followed by two technical sessions and a panel discussion. K Nandakumar, Chairman – MSME Sub Committee, CII (WR), presented a general overview of the SME industry. The crux of his presentation was about the steps that SMEs need to undertake and implement within their business processes to resolve issues of conflict. CV Saraf, Deputy Director (In-charge) MSME – Development Institute, Mumbai, Ministry of MSME, Government of India, on the other hand, spoke extensively on initiatives that would be implemented by the government under the National Manufacturing Competitiveness Programme to enhance SMEs’ competitiveness. Devdatta Hambardikar, President, Messung Systems, highlighted, “Performance monitoring of automation systems on the shop floor can help SMEs get high returns on investment. Automation can be derived by integrating automation in their shop floor

190

processes.” While Milind Kulkarni, Head – Business Development (Factory Automation), Siemens, opined, “SMEs need to make wise investments in factories by acquiring machinery that would be compatible with future technologies. In the future, SMEs should be able to integrate technological changes into their existing plant and machinery without having to entirely replace it.”

K Nandakumar, Chairman, MSME Sub Committee, CII (WR), CV Saraf, Deputy Director (Incharge) MSME – Development Institute, Mumbai, Ministry of MSME, Government of India and Hemraj Singh, Chief General Manager (West Zone), National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC), Abraham Samson, Joint General Manager – Control & Automation Business Unit, L&T at SME India Outlook conference.

TECHNICAL INSIGHTS The event also had a technical session, which was moderated by Amber Shah, Consultant – Information Security, Mahindra Special Services Group. Mehul Kapadia, VP – Marketing & Strategy, Tata Communications Internet Services, enlightened the audiences about cloud computing and its applications in businesses. “Cloud computing presents organisations, especially SMEs, the opportunity to reap the benefits of technology without having to make large investments towards infrastructure installation or maintenance. It also allows them to pay only for services that they use and does not involve any hidden costs,” explains Kapadia. Kishore Mahamunkar, AGM, NM Automation & Control, highlighted, “SMEs need to achieve operational excellence by adopting automated systems to control processes, materials, manpower and other rudimentary inputs that are required for the smooth functioning of a manufacturing unit. With the help of enterprise manufacturing intelligence (EMI) tools, one can aggregate, contextualise, visualise, analyse & propagate manufacturing performance into enterprise systems. Thus, EMI tools could be strategically utilised not only for measuring plant performance, but also to improve performance, reduce total

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

cost of ownership and streamline their overall business processes.” Mayank Srivastav, Business Development Manager – SMDC, APC, by Schneider Electric discussed the future proofing data centres of SMEs. He discussed at length about the current trends in Digital Continuous Profiling Infrastructure (DCPI), which presented an overview on how most data centres are set up. He explained, “Since many data centres are set up without taking into account the organisation’s scope for expansion, it results into frequent conflicts within DCPI, with the growth of an organisation. SMEs must plan their data centres in such a way that they are future proof.” The conference concluded with an empowering panel discussion.

FUTURE-PROOF SOLUTION The panellists highlighted the challenges faced by SMEs in adopting IT & automation solutions. While most panellists agreed that IT & automation can help SMEs gain higher competitiveness even in the global markets, they also felt that SMEs need to carefully select an IT or automation solution. SMEs need to adopt open-ended automation solutions that give easy adaptability to future technology upgradation and are costeffective. Similarly, IT solutions also need to be future proof and affordable for SMEs.

TRADE SHOW TRACKER

NATIONAL

ABROAD

7-10 April 2011

29 April 2011

4-8 April 2011

DIEMOULD INDIA 2011 Focus: Dies & moulds, press tools Where: Chennai Trade Centre, Chennai Tel: 022 28526876 Email: mumbai@tagmaindia.org Web: www.tagmaindia.org

FROST & SULLIVAN GREEN INDIA AWARDS - POWERING ECO SUSTAINABILITY Focus: Emphasis on adoption of green manufacturing practices Where: The Orchids, Mumbai Tel: 022 6607 2038 Email: caroline.lewis@frost.com; Web: www.frost.com

HANNOVER MESSE 2011 Focus: Industrial automation, motion, drive & automation, energy, power plant technology, etc. Where: Hannover, Germany Tel: +49 511 890 Email: info@messe.de Web: www.hannovermesse.de

21-23 April 2011

5-7 April 2011

AUTOMATION EXPO 2011 Focus: Industrial automation, factory automation, robotics, instrumentation, sensors, etc. Where: Chennai Trade Centre, Chennai Tel: 022 28803977; Email: intelexpo@vsnl.net Web: www.automationexpo.in

AERODEF MANUFACTURING 2011 Focus: Aerospace and aviation, manufacturing Where: Anaheim Convention Center, Anaheim, CA, US Tel: +313 4253187 Email: communications@sme.org Web: www.aerodefevent.com

14-17 April 2011 BLECH INDIA 2011 Focus: Sheetmetal working, automation & robotics Where: Mumbai Tel: 0124 4524200 Email: blech.india@interads.in Web: www.blechindia.com

NATIONAL

ABROAD

5-7 May 2011

24-25 May 2011

16-17 May 2011

RENEWABLE ENERGY WORLD CONFERENCE & EXPO- INDIA 2011 Focus: Renewable energy Where: Pragati Maidan, New Delhi Tel: 0124 4524205 Email: thakurjapesh@interadsindia.com Web: www.renewableenergyworldindia.com

4TH RENEWABLE ENERGY FINANCE FORUM – INDIA Focus: Renewable Energy Where: Le Meridien, New Delhi Tel: 011 26919377 Email: awconfer@vsnl.com Web: www.reff-india.com

WORLD MANUFACTURING FORUM 2011 “INNOVATION IN GLOBAL MANUFACTURING” Focus: Aerospace and aviation, manufacturing Where: Anaheim Convention Center, Anaheim, CA, US Tel: +313 4253187 Email: communications@sme.org Web: www.aerodefevent.com

TRADE SHOW TIP

6-8 May 2011 TECH INDIA 2011 Focus: pumps, valves, compressor, hydraulics, pneumatics, control systems and accessories Where: Bombay Exhibition Centre, Mumbai Tel: 022 28398000 E-mail: conventions@mtnl.net.in Web: www.pvconline.in

RESEARCH TRADE SHOWS You need to choose the trade shows that will give your business the best return on investment in terms of your goals. Find out what the particular trade show’s objectives are, and investigate & evaluate the trade show’s audience.

NATIONAL

19-22 May 2011 SHEETMETAL ASIA 2011 Focus: Sustainable manufacturing, energy efficient manufacturing, key technologies, innovation Where: Villa Erba, Cernobbio, Como Lake, Italy Tel: +82 10 73158463; E-mail: bwchoi@kitech.re.kr Web: www.worldmanufacturingforum.org

ABROAD

9-11 June 2011

7-9 June 2011

INTERMACHINERY INDIA Focus: Machinery & equipment Where: Bombay Exhibition Centre, Mumbai Tel: 022 40376700 Email: info@worldexindia.com Web: www.worldexindia.com

ATLANTIC DESIGN & MANUFACTURING 2011 Focus: Industrial design, rapid prototyping, engineering Where: Jacob K Javits Convention Center, NY Tel:+1 310 4454200 Email: adminfo@cancom.com Web: www.canontradeshows.com

10-12 June 2011 AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING SHOW Focus: Automotive manufacturing technologies Where: Chennai Trade Centre, Chennai Tel: 022 32019137 Email: info@focussedevents.com Web: www.focussedevents.com

16-19 June 2011 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE EXPO 2011 Focus: Material handling & transportation equipments, storage equipments, containers & packaging equipments Where: Chennai Trade Centre, Chennai Tel: 022 28398000 Email: conventions@mtnl.net.in Web: www.confairs.com

23-26 June 2011 MANUFACTURING EXPO 2011 Focus: Machinery & processing technology Where: BITEC, Bangkok, Thailand Tel: +66 26867207 E-mail: assemblytech@reedtradex.co.th Web: www.manufacturing-expo.com

TRADE SHOW TRACKER

NATIONAL

ABROAD

5-7 July 2011

21-23 July 2011

20-23 July 2011

TYREXPO INDIA 2011 Focus: Tyre, rubber and equipment Where: Chennai Trade Centre, Chennai Tel: 044 1892 863888 E-mail: sales@eci-international.com Web: www.eci-international.com

WELD INDIA 2011 Focus: Welding and cutting materials and components Where: Chennai Trade Centre, Chennai Tel: 044 26155467; Email: iiw.rgdir.south@gmail.com Web: www.weldindia.com

INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 2011 (IA 2011) Focus: Automation solutions Where: Kuala Lumpur Convention Centre (KLCC), Malaysia Tel: +603 40410311 Email:enquiry@mesallworld.com Web: www.asean-ia.com

14-17 July 2011

TRADE SHOW TIP

ACCESS - MACHINE TOOLS & ENGINEERING EXPO Focus: Automation & Instrumentation, welding machines, drives and gears Where: Chennai Trade & Convention Centre Tel: 044 28604087 Email: info@smartexpos.in Web: www.smartexpos.in

ADVERTISE IN ADVANCE Put the word out that you’re participating in a particular trade show by inviting your clients, customers, suppliers, and other contacts to attend the show. Be sure you give them all the details, such as your booth number.

NATIONAL

27-30 July 2011 CHINA MACHINERY FAIR-VIETNAM Focus: metal cutting & metal forming machines, measuring equipment, EDM, tooling CAD/CAM, lasers, cutting tools, drilling, finishing Where: Saigon Exhibition & Convention Centre, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam Tel: +86 20 38870805

ABROAD

4-7 August 2011

10-12 August 2011

COMPREHENSIVE PACKAGING EXPO Focus: Manufacturers of packaging machines, materials, logistics providers Where: Chennai Trade & Convention Centre, Chennai Tel: 044 28604087 Email: info@smartexpos.in Web: www.smartexpos.in

CHINA (BEIJING) INTERNATIONAL PIPE FITTING & VALVE EXPO Focus: Steel pipe, infrared thermometer, printing marking machines, cleaning equipment and pipeline inspection technology Where: Beijing China International Exhibition Center (CIEC), Beijing, China Tel: +86 10 68659226 E-mail: haiwen2002@126.com Web: www.hwexpo.com

10-12 August 2011

16-19 August 2011

GREEN AUTOMOMOBIL 2011 EXPO Focus: Renewables and Environment Where: Pragati Maidan, New Delhi, Delhi Tel: 011 4279 5000 E-mail: anshult@eigroup.in Web: www.greenautomobil.com

SHANGHAI INTERNATIONAL AUTOMOTIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY & MATERIAL SHOW 2011 Focus: Automotive manufacturing, engineering, technology solutions Where: Shanghai New International Expo Centre (SNIEC), Shanghai, China Tel: +86 21 64681300; E-mail: info@for-expo.com Web: www.shanghaiamts.com

NATIONAL

ABROAD

22-24 September 2011

28-30 September 2011

13-14 September 2011

METEX INDIA 2011 Focus: Metal and metallurgical equipment, technologies and supplies Where: KTPO Trade Centre, Bengaluru Tel: 022 42107804 E-mail: n.seth@koelnmesse-india.com Web: www.metex-india.com

WATERTECH EXPO 2011 Focus: Water and sewage Where: Gujarat University Exhibition Hall, Ahmedabad, Gujarat Tel: 079-40039444 E-mail: marketing@exhiferencemedia.com Web: www.watertechindia.com

THE ENERGY EVENT 2011 Focus: Energy procurement, energy efficiency, metering, carbon reduction, energy policy, cost reduction Where: NEC, Birmingham, West Midlands, England Tel: +44 (0)78 1857 4300 E-mail: steve.swaine@emap.com Web: www.theenergyevent.com

AHMEDABAD 14-17 Oct’ 2011 Gujarat University Exhibition Hall

PUNE 18-21 Nov’ 2011 Auto Cluster Exhibition Centre, Pimpri-Chinchwad

CHENNAI Dec’ 2011 Chennai Trade Centre, Nandambakkam

Tel: 022-30034651 • E-mail: engexpo@infomedia18.in • Web: www.engg-expo.com

INDORE 6-9 Jan’ 2012 Poddar Plaza, Near Gandhi Hall

NEW LAUNCHES

TORCHES

built-in safety device. They prevent

ypertherm has introduced the new Duramax torch technology for its Powermax1000 and Powermax1250 plasma system. Similar to the new Duramax torches introduced earlier with Hypertherm’s new Powermax65 and Powermax85 systems, these torches are designed with durability in mind. They can withstand impacts five times greater than the previous generation of torches and are more heat resistant so they can easily conquer the most demanding job. The torches use a new conical flow nozzle and spring electrode for longer consumable life. The Duramax retrofit torches also offer convenience. They are designed with the same easy torch removal (ETR) connection as the standard Powermax1000 and Powermax1250 torches, enabling switching from the older torch to the new in just seconds. These retrofit torches use the same consumables as Hypertherm’s Powermax65 and Powermax85, allowing customers with a mix of systems to simplify their consumables stock. In addition, Spring Start technology, a new patent-pending design eliminates moving parts within the torch for greater reliability.

Hypertherm (S) Pte Ltd, Singapore Tel: +65-68412489, Fax: +65-68412490 Email: technology.hypertherm@hypertherm.com Website: www.hypertherm.com

MULTI-LAYERED SELF-ADHESIVE FILMS

i-NOC is a multi-layered self-adhesive film with 3M patented complying air release adhesive technology for faster, perfect alignment while applying. With a wide range of patterns that replicate natural materials, Di-NOC is perfectly consistent even across larger areas. Multiple user benefits include: continuous seamless cladding; easy, direct application on walls or partition boards; lightweight, ideal for ceilings, lifts, etc; faster installation; trouble-free, low maintenance costs; zero setting time, no clamping required; uniform adhesive, uniform strength; less mess refurbishment; better looks, with grooves, edges & curves; safe to use; and flexible.

Bosch Ltd, Bengaluru 560 030. Tel: 080-2299 6148, Fax: 080-2299 2724 Email: jc.ravishankar@in.bosch.com

HYDRO CHUCKS

TP Transmission offers the new ETP Hydro-Grip type-G hydro chuck that is historically very tough. But the new generation type-G3 has an even more compact design. These hydro chucks are equipped with the company’s well known

194

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

UALITY

APRIL 2011

R Othe V Etool D from falling out when the chucks TRO

are not pressurised. Pressurising is carried out with an Allen T-wrench. The G3 chucks allow quick, safe & easy tool changes and give a perfect runout and repeatability. The new generation G3 hydro chucks allow one to pressurise the chucks without any inserted tool. The type G3 chucks are designed and manufactured for a router bit shank with the tolerance g6 (h7). The type G3 chuck is balanced to G2,5 at 25000 RPM. The runout is measured at 4xD and the max runout is 0,010 mm. A normally balanced chuck and tool can be used up to a maximum speed of 25000 RPM. L

This section gives information about products, equipment and services available in the market. If you know what you want. . . refer to Product Index on Page 248 to find it quickly

ETP Transmission AB, Italy Tel: +46-13-247100, Fax: +46-13-144708 Email: info@etp.se, Website: www.etp.se, Certification: An ISO 9001 Certified Company

NETWORKED AUDIO SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT KITS

elping audio consumer electronics manufacturers stay ahead of the latest trends in connected entertainment, Texas Instruments Inc, has launched the networked audio software development kit (nSDK), allowing developers to quickly and easily integrate Internet radio and online streaming services into end products based on the DA8x Aureus platform of audio processors. The flexible nSDK enables developers to easily and quickly achieve high-performing, cost-effective solutions for connected consumer products, offering up to nine months of development time savings. The nSDK eases and accelerates ARMbased development for applications such as Internet radios, networked audio video receivers (nAVRs) and other connected audio products.

Texas Instruments India Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru 560 093. Tel: 080-4138 1665, Fax: 080-2504 8308 Email: tiasia@ti.com, Website: www.ti.com

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS

he controller and instrumentation group of Katlax Enterprises have introduced a new range of differential and absolute pressure transducers. The differential pressure transducers are available with LCD display. Whether one monitors inches of water or PSI, these instruments do the job. Users can choose a sensing head from one of six available ranges to suit their requirements. Some of the features include: unsurpassed performance due to CMOS technology; offset- & hysteresis-free; excellent accuracy & reproducibility even below 10 Pa; fully calibrated & temperature compensated; not sensitive to the mounting orientation; sensor continuously monitors differential pressure between two ports; integrated circuit converts differential pressure to electrical signal; optional microcontrollerbased circuit available for future up gradation to connect with SCADA on MODBUS protocol; and conditioning/

NEW LAUNCHES

control circuit can be supplied in enclosure (IP-66). Applications are in variable air volume systems, HVAC, filter pressure drop, fan/ ventilator control, duct air flow measurements, room/cabin pressure control, burner control, CPAP equipment, sleep apnea monitors, etc. Katlax Enterprises Pvt Ltd, Dist Gandhinagar 382 721. Tel: 02764-286784, Fax: 02764â&#x20AC;&#x201C;286793, Mob: 09724506614 Email: info@katlax.com, Website: www.katlax.com

SOLID-STATE RELAYS

mron Asia Pacific offers G3RV solid-state relays (SSRs) that are first slim (6.2 mm) truly industrial relays in the world (claims the company). Compatible with Omronâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s highly popular G2RV series of plug-in relays, these SSRs share many of the benefits, including space saving. However, the solid-state design of the G3RV gives superior life expectancy and reliability, as well as faster switching times and many other benefits. The SSRs are ideal for applications where fast and repetitive load switching is needed. They are perfectly suitable for switching inductive DC loads, such as solenoid valves whereas these work completely wear-free, since they have no mechanical parts. A damping diode is required in order to suppress the counterelectromotive force.

Omron Asia Pacific Pte Ltd, Singapore Tel: +65-68353011, Fax: +65-68398435 Email: webmaster-hq@ap.omron.com, Website: www.omron.com.sg

VIBRATORY BOWL FEEDERS

lscint Automation recently completed an order, which required two toothpaste covers to come out side-by-side in the same orientation. The parts being plastic and with very less dimensional differences between all the sides, the orientation and feeding too was complicated. Two model 250 EV vibratory bowl feeders were used, one clockwise and the other anti-clockwise. As the orientation required at the outlet was the same, the orientation tooling in each ofA P the bowls had to be made differently to match with their NTR clockwise and anti-clockwise directions. Against a required speed of 40 parts per minute, a speed of 50 to 55 parts per minute was achieved. Additionally, a single linear track of 800 mm length with both the chutes mounted on it was used to convey the parts forward. Air jet system to orient the parts was used. A table made of aluminium extruded sections mounted on castor wheels too was also provided. Q

Elscint Automation, Pune 411 026. Tel: 020-2712 2059, Fax: 020-2712 2994 Email: sales@elscintautomation.com Website: www.elscintautomation.com Certification: An ISO 9001 Certified Company A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

195

NEW LAUNCHES

INTERFACE ADAPTERS

ago Corporation’s new interface adapters provide Jumpflex signal conditioners and relays with a tool-free interface to the Wago I/O system or other PLC interfaces. These interface adapters capture analogue/digital signals for eight combined Jumpflex modules, ideal for machines requiring large amounts of input/output signals. Ribbon cable and D-sub connector models provide 8channel connectivity; other interface products connect the interface adapters to Wago’s 16channel digital I/O modules. The interface adapters streamline commissioning and eliminate wiring errors for both field and control levels. To simplify troubleshooting, each interface adapter features marking tag holders and a test location at each channel. Integrated indicators for signal and/or power status are also included. Complementary products include DIN-rail mount interface boards and relay modules. Jumpflex signal conditioners and relays feature an ultra-compact 6mm, DIN-rail mount housing and a flexible jumpering system that eliminates redundant wiring. The signal conditioner modules are rated -25°C to +70°C for wide variety of industrial sensors.

Wago Corporation, USA Tel: +1-262-2556222, Fax: +1-262-2553232 Email: info.us@wago.com, Website: www.wago.com

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

197

POWER TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION

UPS SYSTEMS

ixel Electro Controls offers economy range of UPS systems that come with built-in maintenance-free batteries and a host of salient features like automatic voltage regulation, auto restart, U over-voltage and over-current protection. APP Other features include: line noise and surge suppression, overload protection, O N R O T minimum switch over time, built-in maintenance-free batteries, battery over discharge protection, extended battery run time; discriminative alarm system, automatic recharging of batteries, dependable high performance, auto save auto features, telephone line protection for modem, no load off, etc. C

Pixel Electro Controls, Kota 324 005. Tel: 0744-2424027, Mob: 09214388388 Email: sales@pixels-india.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

DC POWER SUPPLIES

igital Industrial Products offers DC power supplies that are manufactured as per ISO standards. These power supplies feature regulated DC outputs. Output is fixed or continuously variable and all supplies are fully current limited and short circuit protected.

Digital Industrial Products, Noida 201 301. Tel: 0120-2050612, Fax: 0120-2546306, Mob: 09811466845 Email: info@dipnoida.com, Website: www.dip.tradeindia.com

LINE INTERACTIVE UPS SYSTEMS

enus Power Infrastructure offers line interactive UPS systems with wide input voltage window, boost & buck AVR and cold start function. These UPS systems have intelligent CPU control, SMD technology to save space and protection for shortcircuit & overload. Both audible and indication lamp alarm functions are also provided. Protection for overcharge, deep discharge and automated charge current regulation are also incorporated. Wide input frequency range and compatible with small generators, intelligent battery management, dry contact with monitoring software, optional RS232 & USB, and auto restart are some other features of the line interactive UPS systems.

Genus Power Infrastructures Ltd, Jaipur 302 022. Tel: 0141-3911400, Fax: 0141-2771355 Email: metering@genus.in, Website: www.genus.in

OVERHEAD POWER TRANSMISSION TOWERS

lectro Steel Products offers a wide range of HT towers for electricity transmission and supply. These towers are tailormade as per customersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; specifications and requirements. Every HT tower is designed to attain maximum precision & strength. The towers can be supplied to account for future

198

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

extendibility both in height and additional users. Other benefits include: easy inspection & maintenance as corrosion of any elements will be clearly visible and can be easily treated. The HT towers are designed as per maximum loading criteria. Tower ranges up to 400 kV. Also manufactured are various types of user switch structures. Lattices typically provide a more flexible solution compared to monopoles. Some of the benefits are easy addition of additional antennas, flexibility in the feeder installation and good access to the telecommunications equipment. Electro Steel Products, Kolkata 700 073. Tel: 033-2272 4516, Fax: 033-2269 9087, Mob: 09831062522 Email: info@electrogroups.com, Website: www.electrogroups.com

SILENT DIESEL GENERATORS

esta Engineering offers Kirloskar silent diesel generators that are sets are available with air- and water-cooled machines of power varying from 5 kV A to 600 kV A. Salient features of these silent diesel generators include: ready-to-use generator sets; lowest life cycle costs; high generator set availability; and eco-friendly options available. Advantages are: guaranteed availability, immediate delivery, quality power, superior fuel consumption, total service support, compact size, fuel efficient, environment-friendly, etc.

Vesta Engineering, Mumbai 400 080. Tel: 022-3267 8725, Fax: 022-2591 7300, Mob: 09820385529 Email: debo@vestaengineering.net, Website: www.industrialgensets.net

UPS SYSTEMS

i-Rel Electronics manufactures and offers UPS systems (i4 series) that are specifically designed to provide secure power to mission critical loads in refineries, petrochemicals, power generation, steel and process industries as well as for critical data processing applications. These units adopt the most advanced technology available and comfortably surpass the specifications required in all gruelling applications. Three-phase input and single-phase output units are available in rating from 5 kV A to 120 kV A and are custombuilt to usersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; exact specifications. Features include: input reactors to minimise AC mains notching; automatic battery charging float/ boost mode selection; high efficiency IGBT-based inverter; specially designed output transformer for PWM operation; high branch fuse cleaning ability; microprocessor-based digital control & redundant control power supplies; RS232C interface & programmable potential-free contacts as standard; programmable static switch; and comprehensive LED mimic & LCD.

Hi-Rel Electronics Pvt Ltd, Gandhinagar 382 044. Tel: 079-3240 7227, Fax: 079-2322 6498 Email: contact@hirel.net, Website: www.hirel.net

POWER TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION

POWER GENERATORS

G/LPG/biomass gas operated power generators from Hi-Tech Energy Projects are available from 15 kW to 82.5 kW capacity with gas control system. The company also offers biomass gas producing gasifiers suitable for thermal heating ranging from 20,000 kcal/hr to 10,00,000 kcal/hr, for power generating ranging from 15 kW to 800 kW, producer gas plants ranging from 5,00,000 kcal/hr to 50,00,000 kcal/hr. Nowadays electric power and petroleum liquid fuels are costlier and a major stack of cost of production of easy and every industry. After using these equipments the cost of fuel and power will be reduced up to 60 per cent (claims the company).

Hi-Tech Energy Projects, Bhavnagar 364 001. Tel: 0278-2523697, Fax: 0278-252 3697, Mob: 09825674684 Email: energyprojects@sify.com

VOLTAGE SOURCE INVERTERS

irloskar Electric Co offers high efficiency voltage source inverters that are designed for direct-on-line starting and running of three-phase induction motors. High efficiency is achieved by boosting the DC input voltage of 100 to 140 V to establish a DC link voltage and modulating this link voltage with a three phase bridge using insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBT) to produce pulse-width modulated (PWM) three-phase 415 V, 50 Hz output. They are suitable for driving a single motor or more

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

199

POWER TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION

than one motor of different ratings having intermittent duty cycles of operation. The inverters are designed to deliver a continuous load of 25 kV A at 0.8 power factor lagging. Features include: microcomputer-based fully digital controls for inverter and booster, suitable for operation of single motor and multimotors, booster and inverter section with IGBTs, low losses and hence high efficiency, protection against overload and shortcircuit at output, monitoring of supply voltage for electronics, DC link voltage monitoring, heatsink temperature monitoring with limit value switch-off, etc. Applications are in railways and in airconditioning systems in railway coaches. Kirloskar Electric Co Ltd, Bengaluru 560 055. Tel: 080-23572111, Fax: 080-23372488 Email: kec@vrkec.com, Website: www.vrkec.com

DISTRIBUTION CONTROL PANELS

acsan Technologies manufactures and offers superior range of precision engineered distribution control panels. These distribution control panels come with a simple finger pushpull type catch that is located inside the cabinet and opens the deep center swing section. The superior designing of this section and the center swing out feature provides outstanding front and rear access

POWER INVERTER 4 4 4

4 4

200

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

Power inverters are available in two main types â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Pure Sine Wave inverters and Modified Sine Wave inverters. Make sure you buy the inverter that best fits your requirement. Modified Sine Wave inverters are usually more cost-effective as compared to Pure Sine Wave inverters. The choice of the inverter size depends on the wattage of all the electrical devices that need to be connected to the power inverter as well as the maximum number of devices that need to be connected to the inverter at any point of time. Another parameter to be considered is the continuous rating needed for the inverter. Inverter wattage rating is generally of two types â&#x20AC;&#x201C; peak load rating & top continuous load rating. It is the battery that plays an important role in determining the performance of the inverter. Therefore, it is advisable to check the battery specifications as well when deciding on purchasing an inverter. Another parameter to be considered when buying an inverter is the after-sales service offered by the manufacturer as well as any warranty that the company offers.

POWER TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION

to cables and equipment. Further the panels conserve valuable well space. Available in varied sizes, the conduit and fittings are located at the top, bottom and rear for easy wiring installation and maintenance. Racsan Technologies Inc, New Delhi 110 065. Tel: 011-2648 9221, Fax: 011-2646 1386, Mob: 09811172553 Email: racson@bol.net.in

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

G Trading manufactures and offers MSS series distribution boards. These distribution boards are powder coated. SP and N, D boards are available in 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8 pole enclosures. SP and N, D boards are available in 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 and 16 way without busbar. The distribution boards are ideally suited for various domestic and commercial installations. They are also available in tailor-made designs for specific applications.

S G Trading Co, Surat 394 210. Tel: 02612-2278410 Email: info@motiswitchgear.com Website: www.motiswitchgear.com

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

201

POWER TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION

TRANSMISSION TOWERS

K Power Industries offers transmission towers that are available in various types, like goblet, cathead, barrel type, etc. On the basis of their use, these transmission towers can be sorted into strain tower, straightline tower, angle tower, LITY transposition tower (tower forU Atransposition of wire phase position), terminal tower and crossing tower, etc. A few components like tower baseA P P R O V E D are assemblies of welded steel plates for convenience of hot galvanizing anticorrosion, transportation and erection. All kinds of towers are of space truss structures. Bars are connected by black bolts with shearing force. Bars are mainly composed of single equal angle steel or assembling angle steel. The entire tower is composed of angle steels, link plates and bolts. For steel towers with calling height below 60 m, shackles are mounted on one of the main columns for construction people to climb to work. Materials are generally Q235(A3F) and Q345(16Mn). Q

POWER TRANSMISSION BELT

A K Power Industries Pvt Ltd, Howrah 711 101. Tel: 033-2677 5149, Fax: 033-2677 5147, Mob: 09830028880 Email: sales@akpi.in, Website: www.akpi.in Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

202

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

The power transmission belt must have excellent resistance and a high level of power transmissible.

Compared with flat belts, the grip that the belt offers must be almost triple due to the contact established along the slanted sides of the pulley races. This guarantees a better mutual grip.

They are resistant to the action of oil and heat. Since they are electro-conductive, they ensure that the electrostatic charges are deflected properly.

The power transmission belt must meet the ISO 9000 certification requirements.

There should be highly accurate power transmission â&#x20AC;&#x201C; no irregular transmission, no vibration, no backlash.

The power transmission belt must have uniform mechanical properties like long life, quiet running and high speed.

UALITY

POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARDS APPROVED

ower Line Electric India offers power distribution boards, such as tested power distribution boards. These power distribution boards are mainly used to distribute direct current or DC power from one supply to other devices. The power distribution boards monitor and protect DC systems and serve as an effective power distribution system.

Power Line Electric India Pvt Ltd, Ghaziabad 201 002. Tel: 0120-2752608, Mob: 09871373957 Website: www.powerlineelectricindia.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company UALITY

TRANSMISSION TOWERS A P P R O V E D upreme & Co offers a comprehensive

POWER DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS

KP Transformers offers power distribution transformers that are manufactured with the latest design concepts. Unique techniques in coil winding safeguard against injurious effects I T Yoverloads and fault currents. Multi-layer helical of overvoltage U A Lor windings, sectional windings with/without radial canals and continuous disc APP R Owindings V E D are adopted, depending on the voltage, current and insulation strength needed. Sufficient interlayer insulation, correlated to the test voltage across layers is provided. Adequate radial or axial a ducts wherever necessary are provided in the winding to permit oil circulation and to prevent formation of hot spots. The uniform voltage distribution throughout the length of the winding safeguards against concentration of voltage stresses. Scrupulous ampere-turns balance between the high and low voltage coils ensures limiting short circuit forces and undue radial leakages flux and heating giving a long service life to the insulation.

POWER TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION

SKP Transformers, Ahmedabad 382 330. Tel: 079-2282 3339, Fax: 079-22823339; Mob: 09825050168 Email: skptrans@rediffmail.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

Supreme & Co Pvt Ltd, Kolkata 700 020. Tel: 033-2474 7565, Fax: 033-2476 1955, Mob: 09903999524 Email: baby.shipping@supreme.in Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

ittal India offers power distribution systems (RiLine60) that are easy to install and save time. The system structure consists of holder, base tray, and busbars constitute new safety and functional units with identical system dimensions. Rails of

204

range of transmission towers that are O manufactured utilising galvanized steel. These tall steel lattice structures are extensively used to support overhead electricity conductors for electric power transmission.

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

POWER TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION

rectangular and PLS format can easily be inserted in the respective holders. The integrated locating block is automatically adapted to widths of 15, 20, 25, or 30 mm. RiLine60 system range includes a completely newly developed connection adaptor line which provides for each cross section the correct connection by means of six stepped versions also for looping through. The device adaptor is available in two different basic versions of identical platform technology for device installation. Innovative mounting technique at the reinforced base tray section allows the device adaptors to be attached easily, time-saving, and independently of the busbar cross-section. Rittal India Pvt Ltd, Dist Bengaluru 561 203. Tel: 080-2351 9792, Fax: 080-2762 3343, Mob: 09342412004 Email: mallik@rittal-india.com, Website: www.rittal-india.com

POWER TRANSMISSION GEARBOXES

anitech offers power transmission horizontal worm gearboxes that are specially designed for stone processing machines, like gangsaws, block dressing machines, gantries, etc. These power transmission gearboxes are widely used in various industrial and processing machines.

Manitech, Jaipur 302 001. Tel: 0141-2374833, Mob: 09413374833

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

205

TELECOM EQUIPMENT APPROVED

TELECOM TOWERS & SHELTERS

inesh Microwaves & Electronics manufactures and exports a wide range of high quality equipment for telecom solutions. These equipments include telecom towers & accessories, telecom shutters & enclosures, telecom components, wave guide components & coaxial couplers that serve as the ultimate solution to all possible telecommunication problems faced in daily lives. Telecom enclosures and green shelters are offered to protect highly sensitive telecom equipments. Also designed are enclosures and shelters as per customers’ requirements. The design has been very comfortable to place for BTS equipments, amplifiers, power interface units, SMPS power supplies/chargers, batteries, MW racks and tools. The systems are efficiently designed considering the heat generated by the enclosed equipment and environment temperature variations. Features include: shelters are prefabricated, phase change material, structurally stable, modular cells, self-load bearing, panel locking inside the cell, non-deteriorating, odourless, parasite/fungi/moth/ verminproof, thermally insulated, watertight & dustproof, easy & quick assemble.

mounting space. External width of the rack is mm. The racks/telecom racks are available in three standard depths: 300 mm, 450 mm and 600 mm. Hold-down bracket protects add on cards from shock and vibrations. Chassis body is made from heavy-duty steel and powder-coated with polyester paint. Two-post racks with a comprehensive range of accessories are also offered. To fully meet customers’ requirements, the racks can also be modified

R O600

Dinesh Microwaves & Electronics, Coimbatore 641 104. Tel: 09952444222, Fax: 04254-273092, Mob: 09543205678 Email: dinesh.microwaves@hotmail.com Website: www.dineshmicrowaves.co.in

TELECOMMUNICATION & INDUSTRIAL TOOLS

abroco Corporation offers high quality telecommunication tools, computer tools and industrial tools from Pro’sKit Taiwan. These tool kits contain different sizes of insulated screwdrivers (1000 V), pliers and cutters. Other tool kits contain crimping tools, wrenches cutters, sockets, multimeters, soldering stations and many other important tools for telecom and industrial people in one bag. The tool kits are used for test instruments, electrical pliers & cutters, knife & scissors, crimpers, strippers, punch down tools, connectors, soldering & disordering tools, fibreoptic tools, tool cases, etc.

Nabroco Corporation, Lucknow 226 016. Tel: 0522-2815825, Mob: 09935499966 Email: info@nabroco.com, Website: www.nabroco.com

TELECOM EQUIPMENT RACKS

msNetTech offers telecom equipment racks in a comprehensive range of options and accessories, for instance front glass door rear panel & plain steel door simple and advance DC power distribution panels exhaust fan kit, etc. Standard configuration of the cabinets comprises of a top base and two sides with integrated equipment mounting slots. Standard rack height is approximately 2200 mm giving 82 SU of equipment

A 206

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

UALITY

and customised. AmsNetTech, Bengaluru 560 008. Tel: 080-2557 2409, Fax: 080-4132 0878, Mob: 09448082217 Email: info@amsnettech.com, Website: www.amsnettech.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

TELECOM TRANSFORMERS

lectrohms manufactures and offers telecom transformers that are custom-designed to work with the latest chip-sets and specific application requirements. These products are available in SMD and PTH packages. They are equivalents to other leading transformer manufacturers (claims the company). The products are International system- and safety standards-compliant. Technical specifications include: system ITD T-g 992 1 ANS TI 401, & 4119, ISDN 4B 3T & 2B1Q, etc; and safety EN 41003, EN 60950, UL 1459, UL 1950, etc. Applications include: low-speed V.32, V.32 bis, V.34 & V.29; telephone-switch line cards, terminal equipment, payphones, etc; xDSL subscriber & CO modems; ISDN interface equipment; and STM-1, 4, 16, DWDM, SDH equipment V.90 modems.

Electrohms Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru 560 022. Tel: 080-4349 2200, Fax: 080-2357 1852 Email: sales@electrohms.com, Website: www.electrohms.com

DIGITAL EPABX SYSTEMS heth Enterprise offers digital EPABX systems with unique features. Their salient features include: auto attendant, CLI based routing, auto fax detection, call & trunk budgeting, least cost routing, 10000 calls ASMDR & 10000 calls ASMDR, music on hold, default & programmable default, multiple voice guidance prompts, PRI, CTI, etc.

Sheth Enterprise, Ahmedabad 380 014. Tel: 079-2768 3013, Fax: 079-2768 3013, Mob: 09824032343 Email: info@shethgroup.net, Website: www.shethgroup.net

TELECOM & TRANSMISSION TOWERS

gis Engineering Corporation offers turnkey solutions for transmission towers, sub-station structures from 33 kV to 440 kV with civil foundation and supply. Also supplied are telecom towers, such as roof top towers (RTT), ground base towers (GBT), delta poles, CCTV towers, watch towers, wind mills, etc. All the raw materials are from reputed manufactures and

TELECOM EQUIPMENT

fabrication retailing is done with the help of TEKLA structure software, which reduces misalignment & mismatch at site. All the finished goods are hot dip galvanised up to 80 microns and are as per specifications laid down by CPRI, IIT, and IS. Telecom towers and transmission towers are also provided as per the clientsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; requirements and specifications. Ogis Engineering Corporation, Mumbai 400 078. Tel: 022-64187083, Mob: 09224439364 Fax: 022-25664785

INDUSTRIAL TELEPHONES

ele-Net Engineers manufactures and offers various types of industrial telephones for both safe and non-hazardous areas of the plant. These telephones are required where use of normal telephones is prohibited either due to safety regulations or due to environmental conditions or due to high ambient noise. Two models of the industrial phones are available, viz, flameproof telephones and weatherproof

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

207

TELECOM EQUIPMENT

telephones. Flameproof phones are intrinsically safe and are suitable for all hazardous areas of gas groups I, IIA, IIB and IIC. Weatherproof phones are IP-66 protected and are suitable for all non-hazardous areas. Some of the features of these phones include: robust material of construction aluminum, tone dialing line powered, noise-canceling microphone, external fibre canopy, built-in ringer, highly reliable, efficient operation, lowcost and good clarity in speech.

GENERATOR SYSTEMS

Tele-Net Engineers, Mumbai 400 064. Tel: 022-6694 2987, Fax: 022-6691 6180 Email: telenet@vsnl.com

You will also need to know a few terms and have a basic understanding of the different types of generator sets and their operating principles.

First determine if you need a stand-by or a prime power generator. A prime power set is required when you have no other source of power. A stand-by set is a backup for normal utility power.

Choose a single phase set if you do not have any motors above five horsepower. Three-phase power is better for motor starting and running.

Choose which type of generator you need â&#x20AC;&#x201C; diesel run or gas run generator. Diesel run generators are better due to their longevity and lower operating costs.

Todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s modern diesels are quiet and normally require less maintenance than comparably sized gas (natural gas or propane) units.

Also consider the operating speed of the generator while making a selection.

PRECISION TELECOM COMPONENTS ALIT

Y R Metal manufactures a wide range ofU quality precision telecom components that are offered in different specifications. The precision engineering standards help in providing tight fixing of parts and components in place. Sturdy grips also efficiently perform the function of providing durable holding during many repair and maintenance processes.

R R Metal Pvt Ltd, Noida 201 309. Tel: 0120-2427107, Fax: 0120-4358636 Email: info@rrmpl.in; Website: www.rrcabletrayindia.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

208

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

TELECOM EQUIPMENT

PBX SYSTEMS

atrix Telecom offers PBX systems (Proton-103) that are compact and loaded with value added features, which reduces cost and enhances productivity. These PBX systems support microcontroller-based design and state-of-the-art surface mount technology (SMT) ensuring high reliability and low maintenance cost. Key features include: Auto call back (station user need not keep dialing busy station repeatedly); call pick-up (with this feature, user can answer the call of his colleague from his own desk without physically going to his extension); call splitting (allows users to talk with two persons alternatively by dialing flash only); conference (supports 3 party conferences with other extensions or trunks, thus enhancing team work and better communication); and executive secretary (one can transfer all calls for the boss through secretary).

Matrix Telecom Pvt Ltd, Vadodara 390 010. Tel: 0265-2630555, Fax: 0265-2636598 Email: info@matrixtelesol.com; Website: www.matrixtelesol.com

EPABX SYSTEMS

annon Electronic Systems offers CLI series EPABX systems with built-in features. The features include: extension-toextension call, call transfer, call pick-up, call hold, auto call back extension as well as P&T, conference-5 party, direct outward dialing, call forwarding, follow me, call budgeting, abbreviated dialing, personal memory bank, barge-in with/without tone,

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

209

TELECOM EQUIPMENT

Cannon Electronic Systems, Kolkata 700 010. Tel: 033-2370 0943, Fax: 033-2370 4568, Mob: 09831016460 Email: info@cannonsecurity.co.in, Website: www.cannonsecurity.co.in

elf-supporting galvanised steel towers from Zeppelin Mobile Systems are erected on the ground or on roof tops. These galvanised steel towers act as cantilever trusses in carrying wind and seismic loads. Ground based towers have height ranging from 18 m to 100 m for various loads. Roof top towers have height ranging from 12 m to 30 m for various loads. Monopoles height ranges from 3 m to 12 m.

UALITY

GALVANISED STEEL TOWERS A P P R O V E D

210

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

Special design mounts are used for any type of tower antenna/ loading. Specially designed antenna support is also available. Types of self-supporting towers (based on cross-section of tower) include: square towers, rectangular towers, triangular towers, and delta towers. Based on placement of tower, ground based towers and rooftop towers are also offered. Zeppelin Mobile Systems India Ltd, Noida 201 305. Tel: 0120-2563480, Fax: 0120-2563485 Email: zmi@zeppelinindia.com Website: www.zeppelinindia.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

TELECOM RACKS ohan Infotech manufactures and offers telecom rack in 19â&#x20AC;? for ODF/MUX/Tx equipment. These racks are generally used to house or mount the 19â&#x20AC;? equipment in the form of MUX, ODF transmission ALITY equipment and other networking equipments. the racks offer maximum available R OGenerally VED space inside the rack for better upliftment of N T the R O equipment and cables. The overall frame is welded in solid hard rock and all other parts are assembled in latch/locking style with the frame to provide easy access to all other parts of the rack and to the equipments when installation occurs. Welded rock solid structure is lockable doors and side panels. In order to provide physical security to the equipments,

R L

extension privacy, call camp-on, call parking, do not disturb, hotline, walkup alarm, optional reservation of incoming & outgoing calls, truck groups, hot outward dialing, truck queuing, last number redial, programming retention, tone/pulse compatible, music on hold with extra jack input, remote programming, dynamic licking, 94/95/98 locking facility, low battery cutoff, auto day right mode RTC based, wall mountable, extension status display, intercom CLI if CLI instrument is connected on extension, call disconnector, CLI facility on transfer of CLI, voice guided DID (separate message), printer port parallel type, serial port RS232, etc.

TELECOM EQUIPMENT

networking equipments & data and to provide unauthorised access to critical IT equipments, lockable doors are provided. The locks are either in key-opened lock or can be by access of card or by geographical thumb impression, as per the requirements of customers. Rohan Infotech, Gurgaon 122 001. Tel: 0124-2212139, Fax: 0124-6451566, Mob: 09560454046 Email: info@rohaninfotech.com Website: www.rohaninfotech.com Certification: An ISO 9004:2008 Certified Company

TELECOM ENCLOSURES

-Pack Polymers manufactures, installs and maintains a wide range of telecom enclosures, including green shelters for accommodating highly sensitive telecom equipments. Each shelter has sufficient space for accommodating MW racks, BTS equipment, power interface units, batteries and SMPS battery chargers. These systems are efficiently designed considering the heat generated by the enclosed equipment and environment temperature variations.

E-Pack Polymers Pvt Ltd, Greater Noida 201 306. Tel: 0120-2569078, Fax: 0120-2569079 Website: www.epackpolymers.com

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

211

HANNOVER MESSE

shida Electronics offers 3OC+1EF numerical relay (model ADR241B) that are multifunction overcurrent/earth fault relays designed for requirements of typical medium voltage feeder. All relays are designed using latest numerical technology and programmable digital input and outputs to minimised external contact multiplication electromechanical relays. They are tested for EMI/EMC noise as per international IEC specifications. General U A L I T Ybreaker failure detection; features include: trip circuit supervision; monitoring functions; auto reclose relay; negative phase sequence; APPROVED relay/LED configuration; large 20x4 LCD display for parameter & setting display; disturbance recorder; fully communicable with IEC standard open protocol; 6 digital output (DO) & 8 optically isolated digital status input (DI); programmable logic of DI/DO; and 100 nos of event memory, 10 nos of fault data stored with keypad interface and time stamping. Technical specifications are: 4 element overcurrent IDMT/DMT with instant trip; 2 setting groups; and 4 stages of phase over-current element. Hall 12, Stand A06 Q

Ashida Electronics Pvt Ltd, Thane 400 604. Tel: 022-2582 7524, Fax: 022-2580 4262, Mob: 09967789919 Email: sales@ashidaelectronics.com, Website: www.ashidaprotection.com Certification: An ISO:9001 Certified Company

SPEED REDUCERS

haft-mounted speed reducers offered by Involute Trading Corporation are available in 11 sizes, from A to L with power rating of up to 150 kW. Some of the advantages of these speed reducers include: re-engineered gearing to give higher power to weight ratio; sturdy cast iron housings; keyless taper clamp hubs in stainless steel 410, prevent fretting corrosion & allow easy removal from the shaft; shaft-mounted screw conveyor units with CEMA flanges; and various accessories available: backstops, motor mounts, labyrinth sealing to protect oil-seals, hub covers, etc. Hall 25, Stand B08

Insta Control Pvt Ltd, Pune 411 023. Tel: 020-2529 2112, Fax: 020-2529 2113, Mob: 09850890822 Email: thermo5@vsnl.com, Website: www.instacontrols.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES

onnectwellâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s range of DIN rail mounting, single and threephase switching power supplies (SMPS) are available in a wide variety of power ratings, ranging from 5 W to 960 W with efficiencies as high as 93 per cent. These power supplies are housed in aesthetically appealing IP20 plastic and metal casings LITY U Atwo and are available in form factors: standard slim design and low height, step type design. They offer a host of standard features, A P P R O V Elike D full input range selection, input fuse protection, input overvoltage protection, O internal input filters, output short-circuit protection, accurate line & load regulation and high reliability because of fanless construction. Certain models of power supplies also carry advanced features, like in-built power factor correction, output ready signal and the possibility of connecting multiple power supplies in parallel to increase the power output. Also offered are redundancy modules (diode O-ring modules), which help connect power supplies in standby or redundancy mode for mission critical applications. Hall 12, Stand F76

Connectwell Industries Pvt Ltd, Dist Thane 421 204. Tel: 0251-287 0766, Fax: 0251-287 0889 Email: sales@connectwell.com, Website: www.connectwell.com

PISTON SEALS

otamic Hydraulics manufactures and offers piston seals (type PS008) that consist of two-piece seal set for sealing pistons with one seal ring and one energiser O-ring. The PS008 ALITY piston seals have two differentUtypes of combination, ie, PS008-N and PS008-F for different temperature range. Some of the A P P R O V E D properties of these piston seals include: low friction, free of stick slip; high abrasion resistance; wide temperature range; good thermal conductivity; low wear & high extrusion resistance; wide fluid application range; resistance against cold flow; and minimum installation space required. Applications are in mobile hydraulics, injection moulding machines, machine tools, material handling equip0ment, control & regulating apparatus, etc. Hall 19, Stand D17

not acceptable, the company offers dual-type TPUs. These dual TPUs use the signal of PTC thermistors of 2 different temperatures. The lower temperature signal is used for giving an alarm and if no corrective action is taken then the motor will trip when the higher temperature is achieved. The TPUs are available for a wide range of input AC and DC voltages. Hall 12, Stand A06

NUMERICAL RELAYS

Involute Tooling Corporation, New Delhi 110 003. Tel: 011-24621453, Fax: 0129-4279009 Email: involute@vsnl.com, Website: www.involutetools.com

THERMISTOR PROTECTION UNITS

212

nsta Control manufactures thermistor protection units (TPUs) that are used along with PTC thermistors for over-temperature ALITY protection of electric motors, Utransformers and other equipment. These TPUs have 2 NC and 2 NO potential-free unit P R thermistors OVED contacts. They use the signal ofA P PTC for contact changeover. The thermistor protection units are suitable for DIN rail mounting as well as chassis mounting and can be easily used in the panels as they are very compact. For continuous processes in which sudden tripping of the motor is SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

Rotamic Hydraulics Pvt Ltd, Kolkata 700 013. Tel: 033-2225 7796, Fax: 033-2225 7797 Email: info@rotamic.co.in, Website: www.rotamic.co.in Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

HANNOVER MESSE

AC AXIAL FANS

ompact AC axial fans offered by Rexnord Electronics & UALITY Controls are used for instrument cooling and ventilating purpose. A full range of AC axialAfans P P in R O115 V EVDand 230 V are available. These fans come in industry-standard sizes ranging from 80 mm x 80 mm x 25 mm to 220 mm x 220 mm x 60 mm, with standard mounting holes. The AC fans are designed to provide silent operation and utilise sealed ball bearing construction for superior life expectancy. CED coating on diecast aluminum body is highly durable, fire & corrosion resistant and withstand 1000 hours of salt spray test. Applications are in control panels, strapping machines, UPS systems, vending machines, currency counting machines, welding machines, etc. Hall 12, Stand A06

Rexnord Electronics & Controls Ltd, Mumbai 400 067. Tel: 022-2868 6088, Fax: 022-2868 7784, Mob: 07838118093 Email: sales@rexnordindia.com, Website: www.rexnordindia.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

HYDRAULIC COUPLINGS

ube-to-stud hydraulic bite-type couplings manufactured and offered by Ahuja Industries are available as per DIN:2353/ ISO:8434 standards. These couplings come in carbon, steel, brass and stainless steel SS304/316. They are designed to perform in extreme pressure up to 630 bars, temperature (from -40째C to +120째C) and vibration conditions to be used for different hydraulic

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

213

HANNOVER MESSE

and pneumatic applications. Couplings are best suited for steel, copper or stainless steel tubes where brazing, soldering, welding, flaring or threading is not possible or permissible. The fittings are flareless three-piece design comprising of a socket body having a precision conical seat, one-piece precision machined hardened progressive ring (ferrule) and a coupling nut. Some of the advantages include: safe, reliable and stand life-time guarantee; fitting size range from 6 mm to 42 mm OD tube; stud end available threads in metric, BSP, UNF & BSPT/NPT, etc. Hall 23, Stand A11 Ahuja Industries, Jaipur 302 006 . Tel: 0141-2211348, Fax: 0141-2212295, Mob: 9314836313/15 Email: info@tufit.com, Website: www.tufit.com

INSULATION TESTERS

214

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

ippen Electrical Instruments offers insulation testers that ALITY are used for direct reading of Uinsulation resistance of electrical rotating machines, power distribution lines, APPROVED communication cables, insulators, control and switching equipment, etc. These are robust instruments, incorporating a built-in handdriven generator and a solid-state circuit for a stabilised DC output. The insulation

APRIL 2011

testers meet requirements of Indian Standard Specifications IS:2992-1987 for insulation resistance measuring instruments. These instruments are supplied in two types of cases: an injection moulded ABS plastic case, where the unique geometry of the cabinet makes it practically unbreakable due to accidental falls and bumps; and a sturdy and elegant aluminum cast case with carrying handle which makes there conveniently portable. The insulation testers have two sections that are dust-free. Rotary magnet type generator runs smooth with minimum noise because of the excellent dynamic balance of rotating parts. Hall 12, Stand D11 Nippen Electrical Instruments Co, Mumbai 400 059. Tel: 022-2920 1581, Fax: 022-2920 5346 Email: nippen@nippenco.com, Website: www.nippenco.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

EXTRUDER GEARBOXES

remium Transmission manufactures and offers GHE series extruder gearboxes. The gear units are quite capable to transmit the high torque required for pressurising and plasticising moulding materials and also to absorb the high axial thrust load through built-in spherical roller thrust bearing. The axial bearing housing is standardised to accommodate suitable thrust bearings and corresponding output shafts with key are splined. Power ranges up to 250 kW with reduction ratio up to 25.6/1. Sizes range from 112 mm to 355 mm center distance. Type is single screw extruder.

HANNOVER MESSE

Applications are in plastic extrusion and PVC extrusion. Industry served is plastics. Hall 24, Stand B32/1 Premium Transmission Ltd, Pune 411 019. Tel: 020-6631 4100, Fax: 020-2745 0287 Email: snr@premiumtransmission.com Website: www.premiumtransmission.com

CABLE GLANDS

eshavaria Exports manufactures and offers different types of brass and steel electrical wiring accessories, electrical conduit pipe fittings and brass cable glands. All cable glands are manufactured and tested to the requirements of BS:6121â&#x20AC;&#x201C;1:2005 and EN 50262:1999. The cable glands are manufactured as standard in brass extrusion (BS 2874 CZ121 Pb3), aluminium extrusion (BS 1476 or EN 755) and mild steel & stainless steel 316 (BS 970). Alternatively materials include brass casting (BS 2874) and free from blowholes, spots, porosity or any casting defects. The cable glands are applicable for indoor or outdoor use with all types of armoured and unarmoured cable. These provide cablesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; inner as well as outer sheath sealing. They also provide mechanical cable retention and electrical continuity. Hall 12, Stand G06

Peshavaria Exports Pvt Ltd, Jamnagar 361 004. Tel: 0288-2561212, Fax: 0288-2560790, Mob: 09825210389 Email: info@peshavaria-exports.com, Website: www.peshavaria-exports.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM COMPOSITE PANELS

lucore is an aluminum composite panel consisting of two cover sheets and a honeycomb core of aluminum that is used for various applications in transport and industry. According to 3A Composites, the product manifests very good properties such as particular flatness and high formability. The aluminum honeycomb core gives the composite panel a high load capacity with a very low weight. According to the exhibitors, the material also has an increased weather resistance since the sides are especially lacquered to increase resistance to industrial pollution. Hall 6, Stand A35

3A Composites GmbH, Germany Tel: +49-7731-803500, Fax: +49-7731-803510 Email: info@alucobond.com, Website: www.alucobond.com

DISTRIBUTION BOXES

urrelektronik offers the new food & beverage distribution boxes. The housing is cast out of a single-piece of stainless steel, which means a more simple design without surface pockets, grooves or indentations where food particles can adhere. Rounded edges facilitate cleaning. All gaskets are made without any fissures. A smooth and sealed surface is part of our hygienic and reliable design. Mounting brackets on the side make sure that the mounting distance is perfect to avoid small fissures but allow enough room for quick and convenient cleaning, for eg, with a high-pressure cleaner. A light gray homerun cable that repels dirt

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

215

HANNOVER MESSE

and is resistant to common cleaning agents also meets the high F&B industry requirements. It is connected to the distribution box with a newly developed stainless steel gland. The distribution boxes meet all requirements and directives regarding the cleaning of components in process plant engineering. Hall 9, Stand D27 Murrelektronik GmbH, Germany Tel: +49-7191-47232, Fax: +49-7191-47236 Email: fred.huebl@murrelektronik.de, Website: www.murrelektronik.de

POWER PANELS

&R Industrie-Elektronik offers power panels (model PP65) that are equipped with a powerful Geode LX800 processor with 500 MHz clock frequency. With this computing power, the PP65 provides performance that was previously only achieved by the PP400. Therefore, the PP65 power panels are especially suitable for multi-axis applications that require lots of computing power but only have limited space in the switching cabinet. These are available with two different display types that have identical installation dimensions. A 5.7” model with touch screen (without function keys) and a 3.5” model with touch screen and 30 function keys allow flexible machine implementation. The power panels are equipped with 2 USB interfaces and a fast Ethernet port for exchanging data with higher level systems. They are available with integrated X2X or PowerLink interfaces options for connecting remote I/O and drives. The devices can be extended with RS232/RS485, CAN and Profibus DP slave interfaces depending on the requirements. Hall 9, Stand D28

B&R Industrie-Elektronik GmbH, Germany Tel: +49-6172-40190, Fax: +49-6172-457790 Email: international.sales@br-automation.com, Website: www.br-automation.com

COLD DRAWN PRECISION STEEL TUBES

ee Young Industrial Company manufactures and offers various kinds of fluid power transmission series and line operation series products. Cold drawn precision steel tubes (YT20C) are one of merchandises. These are available in ID Ø20 to 180 mm; OD Ø25-202 mm; and other specifications can be custom-made, if needed. Materials of construction of these products include: JIS G3445, STKM 18A; JIS G4105 SAE4130, SCM415, SCM430, SNCM415 or SNCM430. The tubes are characterised by the dimension accuracies and surface roughness of cold drawn steel tubes are better than hot rolled tubes. Hence, their ID accuracies consist with international standards Ø20~75=H9, Ø80~90=H10, Ø95~180=H11. Various usages of cold drawn precision steel tubes involve shock absorber for motorcycle and automobile, door open stay, exercise equipment, condensing unit tube, outer shell of motor, gas spring for furniture, jack, etc. Hall 20, Stand D16, (11)

216

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

HANNOVER MESSE

Yee Young Industrial Co, Ltd, Taiwan Tel: +886-4-7990077, Fax: +886-4-7992277 Email: yy799@ms.22.hinet.net, Website: www.fluid-power.com.tw

SAMPLE PREPARATION PLATFORMS

ayer Technology Services offers SpectroBAY sample preparation platforms for online spectroscopy. So far process streams could only be measured directly and untreated using NIR-probes. The SpectroBAY sample preparation is a modular sample preparation. It can be used for sample pre-treatments, like filtration or dilution. It also transports the sample as well as other solutions, for eg, for calibration or cleaning to the analyser. The hardware of the sample preparation can be adjusted specifically to customer requirements. Different hardware modules, like syringe-pumps, filters, agitators, peristaltic pumps, multi-port valves etc. can be combined. The companyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s ARTS software is used to control the system and to process the measurement data and monitor the components. In the automated SpectroBAY online platform the sample preparation replaces the manual sample pretreatment. It can also be used to automate other online or laboratory analysers. Hall 11, Stand B34

Bayer Technology Services GmbH, Germany Tel: +49-214-3057878, Fax: +49-214-3050302 Email: ludger.bruell@bayertechnology.com Website: www.bayertechnology.com

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

217

MADHYA PRADESH

Scientific Mes-Technik Pvt Ltd, Indore 452 015. Tel: 0731-2422330, Fax: 0731-2422334, Mob: 09926666047 Email: info@scientificindia.com, Website: www.scientificindia.com

plants. Reliable and accurate level sensors that are equipped with advanced configuration, intelligent security and have a better sense of liquid levels are the modern era solutions that will help telecom companies in saving millions in years to come. With a host of solutions available now for fuel level sensing, the best product that combines the benefits of capacitance and low cost reliable fuel sensing is TransLite from Sapcon Instruments. Equipped with fuel specific circuits, adjustable flanges and pilfer-proof switching, the TransLite protects fuel pilferage by accurate level detection and protection against unauthorised tempering with fuel measurement devices. Salient features are: low power consumption, wide range of power supply, high resolution output, high competence, thermal drift compensated, turbulence immune, compact size, compatibility, etc. Sapcon Instruments Pvt Ltd, Indore 452 004. Tel: 0731-247 5751, Fax: 0731-2475475 Email: sales@sapcon.in, Website: www.sapcon.in

SURFACE PLATES & TABLES

ash Precision Tools offers cast iron surface plates and tables that serve as precision reference bases for inspection, tool making, gauging, spotting, marking and layout operations. The stands enable proper leveling of plate and help provide the top surface at a convenient working height of approximately 850 mm to 900 mm from the floor. The surface plates are generally made as per IS:2285-1991, DIN:876 and BS:817. These are also made from close grained plain cast iron conforming to grade FG:220 of IS:210-1978. Castings are stress relieved. Flatness deviation of any local area of 250 mm x 250 mm of working surface does not exceed 0.003 mm for plates of grade-0, 0.007 mm for plates of grade-1, 0.015 mm for plates of grade-2, and 0.030 mm for plates of grade-3. Bearing area is not less then 20 per cent for grade-0, 15 per cent for grade-1 and 10 per cent for grades 2 & 3.

Jash Precision Tools Ltd, Indore 452 015. Tel: 0731-2422776, Fax: 0731-2421830, Mob: 09755599671 Email: info@jashmetrology.com, Website: www.jashmetrology.com

FUEL LEVEL SENSORS

218

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

4 4 4 4

4 4 4

APRIL 2011

indhya Kabelmats offers intermediate cu or alu Y U A L I T(India) drawing machines with annealers. Salient features of these A P drawing P R O V E machines D intermediate include: horizontal-type drawing machine; rapid change of dies; ring-type drawing capstans for convenient maintenance & replacement; and drive control of drawing speed synchronisation & computer die schedule autoarrangement. Online continuous

POWER UPS SYSTEM

eading telecom service providers have been using diesel generators for running their mobile towers. Pilferage of fuel from these mobile towers is a threat that not only wastes thousands of gallons of fuel each year from these

INTERMEDIATE DRAWING MACHINES

ANALOGUE OSCILLOSCOPES

cientific Mes-Technik offers analogue oscilloscopes (model HM400) with reference-class in sensitivity and input voltage range. These oscilloscopes have two channels with deflection coefficients 1 mV/div to 20V/div, variable up to 50 V/div. Time base is from 100ns/div to 0.2s/ div, with X magnification to 10ns/div. Low noise measuring amplifiers are provided with high pulse fidelity and minimum overshoot. Peak-to-peak trigger is also provided for stable triggering from 0-50 MHz at 0.5 div signal level (up to 80 MHz at 1 div). Other features include: autoset, save/recall memories for 6 instrument settings; Yt- and XY-mode with Z-input for intensity modulation; component characterisation with component tester (two terminal network measurement) for use within service; and low power consumption without fan.

Increase UPS capacity to allow for future load capacity expansion. Take into account that rated battery backup time refers generally to new batteries and deteriorates during the battery’s life time. Don’t buy backup time that you don’t need. Longer autonomy time does not mean better equipment. Prefer systems with an extended battery option and with the ability to increase power by adding parallel units when more power is needed. Make sure that the UPS is equipped with the required types and amount of output receptacles. Make sure that the UPS comes with a software, which automatically & gracefully shuts down all back-up computers. Make sure that the UPS includes surge protectors on input and communication lines. Make sure that the UPS performs automatic battery tests, warning whenever the batteries should be replaced. Otherwise, you will discover that your computer goes down when the lights turn off. Do not be tempted to buy the manually initiated test.

MADHYA PRADESH

annealers, single spoolers or double spoolers with auto-bobbin change, or continuous basket down coilers are also available. The intermediate drawing machines are used for copper and aluminium rod break down purposes. Vindhya Kabelmats (India) P Ltd , Rewa 486 006 . Tel: 07662-220235, Fax: 07662-220207, Mob: 09425184996 Email: vinkmat_rwa@hotmail.com Website: www.vindhyakabelmats.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

STAINLESS STEEL TUBES

old drawn seamless stainless steel tubes offered by Bhandari Foils & Tubes are available in sizes ranging from 6.35 mm (OD) to 101.60 mm (OD), with thickness and length as per customerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s specifications. Materials are ordered to comply with the requirements of ASTMA-213 A-213 213 13 I inn grades TY UdA L430 304, 304L, 304H, 316, 316L, 321, 347, 410 0 and aannnd 43 4 30 3 0 grades gr gr regularly. Special grades can be made asA s Ppe pper e r c customerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s custom cust us u s t o m PROVED requirements. The tubes are manufactured e d from ed frrom selected selec sele s le Ode mother hollow pipes of required size and grade. ggrraaad dNeT. RT Th They The hee are Oh also manufactured by cold drawing process. All tubes t b bee aare then annealed to a minimum temperature, straightened, pickled and passivated, end finished and 100 per cent tested in accordance with ASTM A-450. C

Bhandari Foils & Tubes Ltd, Dewas 455 001. Tel: 07272-259160, Fax: 07272-258663 Email: sales@bhandarigroup.in, Website: www.bhandarigroup.in Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

219

MADHYA PRADESH

VIAL & BOTTLE CAP SEALING MACHINES

nju Pharmaceuticals offers vial and bottle cap sealing machines that are compact, versatile and elegantly finished devices for sealing vials & bottles of various sizes and BT (transfusion) bottles or similar containers with aluminum or plastic caps. The vials ready for sealing are placed oneby-one on the self-lifting stainless steel platform. This platform lifts upward automatically. As a result of which the vials touch the sealing head, thereby lifting the head upwards. Sufficient time is provided to remove the vial platform after the completion of sealing operation. Salient features include: perfect & uniform sealing, therefore no manual involvement; no repeated setting required; sealing rollers rotate on bearings to give smooth motion for uniform sealing; minimum time required for changeover from one size of vial to another; and no lubrication required.

Anju Pharmaceuticals, Indore 452 001 . Tel: 0731-2523968, Fax: 0731-2856142 Email: anjupharma@hotmail.com

POLYPROPYLENE SAMPLERS

rescent Technologies offers polypropylene samplers that are designed especially for collecting sample from the reactors. The material of construction is polypropylene so it is suitable to most of chemicals. These samplers are available with 1000 mm extension rode made out of polypropylene and length can be extended very easily up to 5 m by means of additional rods of polypropylene. The polypropylene samplers find applications in bulk

220

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

DIGITAL EPABX SYSTEM 4

Cost of investment - Costs should be calculated taking into account all the future operational costs and cost of moves, adds & changes.

Platforms should be preferred over boxes. Platforms allow additions and changes in the communications network built around them.

Avoid proprietary and closed architecture-based solutions.

See to it that upgrades are easier and cheaper on non-proprietary and open standard platforms.

Buy a solution that is inter-operable with applications from a diverse set of vendors and solution providers.

As advisable, the reliability of the vendor must be confirmed from existing customers.

The EPABX purchased must be one that can be easily migrated to IP.

MADHYA PRADESH

drug industries, pharmaceutical industries, dyes and intermediates, acids and alkalis, manufacturing units, beverage industries, etc. Crescent Technologies Pvt Ltd, Bhopal 462 001. Tel: 0755-4270182, Fax: 0755-2476350 Email: crescent_bpl@sancharnet.in, Website: www.ppglining.com

SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS

arling Pumps manufactures and offers submersible wastewater pumps (WR, WV, WP series & Unclog series) for dewatering applications where water is contaminated Uwith particles. A L I Tsolid Y Salient features include: choice of impellers & casing to meet any duty conditions; choice of highly efficient semi-open impeller APP R O V E&Dmatching wear plate; special motor with temperature sensing device to prevent dry running, over loading or mechanical jamming; also available with external cooling jacket, spiral cutting plate, agitator, fast out system & different MOCs; special series to handle high liquid temperature available. These are used for handling raw sewage, slurry, effluent, industrial waste, in hotels, steel plants, cement/chemical/sugar/oil industries, thermal power plants, mechanical engineering industries, pumping stations, under passes, lifting stations, sewage works, open cast mines, river pollution cleaning and in many more applications. C

Darling Pumps Pvt Ltd, Indore 452 015. Tel: 0731-2720558, Fax: 0731-2721136 Email: dpplin@darlingpumps.in, Website: www.darlingpumps.in Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

221

GENERAL PRODUCTS

COMPAC MACHINERY MOUNTS

ynemech Systems offers compac machinery mounts (series DH) that use rubber in compression and shear. These machinery mounts provide tight tolerances on stiffness rate for accurate vibration calculations. Load range is from 40 kgs to 130 kgs per piece. The strong base metal withstands high shock loads without deformation. Fitted as standard with a shock-proof device (up to 4.5 g) with resilient stop, the machinery mounts are ideal for mobile or marine use. They have domed shape cover to protect against oil contamination. The machinery mounts are lightweight and compact. They ideal for diesel engines, compressors, cooling towers, pumps, industrial generators, marine generators, ID, FD fans, etc.

Dynemech Systems Pvt Ltd, Delhi 110 085. Tel: 011-2786 2469, Fax: 011-2755 0116, Mob: 09810760131 Email: sales@dynemech.com, Website: www.dynemech.com

RIDE-ON FLOOR SWEEPERS

acuum Technology (India) offers ride-on floor sweepers with latest European technology. These sweepers can be battery operated or diesel/ petrol engine operated. Features incorporated include: ecological design, noiseless operation, strong body and powerful suction. A complete range of sweepers which can collect in one pass dust and rejects in any place. The sweepers are offered with scrubbing width of 700 mm to 900 mm, cleaning speed up to 5500 sqm per hour and dirt collection capacity up to 70 ltrs.

Vacuum Technology (India) Ltd, Mumbai 400 099. Tel: 022-2837 5837, Fax: 022-2836 4977 Email: acmevac@vsnl.com, Website: www.acmevac.com

AIR-CONDITIONING & REFRIGERATION TUBES

wality Tubes & Capillaries manufactures and offers airconditioning and refrigeration tubes that enhance the performance of air-conditioners and refrigerators. These tubes are made with varied degree of temper. Therefore one having a desired temper fit for a specific application can be selected. The tubes can be brazed with no fear of hydrogen brittleness. Bright annealed tube surface, inside and outside, present a fine appearance with metallic luster maintaining ASTM, specification with respect to residual test. The tubes are supplied in many forms, ie, straight length, pancake coil, multilayer coil, bunched coil and level wound coil. They are compatible with refrigerant R-134a and hydrocarbons. All sizes are from 38

222

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

mm to 2 mm (OD) and wall thickness as per specification. The tubes find application in air-conditioning and refrigeration, instrumentation, dryers, heat exchangers, automobile, marine engineering, defence, medical equipment, plumbing, electrical equipment, gas ovens, etc. Kwality Tubes & Capillaries, Jaipur 302 013. Tel: 0141-233 0476, Fax: 0141-233 1659 Email: papriwal@sancharnet.in, Website: www.vaishalimetal.com

THERMOCOUPLE WIRES & CABLES

nsucon Cables & Conductors offers a full line of thermocouple grade wires and thermocouple extension wires & cables. Complementing its line of electronic instrumentation cable Insucon now provides the industry with a complete line of wire and cable for manufacturing and process control, all produced to the highest standards of reliability and safety established by government and industry. At the heart of all temperature measurements is the thermocouple. Although involving very complex design parameters, the fundamental concept of all thermocouples is the same. Two wires of dissimilar metal are joined together at one end. An increase in temperature creates an electromotive force (emf) or signal, which is transmitted through these wires to a monitoring device, which reads this signal and displays it on a previously calibrated meter of digital device.

Insucon Cables & Conductors Pvt Ltd, Jaipur 301 012. Tel: 0141-2240557, Fax: 0141-2240548 Email: info@insuconcables.com, Website: www.insuconcables.com

GROOVING SYSTEMS

itsubishi Materials Corporation, Tokyo offers the new TriLock grooving systems for increased stability and performance. The GY series offers ultimate rigidity and accuracy for stability when grooving. These are original and unique new modular blade systems. The GY series offers. The new Tri-Lock systems ensure the blade is securely fixed in three directions, ie, side, front & top, giving high rigidity for stable grooving performance. These easy-to-use blade systems allow flexible tool management but maintain an overall strength comparable to a monoblock type holder. A variety of products with assorted combinatins to consolidate necessary tools for diverse grooving applications is available.

MMC Hardmetal India Pvt Ltd, Bengaluru 560 094. Tel: 080-2351 6083, Fax: 080-2351 6080, Mob: 09342676388 Email: mmcindia@mmc.co.jp, Website: www.mitsubishicarbide.com

HYDRAULIC PRESS BRAKES

ekshine hydraulic press brakes (PBR series) offered by Jekson Machinery, are manufactured for fabricating operations, which demand accuracy, quality and productivity in their shearing requirements. Twin cylinders mounted on the rear side of the machines are synchronised by a torsion tube exerting the bending tonnage through linkages. The press brakes are available in the

GENERAL PRODUCTS UALITY

APPROVED C

range of 20 tons to 400 tons and working lengths from 1250 mm to 6500 mm. Monoblock welded steel frame made from ultra tested steel plates rigid to provide accurate bending and repetitive accuracy is within Âą0.03 mm. The complete hydraulic system is mounted between side columns. Components and equipment used are manufactured by internationally reputed manufacturers. The hydraulic press brakes are useful for manufacturing of textile machinery, steel furniture, door frames, control panel and auto parts. Also manufactured are NC stroke, NC backgauge press brake (Y&X axis) with LCD control. Jekson Machinery Pvt Ltd, Ahmedabad 382 430. Tel: 079-2290 1850, Fax: 079-2290 1851, Mob: 09426510343 Email: intro@jeksonmachinery.com, Website: www.jeksonmachinery.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

AIRCRAFT HANGER DOORS

andhi Automations offers extra large upward lifting fabric doors/horizontal moving doors for aircraft hangers and other applications, like shipbuilding, steel mills, mining, aerospace, manufacturing and military facilities. These doors are designed to withstand fluctuations in moisture levels & temperature. They are resistant to dirt & dust, and resist even the most violent winds. The doors with elevating support posts are ideal for extra

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

223

GENERAL PRODUCTS

wide and extra high doorways. Also available are doors with specialised design to do away with the problems traditionally associated with craneways, paint facilities and sand blasting. There is virtually no limit to size of the doors as each door is custom designed and built as per specifications. Gandhi Automations Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 064. Tel: 022-6672 0200, Fax: 022-6672 0201 Email: sales@geapl.co.in, Website: www.geapl.co.in

TERMINAL BLOCKS

lmex three level terminal blocks offered by Econix Hi-Tech Components can be used for high-density wiring and for wiring special equipments, such as proximity sensors. Type DUSD4 has a special link attached to the middle and lower level to facilitate the interconnection between adjacent terminal blocks, DU3D4 or DUSD4. The negative and positive circuits can be easily bridged together and then connected to a power source with DU3D4 terminal. The type DUSD4 can be used along with type DU3D4 to provide a quick and efficient means of wiring sensors. Type DUSD4 comes equipped with a bridge on first and second level that allows it to be immediately connected to adjacent similar terminal block,

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

225

GENERAL PRODUCTS

thereby connecting positive (+) and negative (-) circuits together without the need of special jumpers. Top level is a feed through circuit allowing the sensor circuit to be wired directly to controller. Econix Hi-Tech Components Ltd, Vadodara 390 010. Tel: 0265-2642021, Fax: 0265-2638648, Mob: 09327345777 Email: india_sales@elmex.net, Website: www.elmex.net

LIQUID RING VACUUM PUMPS

onoblock liquid ring vacuum pumps offered by Acmevac Sales, find applications in vacuum distillation, drying, concentration, degassing, crystallisation, gas evacuation, UALITY gas conveying & compression, etc; in chemicals, drugs, food, beverage, sugar, fertilizer, paper, APPRO V E Dmetallurgy and allied process industries. These vacuum pumps O are available in both single and double stages with capacities ranging from 10 cfm to 300 cfm and ultimate vacuum up to 720 mm Hg. The pumps are directly coupled to motor, hence are compact, well-balanced, vibration-free and silent in operation. Mechanical shaft seals design ensures adequate protection to the expensive shaft and provides for ease-of-maintenance. This leads to minimal time required for servicing, thereby cutting down time to the barest minimum. The monoblock liquid ring vacuum pumps are rugged in design, reliable in performance and easy-to-maintain. Acmevac Sales Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 099. Tel: 022-2837 5837, Fax: 022-2836 4977, Mob: 09223388105 Email: acmevac@vsnl.com, Website: www.acmevac.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

UNIVERSAL LENGTH MEASURING MACHINES

anbros Engineering offers universal length measuring machines that are used Ufor A L I T Y absolute and relative measurements. These machines feature high accuracy due A P P Rtheory O V E D and high-precision to adopting Adobe comparative measuring systems. O They are mainly used in measuring office of factories and various level measuring departments in metal machining industry, especially in machine manufacturing, bearing manufacturing, gauge manufacturing as well as precision tools manufacturing and instrument manufacturing industries. Comprising with the tradition ones, the length measuring machines adopt meter digital display technology and are high technical product integrating optical, mechanical and electric (computational algorithm), several auxillary accessories to improve its universal applications. Banbros Engineering Pvt Ltd, New Delhi 110 092. Tel: 011-2205 8870, Fax: 011-2254 1173, Mob: 09810149486 Email: banbros@vsnl.com, Website: www.banbrosindia.com Certification: An ISO 9000 Certified Company

226

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

GENERAL PRODUCTS

RELAY TEST BLOCKS

elster Welcon offers relay test blocks (series NW-RTB) and relay test plugs (series NW-RTPL) that facilitate easy in-situ, onload testing of relays, metering and control panels without disrupting load circuit. These are easy and safe for technicians to isolate protection relays, inject test signals and verify system performance. They substantially reduce commissioning and routine maintenance. These are rugged in construction and compatible with other popular brands of test plugs. The housing is robust, high-grade phenolic moulding, capable of long, trouble-free performance in varied climatic conditions. These are designed and manufactured for indoor application. The terminals are made of brass, duly nickel-plated. Contacts are spring-loaded, silver-plated and supported by phosphor bronze strips. Screws are provided at the rear for terminations. Sealing holes on cover studs are provided to prevent unauthorised access. The front cover can be removed for test purpose and replaced, thereafter.

Nelster Welcon, Mumbai 400 011. Tel: 022-24946564, Fax: 022-24927335 Email: nelsterwelcon@hotmail.com Website: www.nelsterwelcon.net.in

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

227

GENERAL PRODUCTS

VACUUM DEWATERING SYSTEMS

okpal Industries offers vacuum dewatering systems that have a continuous discharging liquid watering pumps powered by 5 HP, 440 V, 50 HzL2I nos AC electronic 1 quid pump motor TY U Awith with pushbutton starter 2 meter water discharge pipe. These systems have mat special grade air-tight plastic sheet junction box APPROVED with 10 meter hosepipe fitted on O mat size of the mat (4 x 4 mtr) with steel pipe for rolling top mat 2 nos. Yellow top cover special grade plastic provided with suction channel purported filter pad with distance cushion (size 1.2 x 3.8 mtr). Double beam screed board vibrators consist of high quality MS steel I-beam (4.25 mtr) long with 325 mm in special water protective vibrator motor is mounted in the centre. Lightweight skin floater is powered by double speed 1.5/2 HP 440 V 50 Hz electronic motor stand. Stand is provided for operating the complete set. L

Lokpal Industries, Noida 201301. Tel: 0120-3065375, Fax: 0120-2527591 Email: info@lokpal.com, Website: www.lokpal.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

CAMSHAFTS

nvolute Engineers & Industries offers camshafts with planetary gearing. These camshafts come with 4 nos cams at 90-degree TY U A L Iused phase difference and are for synchronous pisto operation in air motors. WithAmodern facility, the company P P R O Vmanufacturing ED can produce a vast array of R Ocamshafts 4-6 cylinders and main shafts. Salient features include: optimum torque, compact design, smooth functioning and low maintenance. Custom-made products are also offered as per specifications of customers. L

Involute Engineers & Industries, Howrah 711 402. Tel: 033-2334 0654, Fax: 033-2653 3150, Mob: 09830265393 Email: involute_eng@yahoo.co.in, Website: www.involuteeng.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

HDPE/PP WOVEN SACKS & BAGS

anpur Plastipack U A L I T Yoffers small HDPE/PP woven sacks and bags. Some of the salient features of these sacks A P P R Ocircular V E D woven fabric & bags; laminated & bags include: and or unlaminated; printed & or unprinted; all types of small bags, like valve, bale wraps, liner bags, gusseted bags, etc; and reel-to-reel printing with corona treatment UV stabilised option. The comprehensive range of bags is used in many industries, like fertilizers, agri products, cement, sugar, fibre, plastic polymers, chemicals, sand, seeds, salt, minerals, etc.

Kanpur Plastipack Ltd, Kanpur 208 022. Tel: 0512-2691113, Fax: 0512-2691117, Mob: 09838101789 Email: info@kanplas.com, Website: www.kanplas.com Certification: An ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

228

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

GENERAL PRODUCTS

BLISTER & STRIP CARTRIDGES

rocess Instrumentation & Controls manufactures and offers blister and strip cartridges. Aluminium body cartridges (pharma rollers) are made for blister packaging machines, FFS machines and coding machines. The absorbing material used is poly porous in various microns varying from 1 micron to 25 microns depending on customersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; requirements. Absorbing capacity of these cartridges is quite high and the cartridges are hard. The ink cartridges are customised in size and design as per the requirements and specifications of the machines. Outer diameter can be to a maximum size of 75 mm and the inner diameter can be of sizes as per machine fitting, and the length is variable till 400 mm. All range of the blister and strip cartridges are extensively used in Indian and imported packaging machines. These ink cartridges (rollers) offer not only sturdy and long lasting, but also offer excellent value for money and superb mileage of the batch-printing inks.

Process Instrumentation & Controls, Vadodara 390 007. Tel: 0265-235 7228, Fax: 0265-235 5429, Mob: 09825139846 Email: batchprinting@yahoo.com, Website: www.piccode.com

AIR BUBBLE FILMS

ender Care International offers a wide range of air bubble films that are lightweight, chemically neutral, transparent & attractive, non-hygroscopic sealable & weldable, strong & firm, flexible and tenacious. Large size air bubble films are ideal for heavy and mid-sized items, test equipment, motors, receivers, machineries, spares, furniture, carton lining, void fill, etc. Medium-sized air bubble films and smaller diameter air bubble films are also available.

Tender Care International , Mumbai 400 063. Tel: 022-2685 4908, Fax: 022-2685 5930 Email: airplast@mtnl.net.in, Website: www.airbubbleindia.com

DIE SPRINGS

lobal Special Springs offers die springs in international standards ISO 20243,JIS B 5012 Metric, US Oval Wire, as well as many other die components as wire die springs, nitrogen gas springs, hexagon socket head, shoulder screw ISO 12.9, ground spacer sleeve, shoulder screw. The quality, reliability, safety and high added value of Special Springs products are guaranteed by a perfect combination of best CNC machine tools and highly qualified operators, with a process steps monitored and checked by central computerized system manager supported by inhouse metallographic and technical labs equipped with the most recent latest instruments and control software.

Global Special Springs Pvt Ltd, Ahmedabad 382705. Tel: 02764-273 065, Fax: 02764-273 065 Email: info@globalspecialsprings.com A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

229

GENERAL PRODUCTS

SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES

anrex Power Unlimited offers semiconductor (ultra rapid) fuses in various shapes and sizes, along with German DIN standards and IEC specifications. These ultra rapid fuse links are widely used in various applications for protection of power semiconductor devices (thyristors, diodes, transistors, mosfets, triacs, etc) in industries world over, like loco rectifier panels, railways, metallurgy, iron & steel, mining, power stations, uninterruptible power supply systems, regulators, cement, paper, CNC, machine tools/engineering, fertilizers & petrochemical, synthetic yarn, textile, sugar , bearing, shipping, docks, material handling, metal processing, telephone exchanges, aerospace, automobile, plastic processing industries, etc.

Sanrex Power Unlimited, New Delhi 110 092. Tel: 022-2244 3951, Fax: 022-2252 8193, Mob: 09899153952 Email: sanrexindia@gmail.com, Website: www.sanrexindia.com

METAL BELLOW & SAFETY COUPLINGS

otolinear Systems offers metal bellow couplings and safety couplings. The metal bellow couplings come with features, like backlash-free, high torsional stiffness, precise transmission of rotational angle, maintenance-free, low inertia, compensation of radial, axial and angular misalignment etc. These couplings are available up to torques of 5000 Nm and miniature models up to 10 Nm. Different models, like collet clamping,

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

231

GENERAL PRODUCTS

conical hub, outer conical hub, flange mounting, set screws, expanding clamps, etc, are also available. Safety couplings (torque limiters) are available up to torque range of 1600 Nm. Four models are available in safety couplings, such as for mounting tooth belt pulleys, sprocket wheels, spur gears; bellow-type with conical hub; bellow-type with collet clamp; and with servo insert type collet clamp. Single position engagement, multi-position engagement and full disengagement options are also available. Rotolinear Systems , Bengaluru 560 054. Tel: 080-2357 2855, Fax: 080-2337 9749, Mob: 09845196751 Email: rotolinearindia@vsnl.net, Website: www.rotolinearindia.com

MULTI-SPRING BALANCED SEALS

i-Fab Engineers manufactures and offers multi-spring balanced seals (type HBN) that are non-clogging seals with protected springs. These seals are bi-directional and fit on any ANSI, ISO and DIN pumps. The seals find application in viscous and arduous duties, food & beverages, dye liquor applications, moderate slurries, crystallising & solidifying media, etc. Also offered are mechanical seals with a wide product range of pump seals, agitator/mixer seals, universal cartridge seals, metal bellow seals and seals for special process equipment.

Hi-Fab Engineers Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 101. Tel: 022-4076 6555, Fax: 022-4076 6556 Email: info@hi-fab.com, Website: www.hi-fab.com

Mr Samir Gandhi Executive Director Gandhi Automations Pvt. Ltd.

LEATHER HAND GLOVES

“We are pleased to be associated with SEARCH Magazine for many years now, it has provided us a steady return on our advertising and has helped us to expand our business. One must advertise here to experience growth in one’s business.”

J Traders manufactures and offers leather hand gloves that are made from soft, smooth, pliable and free from flaws & loose fibres chrome tanned leather. These hand gloves are used for workers on shopfloor, while handling moderately hot materials, or materials having rough and sharp edges, and during gas/electric welding or cutting. The hand gloves are available in sizes such as small size 300 mm (12”), large 400 mm (16”), medium 350 mm (14”) and extra large 450 mm (18”).

M J Traders, Kolkata 700 001. Tel: 033-2210 5590, Fax: 033-2242 4484 Email: mjtraders1@yahoo.co.in, Website: www.mjtraders.org

L sales@geapl.co.in

232

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY EQUIPMENTS

ucky Plastic manufactures and offers an array of superior industrial safety equipments having a distinct class. These include personal and industrial safety products such as industrial safety helmets, safety harnesses, safety shoes, safety nets, barricading tapes, safety reflective jackets, nose masks, hand gloves and many other related items. The safety products cover all the purposes, right from helmets to the shoes. These products are not only safe but also high on every parameter of comfort. They are widely used in construction, underground mines, railways, water and electricity department, etc. The products are marked with IS2925 and are DGMS approved. They are available in red, blue,

GENERAL PRODUCTS

yellow, green, orange and white colours. Salient features: highly secured products; fabulous designs; durable, reliable & highly resistant solutions; wide range of products to suit various requirements; HDPE made products; unique cross ribs for excellent impact protection; and textile head suspension attached with chinstrap & the head suspension available in 540-590 mm size. Lucky Plastic, New Delhi 110 015. Tel: 011-2510 0914, 2542 9186, Fax: 011-4503 3124 Email: luckyplastic80@yahoo.co.in

MULTI-GAS DETECTORS

asAlertMax multi-gas detectors offered by Jyotech Engineering & Marketing Consultants are available with built-in pump. These compact, rugged multi-gas detectors come complete with: four sensors, internal sampling pump, black & decker 2-port charger and two VersaPak batteries, and 10ft/3m sampling hose. BW Technologies has added new features to the industryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most popular multi-gas detector. User field options include pass code protection, latching alarms and sensor disable options. GasAlertMax, the intelligent detector, is designed with cutting edge sensor, microcontroller and programming feature technology. The larger LCD shows a simultaneous real-time display of concentrations. Simple operation with one button

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

233

GENERAL PRODUCTS

control, auto cal, auto zero and auto full function self-test are also provided. Jyotech Engineering & Marketing Consultants, New Delhi 110 019. Tel: 011-2644 7966, Fax: 011-2648 2189 Email: jyotech@del3.vsnl.net.in, Website: www.jyotech.com

EMERGENCY LIGHTS

utomatic Portable Emergency Light manufactured by Kheraj Electrical Industries work on 220/250 V, 50 C/s AC supply complete with battery of 6 V, 1 8 W lamps magnetic relay and battery charging circuit, and extra output socket, to provide sufficient light continuously for about 4 hours. These emergency lights come in bulb and tube models. They immediately come to help by providing bright light when main electric supply fails suddenly. The emergency lights are automatic, controlled by a magnetic relay. They are portable and can be placed at any convenient point. LBB bulb model comes with battery whereas model ELB comes without battery. Approximate size is 26 cms, (L) x 20 cms (B) x 14 cms (D). Weight is 3.650 kgs without battery.

Kheraj Electrical Industries Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 002. Tel: 022-2269 4440/41, Fax: 022-2269 3344 Email: kheraj@vsnl.com, Website: www.kheraj.com

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY SHOES

nsar & Co manufactures and offers industrial safety shoes with corrected grain buffalo leather uppers (thickness of 1.6 mm to 1.8 mm), leather lining, fibre-board insoles, injection moulded PVC soles (with cleats) resistant to oils and acids. Industrial Jodhpuri shoes are available with zuggrain leather uppers, padded collar and three eyelets. Size of the shoes ranges from 6 to 10. The industrial safety shoes come with ISI marked steel toe caps. Also available are industrial derby shoes and industrial chukka boots.

Ansar & Co, Mumbai 400 054. Tel: 022-3252 0887, 3263 3110, Fax: 022-2660 5663 Mob: 9819642895, 9920308063, 9323275497 Email: ansar@vsnl.com, Website: www.ansarandco.com

FRP DOORS

tika Reinforced Plastic Products offers FRP doors that are strong, tough, elegant, aesthetically appealing, lightweight having long life devoid of maintenance and yet cost-effective. These FRP doors are made by unique technology called resin transfer moulding (RTM) having encapsulated core of PUF (poly urethane foam). The choice of FRP doors with encapsulated foam cores has become immensely popular over the years and substitutes conventional doors in more and more internal and external application. Some of the advantages include: exceptionally strong, rigid and tough due to unique manufacturing technology called RTM; being much lighter, transportation, installation and handling are easy and faster; water repellant, free from warpage, unaffected by weather; FRPâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s inherent resistance to termites and non-corrosive nature eliminates the need for periodical maintenance; supplied in ready-to-fit condition with provisions for fastening handles, hinges, latches, locks, etc; available in wide range of built-in

234

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

GENERAL PRODUCTS

colours hence do not require paintings; and being structurally sound and corrosion resistant, the FRP doors outlast the conventional doors (claims the company). Atika Reinforced Plastic Products Pvt Ltd, Rajkot 360 002. Tel: 0281-236 1623, 237 3461, Fax: 0281-236 1531 Email: info@atikagroup.com, Website: www.atikagroup.com

SAFETY GARMENTS & GLOVES

anika International manufactures and exports a wide range of safety garments and gloves tailored for minimising the riskfactor in any kind of hazardous industrial work. The leather produced in the tannery is as per specifications of German norms, ie, it passes chrome VI, PCP and pH value tests. The product range includes: industrial leather gloves, industrial heavy leather gloves, industrial leather work gloves, goat nappa working gloves, driving gloves, mitten gloves, split mitten gloves, mitten with blanket lining, cow grain leather mittens, welding gloves, cow nappa welding gloves, three finger welding gloves, and heatresistant leather gloves. Industrial leather jackets, industrial split leather jackets, heat-resistant jackets; and industrial leather aprons, heavy split leather aprons, fire-resistant aprons are also manufactured.

Kanika International, Noida 201 303. Tel: 0120-245 6785, Fax: 0120-431 8438 Email: kanikaintnl@yahoo.com Website: www.indiamart.com/kanikainternational

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

235

GENERAL PRODUCTS

EAR MUFFS & PLUGS

hree Ganesh Fibre Glass Company manufactures and offers ear muffs and ear plugs in (model EarMuff SK-1022, EarMuff Spare SK-1021 & EarPlug SK-1076). Model SK-1022 bend-type multi-position ear muffs are most efficient to filter out hazardous noise. These have unbreakable head band. They are padded with foam filled pads and are designed to fit any ear size. These ear muffs can be worn alone or with protective hats or face shields. Model SL-1021 spare-type ear muffs are most efficient to filter out hazardous noise. These ear muffs are designed to reduce the effects of excessive noise. The ear cups are padded with foam filled pads and are designed to fit any ear size. They have no disclosed metal parts and can be worn with protective hats, welding helmets or face shields and industrial helmets.

Shree Ganesh Fibre Glass Company, Delhi 110 034. Tel: 011-2718 0260, Fax: 011-2715 6000, Mob: 9868116512 Email: shreearc@rediffmail.com, Website: www.shreearcsafety.com

DRILL CHUCKS

anik Machinery Manufacturers offers drill chucks that feature high accuracy, gripping power and durability. The keyed chuck is an integral part of all drill-chuck technology, having applications ranging from the most sophisticated machines to drilling with the smallest cordless portable power drill. Bodies are made from special alloy steel and taper jaw holes

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

239

GENERAL PRODUCTS

precision bored and reamed. Features include: hardened and ground sleeves are specially treated center-ground jaws and gear rings for long life; rigorously tested for performance and precision; and hardened quality alloy steel keys. Components are exposed to wear, viz, set of jaws and nuts are hardened to maintain accuracy and extend chuck life. Manik Machinery Manufacturers Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 069. Tel: 022-5697 8900, Fax: 022-5697 8907 Email: info@pilotindia.com, Website: www.pilotindia.com

GAS REGULATORS

arcon Weld Trade offers gas regulators that have been designed and developed for trouble-free service. These gas regulators ensure stability in gas flow and precise control of pressure even at low pressure. The new synthetic rubber diaphragm and cartridge type valve with built-in filter significantly enhances the service life of regulators as compared to those with natural rubber diaphragms and conventional seat valves. Salient features include: high tensile brass forged main body; all components made from extruded brass rod; unique synthetic rubber diaphragm; pressure gauge as per IS:3624-1979; cartridge

240

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

GENERAL PRODUCTS

type valve with built-in filter; valve made from stainless steel and seat from synthetic material; safety relief valve provided for added safety; dual filter, sintered metal filter in the inlet and wire mesh filter in valve assembly; and unconditional guarantee for one year against failure of internal mechanism. Parcon Weld Trade, Ahmedabad 380 002. Tel: 079-2216 4807, Fax: 079-2216 4814 Email: parconweld@rediffmail.com

NON-CONTACT DIGITAL THERMOMETERS

hakar Engineers offers non-contact digital thermometers (model NCT-011) available in the range of -18째C to 400째C. These digital thermometers are automatic, instant, pocketsized, battery-operated instruments that safely and accurately measures temperature using non-contact infrared. They are most techno-economical devices and are very useful for measuring temperatures of any surface, whether solid or liquid from a distance. The thermometers are easy-to-operate. Temperature is displayed by just pointing at the desired target, and by pressing and holding the ON switch. The noncontact digital thermometers use special optical technique to gather infrared energy from the target surface. The detector converts this energy into electrical signal proportionate to the temperature and the output result is digital temperature in 째C.

Dhakar Engineers, Udaipur 313 024. Tel: 0294-2490211, Fax: 0294-2490548, Mob: 09309304239 Email: dhakareng@hotmail.com

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

241

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

CAPACITIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES

ion Precision offers new capacitive proximity switches that have high resolution analogue output and user adjustments. The CPA100 capacitive sensors have a setpoint (switched) output to indicate presence/absence like a typical proximity switch, but the non-linear analogue output is capable of resolutions as low as 15 nm RMS (150 nm p-p). These sensors feature a unique front panel range indicator to alert the operator to out-ofrange conditions, DIN rail mount electronics, and user adjustments for offset (zero) and gain. A selection of probes provides standard measurement ranges from 0.05 to 6 mm. Offset and Gain can also be controlled with remote potentiometers if the device is enclosed in a control panel. Sync connectors allow interference-free use of multiple sensors with the same target. Typical applications include: production line part sorting; double sheet detection in printers or related processes; and monitoring of processes involving nonconductive materials such as films, fabrics, and applied coatings such as adhesives.

Lion Precision Inc, USA Tel: +1-651-4846544, Fax: +1-651-4846824 Email: info@lionprecision.com, Website: www.lionprecision.com

CAPACITIVE MULTI-TOUCH INTERFACE SOLUTIONS

ynaptics has announced the world’s first line of capacitive multi-touch interface solutions for use with integrated displays: the ClearPad series-3 and series-4. With on-cell and in-cell integrated displays, Synaptics makes it possible to seamlessly enable capacitive multi-touch sensing in mobile devices. Both ClearPad series-3 and series-4 are on-cell and in-cell display ready. The ClearPad series-4’s revolutionary approach combines Synaptics state-of-the-art ClearPad multi-touch technology with the display driver (DDI) into a single-chip solution that delivers the most advanced display noise management and best-in-class capacitive sensing performance. Synaptics’ display integration solutions provide cost effective capacitive multi-touch interfaces for mobile devices and provide the thinnest form factor with the complete elimination of a discrete sensor. Display-integrated touch is a whole new paradigm for touch sensor design, enabling customers to deliver a thinner, higher-performing, multi-touch experience to the end user. Integrating touch into display is the best way to lower cost, reduce components, reduce weight/ thickness, and improve performance.

Synaptics Inc, USA Tel: +1-408-4545100, Fax: +1-408-4545200 Email: nrottler@synaptics.com, Website: www.synaptics.com

PROGRAMMABLE ENCODERS

aumer has introduced its new HS35 family of incremental hollow shaft encoders, including a fully-programmable version, for heavy-duty positioning and speed control applications. Available in an IP67 version, these extremely rugged encoders withstand shocks up to 200 g, high-pressure cleaning, and ambient temperatures from -40°F to +212°F. The encoders’ ultra-precise optical scanning system delivers unrivaled positioning

242

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

with accuracy to 60 arcseconds. Rugged, accurate HS35 encoders are available in programmable square wave, square wave and sine wave versions. The HS35 encoders are available for shaft diameters from 0.5 to 1.0 inches and can be customized further via shaft insert adapters. These isolation shaft inserts provide electrical isolation against voltages up to 2.5 kV, preventing bearing corrosion and wear. The encoder’s ShaftLock system with its large diameter between ABEC5 bearings allows the shaft to reliably endure high mechanical loads even at speeds up to 5000 RPM and 60 arcsec or better accuracy. Baumer Ltd, USA Tel: +1-800-9379336, Fax: +1-860-6286280 Email: info@baumer.com, Website: www.baumerelectric.com

ELECTROMATIC APPLICATOR HEADS

praymation offers air-operated electromatic applicator heads that are extremely fast, and perform accurately and repeatably. These are air open and closed to assure rapid operation and clean pattern start-up and cut-off. All seals are spring-loaded graphitefilled Teflon for long high speed life. All wetted parts are stainless steel or Teflon. Proven Spraymation seat and needle geometry are also used. These applicators are well suited to high flows, high viscosities, high pressures, and hazardous locations. Highest flow units have orifices sizes of .25 inch (6.3 mm) for very high flow rates. Models are available for operating pressures to 5,000 PSI (340Bar). They are well suited to high viscosity materials. Various tips and nozzles are also available. An intermediate series is available with orifice size of .125 inch (3.1 mm). The applicators are designed for a number of high speed industrial applications at pressures to 3,000 PSI (200 Bar).

Spraymation Inc, USA Tel: 1-954-4849700, Fax: 1-954-4849778 Email: sales@spraymation.com, Website: www.spraymation.com

TEMPERATURE INDICATORS

wyer Instruments Inc offers temperature indicators (model CC10K Colotemp Crayon Kit) that are ideal solutions to monitor and verify temperature specific operations for those who must measure many different temperatures. The crayons are easy-to-use, simply mark a pre-heated surface with a colour change crayon. The colour will change immediately if the temperature is higher than the crayon’s rating, or it will change

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

within 1-2 seconds if it is lower than its rating. The colour change is irreversible. Dwyer Instruments Inc, USA Tel: +1-219-8798000, Fax: +1-219-8729057 Email: info@dwyer-inst.com, Website: www.dwyer-inst.com

PERSONAL GAS MONITORS

asman intrinsically safe personal gas monitors, offered by Crowcon Detection Instruments, are full function personal single gas monitors that are compact and lightweight yet fully ruggedised for toughest of industrial environments. Featuring simple one button operation, these gas monitors have a large easy-to-read display of gas concentration, and audible, visual and vibrating alarms. Salient features include: versions available for flammable gas, oxygen & toxic gases; rechargeable versions for all gas types; non-rechargeable versions for oxygen & toxic gases; ultra lightweight, just 85 g for toxic versions; loud 95dBA audible alarm; dual colour visual alarm, red blue twin flashing LEDs; vibrating alarm; IP65 & IP67 ingress protection; real-time TWA & Peak display options; data & event logging as standard; and rechargeable battery with a 3000 alarm minute capacity.

Crowcon Detection Instruments Ltd, UK Tel: +44-1235-557700, Fax: +44-1235-557749 Email: sales@crowcon.com, Website: www.crowcon.com

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

243

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

LEAK TESTING INSTRUMENTS

entinel Blackbelt offered by Cincinnati Test Systems is a precision benchtop leak testing instrument designed for maximum performance and minimal space requirements. These instruments utilise advanced algorithms derived from over 30 years of proven leak test experience to produce fast and accurate results required by most demanding customers. Advanced standard features include: configurable for the most common leak test applications; powerful 32-bit processor & 24-bit A/D converter; flexible communication formats; large full-colour LCD display with graphing capability; patented auto setup feature for easy programming; auto calibration; environmental drift correction; quick test; data storage; optional electronic regulation; self-test functions; absolute pressure transducer; and compact design.

Cincinnati Test Systems, Inc, USA Tel: +1-513-3676699, Fax: +1-513-8428742 Email: sales@cincinnati-test.com, Website: www.cincinnati-test.com

WELDING HELMETS

emppi Beta 90X welding helmets combine ADC technology and the new headband mechanisms to stop the disturbing light rays coming from the side. These welding helmets give welders perfect protection without compromising visibility or user-friendliness. They are equipped with a pivoting filter glass on top of a clear safety glass, which also fills the requirements set for grinding. The filter shade level (EN 3/11) and sensitivity on the helmets are fixed. With the Beta 90X model one can adjust both filter shade level and sensitivity of the filter lens. Therefore, the welding helmets are well suitable for all welding processes (filter shade range 4/9-13). Features include: perfect protection against welding radiation & spatters; good visibility to the work area improves efficiency & comfort; Beta 90A & 90X are equipped with an automatically darkening protective glass; easily adjustable & well fitting head bands; lightweight & balanced structure, which also protects the chin, ears & neck; and interchangeable filter glasses.

Kemppi Oy, Finland Tel: +358-3-89911, Fax: +358-3-899428 Email: export@kemppi.com, Website: www.kemppi.com

OIL WATER SEPARATORS

H 244

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

ankison International offers oil water separators. Gravity separation condensate separators are ideal for applications that use a single lubricant and rapidly separate in <5 minutes into 2 distinct layers. HGS series separators use a large tank of water that allows separable lubricant to float to the surface. Incoming condensate displaces cleaner water from the bottom to flow through a bed of activated carbon to remove trace lubricant to 15 ppm. Polar extraction

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

condensate separators are ideal for applications that use multiple lubricants that donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t separate well. The HPE series separators have excelled in tough applications with mixed lubricants from a variety of compressor stations. These condensate separators use specially coated zeolite to establish a polar magnetic field that selectively targets positive and negatively charged lubricant molecules. Attracted to the charged surface, polar lubricant molecules bond to the opposite magnetic pole and are removed from the condensate. Hankison International, USA Tel: +1-724-7451555, Fax: +1-724-7456040 Website: www.hankisonintl.com

ARTICULATED JOINTS

ransmil offers articulated joints as DIN 71801 and DIN 71802. Made in steel-to-steel, the male spherical pin is hardened and articulates at 90-degrees of angle T Y the U A L Ion female body to keep by a ring. With a low cost this execution is APP R O V Eetc. D suitable for all the manual motions, compound levers, Articulated joints ER is made on the body die casting Oin zinc alloy RO or in steel, protected by a rubber protection. These areN Tavailable on request, without the rubber protection. The articulated axial joint AD is made in zinc plated steel. These are suitable for light loads with smooth motion.

Trasmil Srl, Italy Tel: +39-2-503522, Fax: +39-2-58019482 Email: info@trasmil.it, Website: www.trasmil.it Certification: An ISO 9001:2000 Certified Company

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

245

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

PROGRAMMABLE AUTOMATION CONTROLLERS CP Das Co offers the latest palm-sized programmable automation controllers (WinPAC-5000 series) that is equipped with a powerful CPU PXA270 (520 MHz) and Windows CE. NET 5.0 operation system inside. Various connectivity, such as VGA, USB, Ethernet, and RS-232/485 interface are also provided. Furthermore, users can expand the I/O function through the equipped I/O expansion bus. These new compact programmable automation controllers are featured with hard real-time capability, small core size, fast boot speed, and achievable deterministic control function. For hardware expansion, these also support an I/O expansion bus. According to the company, more than 10 XW-boards are provided for customers to expand the I/O functions in WinPAC-5000 series. With the advantages of PLCs and Windows PCs, the WinPAC-5000 series give users the most economic and efficient solution (claims the company).

ICP Das Co, Ltd, Taiwan Tel: +2-89192220 Email: julialiu@mstp.icpdas.com

SHRINK DISCS

AV manufactures and offers shrink discs (MAV-2008 standard series) that have external locking device for hollow shaft (hub) shaft connection. These shrink discs come in three-part design. They have self-releasing tapes, greased with MoS2 (μ=0.05). Screws are greased with MoS2 (μ=0.10). Other features include: zinc plated outer rings; O-ring between outer rings from size d=140 mm & above; standard series, medium capacity; SPLIT and HALF HC & HT versions also available (for HALF versions, performances are reduced of 50 per cent); tolerance of hub outer diameter: h8; surface finish of shaft & hub Ra<3.2 μm; and shaft-hub bore contact surface grease-free & dry (μ=0.15).

MAV SpA, Italy Tel: +39-46- 845151, Fax: +39-461-845150 Email: info@mav.it, Website: www.mav.it

POWER INVERTERS

ROsine power inverters offered by Xantrex Technology deliver true sine wave output that is identical to AC power supplied by your utility. This clean output makes the inverters ideal for handling sensitive loads, while also improving AC equipment performance. Designed for recreational and industrial applications, expect the best performances from televisions, audio systems, speed tools, and any other electronics where users want nothing but the most optimal performance. Offering superior quality true sine wave output, the PROsine 1000 and 1800 standalone power inverters are ideally suited for electrical systems that already have a quality multistage battery charger. Designed for recreational and industrial applications, their 120-volt, 60 Hz AC power output is capable of handling both heavy duty and smaller, multiple AC loads. PROsine

246

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK |

APRIL 2011

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

inverters include a backlit LCD display panel, which can be mounted remotely. Features include: true sine wave AC output; and powersave mode draws only 1.5 W under no load. Xantrex Technology Inc, Canada Tel: +1-604-4228595, Fax: +1-604-4201591Email: customerservice@xantrex.com, Website: www.xantrex.com

TERMINAL BLOCKS

ago Kontakttechnik offers TopJob-S one range of railmounted terminal blocks that can fulfill all industrial and Ex applications, as well as those for building installations. Thanks to cage clamp-S technology, the TopJob-S rail-mounted terminal blocks for the DIN 35 carrier rail are the smallest available in the market (claims the company). The compact size helps minimise costs through the reduction of panel space used, as well as smaller enclosures and junction boxes.

Wago Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co KG, Germany. Tel: +49-571-887679, Fax: +49-571-887169 Email: info@wago.com, Website: www.wago.com The information published in this section is as per the details furnished by the respective manufacturer/distributor. In any case, it does not represent the views of

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

247

PRODUCT INDEX

To know more about the products in this magazine, refer to our â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Product Indexâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; or write to us at search@infomedia18.in or call us at +91-22-3003 4684 or fax us at +91-22-3003 4499 and we will send your enquiries to the advertisers directly to help you source better. S. No Product 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74

Pg No

Abrasive blast rooms 227 Abrasive blasting machines 227 AC drives 83, 101 AC servo motors 83 AC servo 119 AC/DC modules 191 AC/DC motors 63 ACBs 83 Accessories & kits 197 Accessories 90 AC-DC power supplies 191 Ace-locked clamp & safety systems 175 Ace-slab damping plates 175 Acid tanks 200 Actuated valves 200 Actuators 200, 245 Adapter sleeves 66 Adjustable shock absorbers 67 Aerator gearboxes 114 Agitator seals 138 Air bubble films 229 Air circuit breakers 83 Air compressors 81, 139 Air treatment 9 Air-conditioning & refrigeration tubes 222 Air-cooled heat exchangers 79 Air-cooled reciprocating compressors 81 Air-cooled steam condensers 79 Aircraft hanger doors 223 All-geared auto-feed pillar drilling machines 128 All-geared planning machines 211 Alu-cera polymers 7, 13 Aluma coat 7, 13 Aluminium high-precision components 183 Aluminium oxide ceramic composites 7, 13 Aluminium profiles 121 Aluminium worm geared motors 188 Analogue oscilloscopes 218 Anchor-type light poles 153 Anemometers 240 Area sensors 69 Assembly lines 41 Assembly technology 65 Audio conferencing 44 Auto feeder hydraulic presses 127 Autoclavable gaskets 85 Auto-feed radial drilling machines 128 Automatic filters 213 Automatic rolling shutters 21, 232 Automatic spray guns 135 Automation & controls 83 Automation & storage systems 47 Automation controllers 107 Automation equipment 158 Automation solutions 83 Automation 8, 11, 83, 247, 264 Automotive automation 41 Automotive Dealership Excellence Awards-2010 261 Auxiliary equipment 207 Bags bailing presses 127 Bakelite tubes 211 Balances 17 Baling presses 127 Ball bearings 187, 229 Ball check valves 157 Ball screw actuators 121 Ball screws 121 Ball valves 157, 199, 200 Balls 205 Basket strainers 199 Battery chargers 247 Battery-operated pallet trucks 59 Bbl brake motors 63 Bearing bushes 244

248

S. No Product 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149

Pg No

Bearing fitting kits 246 Bearings 121, 187, 229 Bending machines 58 Bevel gears 121 Billet shearing machines 20 Bins & tote bones 221, 241 Blades & frames 197 Blasting media 227 Blech India-2011 exhibition 167 Blister & strip cartridges 229 Blocks & slots 14 Blocks 14 Bollards 21, 232 Boring machines 211 Braided hoses 85 Brake motors 39, 136, 185, 188, 263 Brass cable glands 183 Brass components 183 Brass inserts 183 Brass meter parts 183 Brass parts 183 Breather valves 199 Brushless DC motors 18 Brushless motor controls 18 Bug filters 213 Building automation 264 Bushes 121 Butterfly valves 157, 200 Cable glands 73, 183, 215 Cable handling & processing systems 47 Cable scanps 47 Cable ties 202 Cable tray systems 153 Cable trays 153 Cables & leads 47 Cables 39, 47, 57, 120 Calibrators 8 Cam followers 226 Camshafts 228 Cantilever racking 221, 241 Capping machines 246 Cartridges filters 213 Cast/extruded 205 Castellated sockets & wrenches 148 Castors 151 CED coating machines 264 Centreless grinders 231 Centrifugal blowers 81 Centrifugal compressor package 81 Centrifugal pumps 37 Centrifuges 197 Ceramic adhesive cement 7, 13 Ceramic electrical heater parts 7, 13 Ceramic processing furnaces 207 C-frame power presses 20 Chain conveyors 41 Chain hoists 6, 118 Chain pulley blocks 118, 263 Channel magnets 201 Check valves 199 Chemical process equipment 197, 200 Chemical processing tanks 197 Chemlok coating machines 264 CI castings 211 Circlips 217 Circular connectors 204 Circular/gyrator vibro machines 201 Cistern type manometers 199 Clamping & braking elements 121 Clamping devices 239 Cleats 153 Close frame hydraulic presses 127 Clutch & brakes 18 CNC cutting machines 264 CNC laser cutting machines 264

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

S. No Product 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224

Pg No

CNC lathes 158, 177 CNC machine solution 130, 173 CNC machines Back inside cover CNC milling machines 158 CNC oxy fuel cutting machines 264 CNC plasma cutting machines 264 CNC turning centres Back inside cover CNC vertical machining centres Back inside cover CNCs Back inside cover Coating machines 264 Coating plants 264 Coating systems 264 Coin presses 127 Cold storage dockhouses 21, 232 Cold storage doors 21, 232 Combination valves 200 Compact machinery mounts 222 Components handing systems 41 Compressed air systems 48 Compressors 48, 81, 139, Front inside cover Condensers 197 Conductors 57 Conduit systems 204 Conduits & connector systems 27 Cone-pulley heavy-duty lathe machines 199 Cone-pulley light-duty lathe machines 199 Cone-pulley medium-duty lathe machines 199 Connector and cable assembly for sensors 14 Connectors 4 Connectors accessories 47 Connectors 4, 14, 43, 90, 73, 215 Contactors 83 Container cranes 111 Contrast/colour scanners 5 Control cabinets 43 Control cables 120 Control panel accessories 27, 83 Control panels 43, 83, 247 Control relays 83 Control systems 43 Controllers 8, 247 Conventional pallet racking 221, 241 Conventional precision lathes 177 Conveyors & automation systems 21, 232 Conveyors 151 Coolant rotary unions 67 Cooling tower motors 136, 185, 188, Cooling towers 9, 79 Cords 85 Corrosion preventives 225 Cost-effective stepper & AC sync motors 121 Counters & power supplies 3 Counters rate products 8 Coupling connectors 4 Couplings 121 Crab assemblies 209 Crab hoists 263 Crane kits 209 Crane technology 6 Crane-duty gearboxes 114 Crane-duty motors 36, 188, 263 Cranes 16, 75, 118, 207, 209, 263 Credit guarantee to micro enterprises 113 Credit guarantee to SMEs 113 Crimp contact & tools 47 Cross connection acc 90 Cross roller rings 121 Cross-arms 153 Curvic 121 Cushion dock shelters 21, 232 Custom-built motors 185 Customerised software development 143 Customised solutions 191 Custom-made cables 47 Cutting machines 264

PRODUCT INDEX

S. No Product 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295

Pg No

CVTs 247 Cylindrical sensors 5 Dampers 245 Data cables 47 198 DC power supplies DC/DC converters 191 DC-DC converters & noise filters 191 Deep drawing hydraulic presses 127 Demagnetisers 217 Dessicant dryers 81 Diaphragm valves 157 Didactic equipments for training 43 Die manufacturing 228 Die springs 229 Differential pressure transducers 14, 194 Digital almen gauge & almen strips 163, 231 Digital EPABX systems 206 Digital mark sensors 69 Digital temperature controllers 22 Dip spin coating machines 264 Dip-pipes 157 Direct burial type light poles 153 Direct online flameproof 243 Disc brakes 201 Disc springs 217 Distribution boards 12, 153, 201 Distribution control panels 200 DMI-2011 exhibition 236 Dock levellers & shelters 21, 232 Doors 21, 232 Double girder EOT cranes 209 Double reduction gearboxes 232 Double shaft motors 136 Double sheet monitoring 5 Double-column metal cutting band saws 235 Double-drum & triple-drum magnetic separators 217 Dowel pins 217 Drawer magnets 201, 217 Drill chucks 239 Drilling machines 128 Drills 128, 245 Drip irrigation tube extrusion lines 219 Drive motors 83 Drivers 244 Drives & motors 83 Drives 19, 22, 83, 107, 219 Drum-type magnetic separators 201 Dual channels with modbus 22 Duel speed motors 185 Duplex basket filters 213 Dust collectors 227 Dynamic controllers 22 Ear muffs & plugs 239 Elbows 157 Electric actuators 84 Electric controls 65 Electric drives 65 Electric forklift trucks 21, 232 Electric hoists 75 Electric wire rope hoists 16, 75, 118, 239, 263 Electric wire rope hoists 209 Electrical actuators 245 Electrical goods 202 Electrical measuring instruments 240 Electrical products cable ties 73; 215 Electro magnetic vibratory feeders 201 Electromagnetic disc brakes 201 Electromechanical linear actuators 121 Electronic timers 28; 30; 32; 34 Electronics products 73; 215 Element shrink disc 226

S. No Product 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366

Pg No

Email & connectivity 44 Emergency lights 234 Emergency lights 247 Emergency shock absorbers 67 Enclosures 241 Encoders 3 End carriage assemblies 209 End carriages 6 End claps/shops 90 End plates 90 Energy saving gas burners 207 Energy solutions 221 Energy-efficient motors 188 Engineering plastic plugs & sockets 28; 30; 32; 34 Engineering plastics 205 Engineering thermoplastics 199 Enterprise application development 143 EOT cranes 16, 75, 118, 239, 263 EOT jib cranes 207 EPABX systems 209 Exhibitions 167, 196, 224, 236, Expansion bellows 157 Extended trolleys 209 Extruder gearboxes 232 Factory automation 264 Failsafe assembly system & consumer automation 41 Fail-safe brakes 201 Fasteners 183, 226 FBD gaskets 85 Ferrous & non ferrous high precision parts 183 Fiberglass cable tray systems 153 Fiberglass cable trays 153 Fiberglass ladders 153 Fiberglass light poles 153 Fiberglass luminaries 153 Fibre optic amplifiers 5 Fibre sensors 69 Film plants 219 Filtration 17 Financial services 89 Finishing machines 201 Fire dampers 245 Fire shutters 21, 232 Fixed mounting hoists 209 Fix-frame hydraulic presses 127 Fixture elements 239 Flame arresters 199 Flameproof gong bells 243 Flameproof junction boxes 243 Flameproof motors 63 Flameproof torches 243 Flange motors 39 Flange mounting motors 63 Flanging machines 58 Flat belt conveyors 41 Flat cables 47 Flat high-tension single-twin igniting electrodes 7,13 Flexi panels 102 Flexible cables & wires 47 Flexible couplings 121 Flexible roller conveyors 41 Floor plates 211 Floor scrubbers & driers 257 Floorings 223 Flow rate indicators 8 Flow switches 199 Flowmeters 17 Fluid handling 17 Fluid seal systems 92 Fluidised bed coating machines 264 Flush bottom valves 157, 199

S. No Product 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438

Pg No

FMCG & auto components 41 Foot mounting motors 39 Force actuation 195 Forged parts 183 Forging presses 20 Forging 90 Forked photoelectric sensors 5 Forklift trucks 129 Four-column hydraulic presses 127 Free flow conveyors 41 Freewheel-oneway-clutches 226 Frequency meters 240 Friction drop hammers 20, 205, 217, 227 Friction screw presses 20 FRP anchor-type light poles 153 FRP cable tray systems 153 FRP cable trays 153 FRP cleats 153 FRP crossarms 153 FRP direct burial-type light pole 153 FRP doors 234 FRP high-bay luminaries 153 FRP light poles 153 FRP luminaries 153 FRP medium-bay luminaries 153 FRP streetlight luminaries 153 FRP utility poles 153 FRP well-glass luminaries 153 Fuel level sensors 218 Funnel magnets 201 Galvanised steel towers 210 Gantry cranes 207, 209, 263 Gas regulators 232 Gas springs 67 Gaskets 85 Gate valves 200 Gear boxes 239 Gear motors 18, 239 Gear pumps 152 Gearboxes 18 Geared boxes 115 Geared motors 115, 263 Geared-head heavy-duty lathe machines 199 Geared-head medium-duty lathe machines 199 Gears 121 Glass & tobacco 41 Glass fibre-filled trefoil clamps 153 Glass processing furnaces & lehrs 207 Glide coating machines 264 Glide wheels 151 Globe valves 199, 200 Goliath cranes 75, 263 Gong bells 243 Goods lifts 207 Grab buckets 75 Gravity die castings 228 Grill magnets 201 Grinding media 7, 13 Grooving systems 222 Group marker holders 90 GRP anchor-type light pole 153 GRP cable trays 153 GRP cross-arms 153 GRP direct burial-type light poles 153 GRP high-bay luminaries 153 GRP ladders 153 GRP light poles 153 GRP luminaries 153 GRP medium-bay luminaries 153 GRP streetlight luminaries 153 GRP utility poles 153 GRP wellglass luminaries 153

A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

249

PRODUCT INDEX

S. No Product 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519

Pg No

Haconan-free cables 47 Hallow shaft motors 136 Hammers 20, 205, 217, 227 Hand magnets 201 Hand racksaws 197 Handling system modules 43 Hard chrome plated bars 209 HDPE pipe plants 219 HDPE/PP woven sacks & bags 228 Healthcare 41 Heat exchangers 197 Heat shrink tubings 73; 215 Heat shrinkable sleeves 216 Heat shrinkable tubes 216 Heat sinks 244 Heat treatment salts 225 Heavy-duty CNCs 235 Helical gearboxes 239 Helical geared motors 16 Helical-worm gear units 18 Heli-worm geared motors 188 H-frame power press 20 High MTBF & efficiency approvals 191 High precision turned parts 183 High pressure blowers 18 High pressure cleaners 257 High-alumina wear resistant ceramic tiles 7, 13 High-bay luminaries 153 High-carbon chrome 205 High-carbon steel balls 205 High-efficiency standard motors 188 High-intensity rare earth magnetic separators 201 High-intensity roller-type magnetic separators 201 High-speed doors 21, 232 HMI software 83 HMIs 107 HMM technical guidelines 188 HOC dryers 81 Hoist drives 83, 118 Hoist with trolleys 209 Hoists 75, 209 Hoists/crane-duty motors 136 Hold backs 226 Hole saws 197 Hollow shaft worm gear motors 18 Hooper magnets 217, 201 Horizontal CNC machines Back inside cover Horizontal hydraulic presses 127 Horizontal machining centres Back inside cover Hose clamps 243 Hot oil rotary unions 67 HRC fuse bodies 7, 13 Humidity 234 Hump magnets 201,217 HV series clamps 239 Hybrid stepper & drives 121 Hybrid systems integrators 251 Hydraulic & pneumatic applications 233 Hydraulic adapter sleeves 149 Hydraulic cylinders 208, 210 Hydraulic dampers & feed controls 175 Hydraulic dampers 67 Hydraulic dock levellers 21, 232 Hydraulic dock shelters 21, 232 Hydraulic goods lifts 220 Hydraulic manual pallet trucks 59 Hydraulic power packs 208 Hydraulic press brakes 222 Hydraulic presses 127 Hydraulic pullers/pushers 246 Hydraulic punching machines 58 Hydraulic rotary unions 67 Hydraulic seals 217 Hydraulic shock absorbers 67 Hydraulic steel working machines 58 Hydraulics 65 IC counterbalanced forklifts 21, 232 IGBT modules 83 Imaging & vision systems 264 Inclined tube manometers 199 In-cylinder sensors 103

250

S. No Product 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600

Pg No

Indexing machines 227 Indicators 8 Induction heaters 246 Induction motors 107 Inductive multi-force sensors 14 Inductive proximity switches 27, 234 Inductive sensors 14 Inductive switches 5 Industrial automation 11 Industrial automation 83 Industrial cable glands 204 Industrial ceramic 7, 13 Industrial connectors 47 Industrial control & sensing devices 3 Industrial coolers 9 Industrial cranes 111 Industrial electric AC motors 18 Industrial electric power distribution systems 12 Industrial flooring 223 Industrial gas springs 175 Industrial gears 228 Industrial hardware 219 Industrial machinery equipment 228 Industrial ovens & dryers 207 Industrial overhead doors 21, 232 Industrial safety equipments 235 Industrial safety shoes 234 Industrial sensors 14 Industrial shock absorbers 67, 121, 175 Industrial springs 175 Industrial telephones 207 Industrial valves & rubber products 234 Inline drum-type magnetic separators 201 Inline helical geared motors 188 Instrument lathes 158 Instrumentation & controls 25 Instrumentation made cables 47 Instrumentation 219 Insulated doors 21, 232 Interface adapters 197 Interface modules 90 Interior furnishing 174 Interlocking doors 21, 232 Intermediate drawing machines 218 Intuitional solutions 174 Inverter controls 6 Inverter duty motors 188 Inverter rated motors 185 Inverter 179 Inverter/variable frequency drives 3 Inverters 119, 247 Investment analysis & research 230 Jib cranes 16, 209, 263 Jigsaw & reciprocating 197 Joining 195 Joystick controllers 103 Junction boxes 153, 243 Junior hacksaws 197 Keyless transmission elements 226 Kilns & baths 207 Kuman machine interface 119 Labelling machines 246 Laboratory furnaces 207 Laboratory supplies 17 Ladders FRP ladders 153 Large helical & heli-bevel gearboxes 188 Laser markers 69 Laser sensors 69 Lathe machines 199, 211 Lathes 199 LCS 153 Lead screws 121 Leased lines 44 Leather hand gloves 233 LED base lighting 55 LED lights 244 LED signal tower lights 28; 30; 32; 34 LEDs 27, 55 Level controllers 3 Level gauges 199 Lift & conveyor cables 47

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

S. No Product 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681

Pg No

Lift trucks services 111 Lifting magnets 217 Light curtain sensors 14 Light lifting 111 Light poles 153 Lighting solutions 55 Limit switch boxes 84 Limit switches 27, 28; 30; 32; 34 Line interactive UPS systems 198 Linear actuators 121 Linear ball & roller guides 121 Linear bearings 121 Linear motion guides 121 Linear motion 65 Linear position sensors 103 Linear potentiometers 103 Linear shafts & supports 121 Linear speed guides 121 Liquid filling machines & capping machines 246 Liquid ring vacuum pumps 226 Lm guide actuators 121 Load break switches 27 Loaders 129 Loading bay equipment 21, 232 Local control stations 153 Lock nuts 66, 149 Lock washers 66, 149 Locking elements 121 Loop powered indicators 8 Loop powered isolators 8 Lorry loaders 129 Low lift pallet trucks 21, 232 Low speed motors 136 LT drives 147 Luminaries 153 LV motors 101 LVDTs 103 Machine safety solutions 203 Machine tools 219 Machines 58 Magnetic coolant separators 201 Magnetic floor sweepers 201 Magnetic pulleys 217 Magnetic racks 217 Magnum spray guns 135 Main & sub-system assembly automation 41 Manometers 199 Manual clamps 239 Manual pallet trucks 21, 232 Manual powder coating systems 135 Marine duty motors 136 Marker plotters 90 Markers 90 Matching casting 228 Material handling equipment 16, 59, 263 Material handling systems 221 MCBs 83 MCC & PCC enclosures 83 MCCBs 83 Measurement sensors 69 Measuring & monitoring relays 3 Measuring instruments 240 Measuring low pressures 199 Measuring sensors 5 Mechanical seals 138 Medium-bay luminaries 153 Metal bellow & safety couplings 231 Metal cutting tools 137 Metal scrape baling presses 127 Metal treatment chemicals 225 Metallurgical furnaces 207 Metric adapter sleeves 149 Metric range connectors 4 Micro controllers 225; 243 Micro milling beads 7, 13 Micro PLCs 119 Micro switches 28; 30; 32; 34 Mighty tiny series 18 Mill lining blocks 7, 13 Mini sensors 5 Miniature circuit breakers 83

PRODUCT INDEX

S. No Product 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761

Pg No

Miniature sensors 14 Mixers 17 Mixing/diverting valves 200 Mobile control valves 208 Mobile cylinder hydraulic presses 127 Mobilised applications 44 Modbus products 83 Modernisations 111 Modular construction electric hoists 75 Modular PLCs 119 Moldings 85 Mortised valves 245 Motion controls 3, 119 Motor protection circuit breakers 27, 83 Motorised boom barriers 21, 232 Motorised dampers 200 Motorised gears 232 Motorised stages 121 Motorised vibratory feeders 201 Motors & drives 11 Motors 39, 63 Moulded case circuit breakers 83 Mounting brackets 90 Mounting rails 90 Movement technology 135 MPCBs 83 Multi-gas detectors 233 Multi-layered self-adhesive films 194 Multiplex basket filters 213 Multi-speed motors 136, 188 Multi-spring balanced seals 232 MV drives 147 Namur sensors & zener barriers 14 Needle valves 199 Networked audio software development kits 194 Non standard mounting motors 136 Non-contact digital thermometers 241 Non-ferrous castings 244 Nuts 66 Office furniture 221, 241 Office solutions 174 Office wireline 44 Ohms meters 240 Oil seals 149, 217 On/off ball valves 84 On/off butterfly valves 84 On/off control valves 84 On/off controllers 8 On/off plug valves 84 Online b2b marketplace 53, 249 Optical encoders 121 Optical touch switches 69 O-rings 217 Overband magnetic separators 201 Overhead doors 21, 232 Overhead power transmission towers 198 Paint shop equipment 264 Paint shop machines 264 Paint spray booths 227 Pallet stackers 21, 232 Parallel shaft helical geared motors 188 Part ejectors 105 Partition plates 90 Paste filing machines 246 PBEGL geared motors 63 PBX systems 209 PCB insertion conveyors 41 PD blowers 81 Pedestrian low-lift pallet trucks 21, 232 Pedestrian pallet stackers 21, 232 Pedestrian/rider-operated counter balanced pallet trucks 59 Peeing machines 163, 231 Permanent magnetic chucks 217 Permanent magnetic drum pulleys 201 Permanent magnetic drum-type separators 217 pH meters 17 Pharmaceutical process equipment 246 Photoelectric sensors 3, 14, 69 Photoelectric switches 234 Pick & move cranes 129

252

S. No Product 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842

Pg No

Pick & place robots 41 Pickling tanks 200 PID controllers 8, 22 Pillar drilling machines 128 Pillar type hydraulic presses 127 Pilot lights 27 Pins & sockets 183 Pipe bending machines 58 Planner machines 211, 231, 235 Plano millers 211, 231 Plano milling machines 235 Plastic chain conveyors 41 Plastic extruder gears 232 Plat trucks 151 Plate bending machines 58 Plate magnets 201, 217 PLC operated hydraulic presses 127 PLCs 22, 83, 101, 121, 129, Plotter accessories 90 Plug valves 157, 200 Plugs & sockets 27 PMUs 83 Pneumatic actuators 84 Pneumatic clamps 239 Pneumatic parts 183 Pneumatic rotary unions 67 Pneumatic seals 92, 217 Pneumatics 65 Polyacetal 205 Polyproplene tanks 200 Polypropylene samplers 220 Polypropylene 205 Polyurethane 205 Portable blasters 227 Portable coolant purifying systems 105 Portable oil skimmers 105 Powder coating/speedy painting equipment 213 Powder feeding 135 Powder filling machines 246 Power & distribution transformers 57 Power cables 120 Power connectors 202 Power distribution boards 204 Power distribution systems 204 Power distribution transformers 204 Power generators 199 Power magnets 217 Power quality 251 Power rack saw blades 197 Power transformers 57 Power transmission gearboxes 205 Precision assembly design services 41 Precision belts 121 Precision ground bars 209 Precision locknuts 121 Precision switches 27 Press technology 195 Pressure blasters 227 Pressure die castings 228 Pressure gauges 8 Pressure sensors 69 Pre-treatment systems 264 Process automation & control equipment 43 Process cranes 111 Product index catalogue 17 Profile controllers 22 Profiles 85 Programmable logic controllers 3, 83, 121 Programmable positioning controllers 83 Programmable terminals 3 Protective conduit systems 47 Protective covers 90 Proximity sensors 3, 28; 30; 32; 34, 69 PTFE lined piping 157 PTFE lined systems 157 PTFE/Teflon 205 Pump seals 138 Pumps 17, 37, 152, 171, Back cover Punching machines 58 Push button station 153 Push buttons 27

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

S. No Product 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923

Pg No

PVC flap & strip doors 21, 232 Rack for construction equipment 228 Rack for parking lift 228 Racks & pinions 121 Racks 228 Radial drilling machines 128, 211 Rapid flexible/roll-up doors 21, 232 Reach trucks 21, 232 Re-crystallised allumina tubes 7, 13 Rectifiers 157, 247 Reducing flanges 157 Refrigerated dryers 81 Relay test blocks 227 Relays 83 Reliable flooring 223 Relief valves 199 Rental power 99 Retail identity solutions 174 RFID 3 Ride-on floor sweepers 222 Right angle 14 Robotic cables 47 Rod end/link ball/cam & roller followers 121 Roll racking 221, 241 Roller bearings 187 Roller conveyors 41 Roller screws 121 Roller-type magnetic separators 201 Rope guides 209 Rotary cam switches 27 Rotary dampers 175 Rotary gear pumps 152 Rotary joints 67 Rotary position sensors 103 Rotary potentiometers 103 Rotary screw air compressors 81 Rotary shaft seals 149 Rotary UPS systems 147 Rotating unions 67 Round heat sinks 244 Round linear guides 121 RTD sensors 8 Rust preventives 225 Safety garments & gloves 235 Safety laser scanners 69 Safety light curtains 3 Safety protection devices 27 Safety relief valves 199 Safety sensors 14 Safety shock absorbers 67, 175 Safety 17 Salt water heating systems 207 Sampling valves 157 Saw blades 197 SCADA & DCS implementation 264 SCADA 83 Scanners 8 Scissor lifts 21, 232 Screw jacks 121 Sectional overhead doors 21, 232 Sections 85 Security consoles 191 Semiconductor fuses 231 Sensitive part loading/unloading 105 Sensor connectors 14 Sensors 14, 69 Sensors/connectors & cable assemblies 14 Separator plates 90 Servo motors & drives 121 Servo motors 107, 247 Shaft loading 105 Shaping machines 211 Sheet metal machines 58 Sheets 85 Shipyard cranes 111 Shoe brakes 201 Shot blasting hoses 227 Shot blasting machines 163, 227, 231 Side holding plates 90 Siemens motors 63 Sight flow indicators 199

PRODUCT INDEX

S. No Product 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004

Signal conditioners Signal isolators Silent diesel generators Silicon rubber sleeves Simplair anodised aluminum piping Simpler basket filters Singe saw carbide Single girder EOT cranes Slat conveyors Sleeves Slewing bearings Slim nut ball screws Slipring crane duty motors Slot type SME finance Sockets & switches Software outsourcing Solar inverters Solar products Solderless terminals Solid carbide drills Solid carbide mills Solid carbide reamers Solid carbide special drills Solid carbide special reamers Space sectors Special application motors Special gears Special purpose machines Specialty metals Spirac cables Spiral bevel gearboxes Sponge products Squares SS body SS high-precision component Stainless steel tubes Stainless steel wire thread inserts Stainless steels Static control devices Steam rotary unions Steel balls Steel mill duty & flameproof cranes Steel working machines Stirrers Storage racks Straightening machines Strainers Street light luminaries Strips Submersible hydraulic press Submersible wastewater pumps Suction blasters Suction hose pipe plants Super finishing films Super market racks Surface plates & tables Surface plates Surface raceways Suring clamps Suspension magnets Sweeping machines Swing check valves Switch socket outlets Switchgears Switching relays Synthetic resin-bonded paper tubes System integrators Systems Tail lifts Tanks Tech India-2011 exhibition Technical ceramics Tees Teflon coatings Telecom & transmission towers Telecom enclosures Telecom equipment racks Telecom racks Telecom towers & shelters Telecom transformers

254

Pg No 103 8 198 85 81 213 197 209 41 66, 149 121 121 63 14 89 90 143 251 147 73; 215 137 137 137 137 137 41 188 232 235 41 47 18 85 85 14 183 219 245 205 69 67 205 75 58 157 221, 241 231 213 153 85 127 221 227 219 211 221, 241 218 211 202 239 201 257 157 153 11, 83, 243 3 211 219 153 21, 232 200 196 7, 13 157 157 206 211 206 210 206 206

S. No Product 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085

Pg No

Telecommunication & industrial tools 206 Telescopic doors 21, 232 Temperature controllers 3, 22 Temperature 17, 234 Temperature-resistant cables 47 Tensioner nuts 226 Terminal blocks 225 Terminal blocks 90 Testers 240 Textile loom motors 136 Thermal imaging cameras 253 Thermocouple wires & cables 222 Thermocouples 8 Tilt sensors 103 Timers 3, 8 Tipped tools 197 Toll-free services 44 Torches 243 Torque motors 18, 136, 188 Totalisers 8 Toughened glass & round glass 199 Tower cranes 129 Track rollers 226 Training & consultancy 214 Transducers 240 Transformers 57, 247 Transmission towers 202 Transmission towers 204 Transmitters 8 Transparent sleeves 85 Transparent tubes 85 Trap magnets 201 Travel drives 118 Travelling machines 16 Trefoil clamps 153 Tricover gaskets 85 Trolleys 151 Tube bending technology 122 Tube filing & sealing machines 246 Tubing accessories 43 Tubus profile dampers 175 Turbine gearboxes 114 Turned components 183 Twin extruder gearboxes 114 Two-wire transmitters 8 UHMW-PE products 205 Ultrasonic cleaning systems 233 Ultrasonic probes 233 Ultrasonic processors 233 Ultrasonic sensors 5 Uninterrupted motive power supply 147 Universal controllers 22 Universal drilling machines 199 Universal length measuring machines 226 UPS systems 147, 179, 198, 247 Utility poles 153 U-tube manometers 199 Vacuum blasters 227 Vacuum circuit breakers 83 Vacuum dewatering systems 228 Valve position transducers 103 Valve positioners 84 Valve terminals 43 Valves 43, 157, 199, 200 Variable frequency drives 83 Variable speed drives 18 Variable speed pulleys 18 Variances 247 VCBs 83 Vertical boring machines 211 Vertical order pickers 21, 232 Vertical turning lathes 235 Vertical turning machines 211 Vial & bottle cap sealing machines 220 Vibrating motors 201 Vibrating screen machines 201 Vibration motors 18 Vibratory bowl feeders 195 Vibratory bowls 201 Vision sensors 3 VMCs 158

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

S. No Product 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090

Pg No

1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118

Vodafone business solutions Voltage source inverters Voltage stabilisers Washers Water analysers/combustible & toxic gas detectors Water cooled reciprocating compressor Water faucet & tap parts Water rotary unions Weld India-2011 exhibition Wellglass luminaries Wet & dry vacuum cleaners Wheel assemblies Wheel barrows Wheels Wide voltage fluctuation motors Winches Wind inverters Wiper seals Wire connectors Wire cutting & stripping machines Wire cutting machines Wire mesh conveyors Wire rope drums Wire rope hoists Wires Wirewin software Wiring accessories Wiring ducts Withdrawal sleeves Worm gear speed reducers Worm reduction Y-type strainers Zirconia polycrystal ceramic

44 199 247 66, 85

S. No 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133

Product AC axial fans Cable glands Cold drawn precision steel tubes Distribution boxes Extruder gearboxes Hydraulic couplings Insulation testers Lightweight aluminium composite panels Numerical relays Piston seals Power panels Sample preparation platforms Speed reducers Switching power supplies Thermistor protection units

S. No 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154

Product Pg No AC gear motors 10 AC servo motors 10 Apparel & footwear 52 Articulated joints 245 Capacitive multi-touch interface solutions 242 Capacitive proximity switches 242 Electromatic applicator heads 242 Hydro chucks 194 Industrial products 52 Leak testing instruments 244 Oil water separators 244 Personal gas monitors 243 Power inverters 246 Programmable automation controllers 246 Programmable encoders 242 Screw compressors 15 Shrink discs 246 195 Solid-state relays Temperature indicators 242 Terminal blocks 247 194 Torches

219 81 7, 13 67 224 153 257 239 151 151 136 75, 207 251 149 73, 215 225, 243 225, 243 41 239 6 120 225; 243 202 202 66 18 232 157, 199 7, 13

HANNOVER MESSE Pg No 213 215 216 215 214 213 214 215 212 212 216 217 212 212 212

INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS

ADVERTISERS’ LIST

To know more about the advertisers in this magazine, refer to our ‘Advertisers’ List’ or write to us at search@infomedia18.in or call us at +91-22-3003 4640 or fax us at +91-22-3003 4499 and we will send your enquiries to the advertisers directly to help you source better Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Pg No

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Pg No

A3Logics (I) Ltd T: +91-141-2771816 E: hq@a3logics.com W: www.a3logics.com

143

ABB Limited T: +91-80-22949560 E: amit.a.sharma@in.abb.com W: www.abb.co.in

101

AC Automation T: +91-11-27674839 E: ac@ac-automation.com W: www.ac-automation.com

148

Accuflex Systems T: +91-22-66789563 E: shevings@reliancemail.net W: www.accufexsystems.net

241

Ace Automation Control Equipment T: +91-44-24768484 E: info@acecontrols.in W: www.acecontrols.in

175

Action Construction Equipments Ltd T: +91-11-40549900 E: marketing@ace-cranes.com W: www.ace-cranes.com

129

Avasarala Technologies Limited T: +91-80-26083300 E: marketing@avasarala.com W: www.avasarala.com

225

Actuators India Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-26736864 E: actuatorsindia2007@rediffmail.com W: www.tscindia.com

245

Avcon Controls Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-61504150 E: sales@ashokindustry.com W: www.ashokindustry.com

244

Actvalve Inc. T: +91-22-26736864 E: actvalveinc@rediffmail.com W: www.tscindia.com

200

B J Enterprises T: +91-22-26048720 E: jambj0007@yaho.co.in

ADEA T: +91-22-30034650 E: prachi.mutha@infomedia18.in

261

Balaji Enterprises T: +91-731-2544213 E: rbalajient@rediffmail.com W: www.balajienterprisesindore.com

Aggreko Energy Rental India Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-40192900 E: rentals@aggreko.in W: www.aggreko.in Allied Electronics Corporation T: +91-22-26616619 E: sales@aecconnectors.com W: www.aceconnectors.com

Ani Engineers T: +91-2752-241479 E: anivarya@sancharnet.in W: www.anivaryapumps.com

152

APC Schneider Electric India Pvt Ltd T: +91-124-3940400 E: ujwal.sood@in.schneider-electric.com W: www.schneider-electric.co.in

179

Arvind Anticor Ltd T: +91-79-25894692 E: arvindanticor@hotmail.com W: www.picklingplant.com

200

Atlas Copco (India) Ltd T: +91-20-30722222 E: marcom@in.atlascopco.com W: www.atlascopco.com

.FIC

Austin Engineering Company Ltd E: sales@aecbearings.com W: www.aec-bearings.com

187

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Pg No

Bosch Rexroth (India) Limited W: www.boschrexroth.co.in

Buildcon Consultants Pvt Ltd T: +91-141-4012629 E: sales@buildcon.in W: www.buildcon.in

223

Care Analysis & Research Ltd T: +91-22-67543456 E: careresearch@careratings.com W: www.careratings.com

230

Ceco Electronics Pvt Ltd T: +91-33-22485448 E: ceco@cal2.vsnl.net.in W: www.cecoelectronics.com

Chemical & Industrial Engineers T: +91-22-28822740

199

Classic Polymers & Resins T: +91-22-24465251 E: sales@classicpolymers.co.in W: www.classicpolymers.com

205

Coatec India T: +91-172-5063436 E: info@coatecindia.com W: www.coatecindia.com

264

Cole Parmer T: +91-22-67162222 E: response@coleparmer.in W: www.coleparmer.in/3125

219

Connectwell Industries Pvt Ltd T: +91-251-2870636 E: connect@connectwell.com W: www.connectwell.com

Ballkings T: +91-161-2534501 E: ballkings@ballkings.com

205

Conventions & Fairs (India) P Ltd T: +91-22-28398000 E: conventions@mtnl.net.in W: www.techindiaexpo.com

Bhagirath Heavy Transmission T: +91-11-32222661 E: bht_india1998@yahoo.co.in

239

Cosmos Impex (India) Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-265-3927000 E: sales@cosmos.in W: www.cosmos.in

Bharat Bijlee Ltd 107 T: +91-22-24306237 E: vishwajyoti.vengurlekar@bharatbijlee.com W: www.bharatbijlee.com

Amcats Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-27635005 E: sales@amcats.com W: sales@amcats.com

121

Boge Compressed Air System T: +91-44-43009610 E: S.Sriram@boge.de W: www.boge.in

Amsak Cranes Private Limited T: +91-44--26273486 E: sales@amsakcranes.com W: www.amsakcranes.com

207

Bonfiglioli Transmissions (Pvt) Ltd T: +91-44-24781035 E: sales@bonfiglioliin.com W: www.bonfiglioliindia.com

Anand Gears T: +91-22-28192107 E: anandgears@gmail.com W: www.anandgears.in

232

Bonton Technomake Pvt Ltd T: +91-731-2383157 E: info@bontonfurniture.net W: www.bontonfurniture.net

174

196

130,173

Credit Guarantee Fund Trust For Mic W: www.cgtmse.in

113

CRISP T: +094225302725 E: rmaheshwari@crispindia.com W: www.crispindia.com

214

Darling Pumps Pvt Ltd T: +91-731-2720558 E: darlingin@satyam.net.in W: www.darlingpump.com

171

Deepak Industries T: +91-22-26851764 E: piometal@vsnl.cm W: www.piometa.com

244

Definite Design T: +91-22-28728084 E: vipul@definite-design.com W: www.definite-design.com

197

Our consistent advertisers

258

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

ADVERTISERS’ LIST

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Pg No

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Pg No

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Pg No

Dewas Techno Products Pvt Ltd T: +91-7272-259044 E: info@griaffestorage.com W: www.griaffestorage.com

221

G A Industries T: +91-79-25895577 E: gmac@gaindustries.net W: www.gaindustries.net

201

Hi-Rel Electronics Pvt Ltd T: +91-79-30184013 E: contact@hirel.net W: www.hirel.net

147

Digital Marketing Systems Pvt Ltd T: +91-731-3046800 E: digicontrols@gmail.com W: www.digitalcontrols.org

219

G W Precision Tools India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-40431252 E: info@gwindia.in W: www.gwindia.in

137

Hitachi India Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-40605252 E: ice@hitachi.co.in W: www.hitachi.com.sg

139

Dolphin Automation T: +91-120-2341784 E: dol_kamal@rediffmail.com W: www.dolphinautomation.com

234

Gandhi Automations Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-66720200 E: sales@geapl.co.in W: www.geapl.co.in

Hi-Tech Applicator T: +91-79-25833040 E: hitech@ptfeindia.com W: www.ptfeindia.com

157

Dowel Machinery Pvt Ltd T: +91-281-2362465 E: dowel@thedowel.com W: www.thedowel.com

127

Gears & Gears T: +91-22-28369363 E: gearsgears20002@yahoo.co.in W: www.gearsandgears.com

Hummel Connector Systems Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-26894005 E: info.in@hummel.com W: www.hummel.com

204

Eddycranes Engineers Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-23522710 E: eddycranes@vsnl.com W: www.eddycranes.com

Ekta Enterprises T: +91-265-2649927 E: ektaentp@reliancemail.net W: www.ektaenterprises.in

246

Elcen Machines Pvt Ltd T: +91-265-2642001 E: info@elcen.com W: www.elcen.com

185

Electro Pneumatics & Hydraulics (I) Ltd T: +91-2135-667500 E: epchakan@electropneumatics.com W: www.electropneumatics.com

122

Electrosonic Industries T: +91-22-67989744 E: snic cleaner@yahoo.com W: www.snicleaner.com

233

Empire Cable Industries Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-23874632 E: empirecables@yahoo.co.in W: www.empirecables.com

120

Emtex Marketing Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-11-41540362 E: apsinghal@emtexmarketing.com W: www.emtexmarketing.com

158

Festo Controls Ltd T: +91-80-22894100 E: info_in@festo.com W: www.festo.com

Global Sleeve Solutions T: +91-9501040477 E: info@globalsleeves.com W: www.globalsleeves.com

228

India Mart Intermesh Ltd 53, 249 T: +1800-200-4444 / 91-120-3911000 E: pr@indiamart.com W: www.indiamart.com Indian Institute Of Welding T: +91-44-24543322 E: info@weldindia.com W: www.weldindia.com

224

Goliya Instruments P. Ltd. T: +91-22-24149657 E: goliya@mtn.net.in W: www.goliyainstruments.com

240

Ingersoll Rand (India) Ltd T: +91-79-22820123 E: airsolutionsindia@irco.com W: www.ingersollrand.co.in

Gravicast Industries T: +91-260-2453048 E: response@gravicastvapi.com W: www.gravicastvapi.com

228

Inter Ads - Brooks Exhibitions Pvt Ltd T: +91-124-4524200 E: blech.india@interads.in W: www.blechindia.com

167

Grundfos Pumps India Pvt Ltd T: +91-44-24966800 E: salesindia@grundfos.com W: www.grundfos.in

.BC

ITL Industries T: +91-731-2722372 E: info@itl.co.in W: www.itl.co.in

235

Hafa Hoists Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-27694837 E: response@hafahoists.com W: www.hafahoists.com

209

Jagdeep Foundry (Regd.) T: +91-1871-242750 E: jagdeepfoundry@rediffmail.com W: www.jagdeepfoundry.in

211

Havells India Ltd. T: +1800-11-0303;011-41660303 E: marketing@havells.com W: www.havells.com

Jaibalaji Control Gears Pvt. Ltd. 28, 30, 32, 34 T: +91-44-26251279 E: dchandramohan@jaibalaji.firm.in W: www.jaibalaji.firm.in

Hensel Electric India Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-44-24541669 E: henselelectric@vsnl.com W: www.hensel-electric.de

Jainsons India T: +91-11-41410973 E: sales@jainsonsindia.net W: www.jainsonsindia.net

202

Jaykrishna Magnetics Pvt Ltd T: +91-79-22970452 E: info@jkmagnetics.com W: www.magneticequipments.com

201

Hi-Fab Engineers Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-40766555 E: info@hi-fab.com W: www.hi-fab.com

138

253

Hi-Fab Valve Automation T: +91-22-40766539 E: valves@hi-fab.com W: www.hi-fab.com

Jyoti Ceramic Industries Pvt Ltd T: +91-253-2350120/338 E: info@jyoticeramic.com W: www.jyoticeramic.com

7, 13

Hindustan Motor Mfg Co T: +91-22-42500500 E: sales@hindmotors.com W: www.hindmotors.com

188

Jyoti Cnc Automation Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-2827-287081 E: info@jyoti.co.in W: www.jyoti.co.in

.BIC

Finechrome Shafts Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-29204209 E: finechromespl@yahoo.co.uk

209

Flair Systems India Pvt Ltd T: +91-11-4560 3555 E: manpreet.kaur@flir.com.hk W: www.flir.com Forging Machinery Manufacturing Co T: +91-161-5011755 E: info@nkhhammers.com W: www.nkhhammers.com

Gem Equipments Ltd T: +91-422-3267800 E: sales@gemindia.com W: www.gemindia.com

21,232

Our consistent advertisers A P R I L 2 0 1 1 | SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK

259

ADVERTISERS’ LIST

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Kapasi Fastners / Inc T: +91-80-22279217 E: kapfast@vsnl.com

Pg No

226

Katlax Enterprises Pvt Ltd T: +91-2764-286784 E: info@katlax.com W: www.katlax.com

Kaycee Perfect Systems T: +91-22-65933933 E: krishnavk@netscape.net W: www.kayceeperfect.com

247

Klipco Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-28684221 E: klipco@mtnl.net.in W: www.klipcohoseclamps.com

243

Knowell International Pvt Ltd T: +91-33-22304627 E: hktrading@vsnl.com W: www.knowell.co.in

229

Konecranes India Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-40047470 E: india.sales@konecranes.com W: www.konecranes.com

111

Lapp India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-7826000 E: sales@lappindia.com W: www.lappgroup.com

Lubi Electronics T: +91-79-39845300 E: info@lubielectronics.com W: www.lubielectronics.com

Machine Makers T: +91-22-5889525 E: machine_makers@yahoo.com W: www.machinemaker.com

Manmachine (India) Private Limited T: +91-120-2422727 E: info@manmachineindia.com W: www.manmachine.in Master Controls T: +91-11-47601553 E: jasbir@mastercontrols.in W: www.mastercontrols.in Metalmech Engineering T: +91-288-2566335 E: mail@metalmecheng.biz W: www.metalmecheng.com

Kushal Udyog Manufacturers & Engineers 227 T: +91-291-2720072 E: kushaludg@sancharnet.in W: www.kushaludhyog.com

M+V Marketing - Leuze Electronic T: +91-80-40854444 E: manish.sahay@leuze.in W: www.leuze.in

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

225, 243

Maco Corporation (India) Pvt.Ltd. T: +91-33-40224129 E: rdutta@macocorporation.com W: www.macocorporation.com.com

Macro Tech Equipment Pvt Ltd T: +91-33-24666261 E: info@macrotechcal.com W: www.macrotechcal.com

Pg No

257

183

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Nu-Teck Engineering Co. Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-20-27120644 E: info@nuteckindia.com W: www.nuteckindia.com Omron Automation Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-80-40726400 E: in_enquiry@ap.omron.com W: www.omron-ap.com

Pg No

114

Ottovalves & Rubber Industies T: +91-265-2417313 E: ovri_146@hotmail.com W: www.indiamart.com/ottovalves

234

P2 Power Solutions Pvt Ltd T: +09910399905 E: aseem.sidhu@p2power.com W: www.p2power.com

251

Millborn Switchgears Pvt Ltd T: +91-141-2210206 E: millborn@millborn.com W: www.millborn.com

211

Paharpur Cooling Towers Ltd T: +91-33-24792050 E: pctccu@paharpur.com W: www.paharpur.com

Mim Plastics T: +91-11-41034440 E: motion@vsnl.com W: www.tckmim.com

149

Paras Enterprises T: +91-11-25820571 E: paras71@rediffmail.com W: www.parasenterprises.com

216

Mipox T: +91-80-65830898 E: rag-rao@mipox.co.jp W: www.mipoxindia.com

211

Mitsubishi Electric Asia Pte. Ltd. T: +91-124-4630300 E: marketing@mspl.messung.com W: www.messung.com

119

N K Forging & Rolling Industries T: +91-161-2223666 E: info@forginghammer.com W: www.nkhhammer.com

217

Mifa Systems T: +91-79-26870825 E: sales@mifasystems.com W: www.mifasystems.com

Nanfang Pumps India Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-25425540 E: sales@nanfangpumps.com W: www.nanfangpumps.com

National Motor Mfg Co T: +91-22-28570673 E: nationalmotor1@indiatimes.com W: www.natinamotors.net

136

NB Fasteners T: +91-33-25557940 E: nbfasteners@yahoo.co.in W: www.nbfasteners.co.in

245

NI Systems India Pvt Ltd T: +91-80-41190000 E: ni.india@ni.com W: www.ni.com

Pathak Machines International T: +91-161-2510401 E: ritesh12@hotmail.com W: www.pathakeuromachines.com Peschel Dynamics T: +91-20-32416980 E: info@pescheldynamics.com W: www.pescheldynamics.com Phs-Tech Technology Inc. T: +886-3-329-9968 E: pshtech@gmail.com W: www.peei.com.tw

247

Plastic Abhiyanta T: +91-33-22377297 E: anulon@cal2.vsnl.net.in W: www.plasticabhiyanta.com

199

Pluto Flame Proof Mfg Co T: +91-22-26760020 E: pluto@bom7.vsnl.net.in W: www.plutoflameproof.com

243

Powertec Supplies India Pvt Ltd T: +91-120-42469300 E: sales@cosmotecindia.com W: www.cosmotecindia.com

191

Premium Transmission Ltd T: +91-20-27488886 W: www.premiumtransmission.com

115

Mahindra World City Jaipur Ltd T: +91-141-3003474 E: jaipurinfo@mahindraworldcity.com W: www.mahindraworldcity.com

109

Ningbo Xinda Screw Compressor Co., Ltd 15 T: +86-574-8833-6868 E: inquiry@xindaworld.com W: www.augustcompressor.com

Radix Electro Systems Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-26730101 E: sales@radix.co.in W: www.radix.co.in

Makson Machines Pvt Ltd T: +91-278-2446437 E: makwana_eng@yahoo.com W: www.makwanaeng.com

128

NMT Group T: +91-79-22821527 E: nmtg@nmtgindia.com W: www.nmtgindia.com

Rajindra Machines (P) Ltd T: +91-161-2223666 E: info@forginghammer.com W: www.nkhhammer.com

226

205

Our consistent advertisers

260

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

The second edition of Automotive Dealership Excellence Awards has raised the benchmark for the Indian automotive retail. Held at The Leela Kempinski, Mumbai, on February 26, 2011, the event witnessed participation from leading manufacturers and dealers. To catch the glimpses of the awards log on to www.adea.in ADEA Winners

For further details, write to prachi.mutha@infomedia18.in or call +91-22-3003 4650

ADVERTISERS’ LIST

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Pg No

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Pg No

Advertisers’ Name & Contact Details

Pg No

Rattan Hammers T: +91-161-2685235 E: info@hammersindia.com W: www.hammersindia.com

227

Shreeyash Automation T: +91-20-64150295 E: info@shreeyashautomation.com W: www.shreeyashautomation.com

Rayon Applied Engineers T: +91-731-2440637 E: rayon_engg@rediffmail.com W: www.rayonapplied.com

221

Siemens Ltd T: +91-22-27623727 E: motors.in@siemens.com W: www.siemens.com

Technical Associates Ltd T: +91-522-4053600 E: sales@techasso.com W: www.techasso.com

Skf Economos India Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-11-41098880-89 E: india@economos.com W: www.economos.com

Teknic T: +91-22-26592392 E: teknic@vsnl.co.in W: www.teknic.co.in

Small Industries Devt Bank Of India T: +1800226753 W: www.sidbi.in

The Indian Electric Co T: +91-20-24474303 E: icemktg@indianelectric.com W: www.indianelectric.com

Tox Pressotehnik India Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-66538300 E: RNamboodiri@tox-in.com W: www.tox-de.com

195

Reid Supply Company W: www.reidsupply.com

Reliable Terrestrials T: +91-731-2590641 E: reliable_terrestrial@yahoo.co.in

220

Renu Electronics Pvt Ltd T: +91-20-27292840 E: info@renuelectronics.com W: www.renuelectronics.com

102

Reva Industries Ltd T: +91-129-4185400 E: reva@revacranes.com W: www.revacranes.com

Sonal Magnetics T: +91-79-22872349 E: info@sonalmagnetics.com W: www.sonalmagnetics.com Stahl Cranes Systems (I) Pvt Ltd T: +91-44-43523955 E: infoindia@stahlcranes.com W: www.stahlcranes.in

241

217

Tandem Hydraulics Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-120-4159611 E: info@tandemhydraulics.com W: www.tandemhydraulics.com

208

213

231

Statfield Equipments Pvt. Ltd. T: +91-20-22922180-82 E: marketing@statfieldequipments.com W: www.statfieldequipments.com

TPG Motors & Drives (India) Pvt Ltd T: +91-44-23634199 E: tpg_in@yahoo.com W: www.tpg-tw.com

118

239

Rockwell Automation T: +91-120-4671694 E: dghosh@ra.rockwell.com W: www.rockwellautomation.com

203

Steel Smith T: +91-250-2452530 E: chetan@steelsmith.com W: www.steelsmith.com

Trident Precision International T: +91-11-41425326 E: trident.sales@tridenthydraulics.com W: www.trident-precision.com

210

153

S S Pharmatech T: +91-22-28783639 E: ss_pharmas@rediffmail.com W: www.sspharmatech.com

246

Sumip Composites Pvt Ltd T: +91-79-26933456 E: sales@sumip.com W: www.sumip.com

Trident Products Pvt Ltd T: +91-124-4300626 E: trident.sales@tridenthydraulics.com

197

73, 215

Sai Machine Tools Pvt Ltd T: +91-731-4081200 E: smptl@sancharnet.in W: www.saimachinetools.com

219

Sumitron Exports Pvt Ltd. T: +91-11-41410631 E: sumitron@vsnl.com W: www.sumitron.com

Trident Tools Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-28847191 E: abhay@maqicut.net W: www.magicut.net

177

Sarabsukh Enterprises T: +91-1871-223893 E: sarabsukhbatala@yahoo.co.in W: www.sarabsukhmachines.com

235

Superflo Filters Pvt Ltd T: +91 022 28252540 E: superflo@bom3.vsnl.net.in W: www.superflo-filters.com

Tussor Machine Tools Ind P Ltd T: +91-422-3200183 E: info@tussorindia.com W: www.pinachoindia.com

105

Seal Jet Seals T: +91-20-27121581 E: vswasu@satyam.net.in

233

Suresh Enterprises T: +91-2762-224814 E: sevitsil@sancharnet.in W: www.sevitsil.com

U-Tech Associates T: +91-80-23390309 E: udaya@u-techindia.com W: www.u-techindia.com

263

Shende Sales Corporation T: +91-20-24488005 E: shende@shendesales.com W: www.shendesales.com

217

199

Shikovi Heat Gen Technologies Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-27607758 E: sales@shikovi.com W: www.shikovi.com

207

Shilpa International (Impex) Pvt Ltd T: +91-40-27849020 E: replysearch@shilpagroup.com W: www.shilpagroup.com/si

103

Rexello Castors Pvt Ltd T: +91-22-40917777 E: rexello@vsnl.com W: www.rexellocastors.com

151

Riat Brothers (India) T: +91-9815934018 E: riatgrinders@gmail.com W: www.riatgrinders.com

213

Surface Finishing Equipment Co T: +91-291-2740128 E: sfec@sify.com W: www.surfacefinishing.org

231

Venus Engineers T: +91-11-32222661 E: enquiry@venusengineers.com W: www.venusengineers.com

Surface International T: +91-09413329749 E: info@surfaceint.com W: www.surfaceint.com

163

Vinit Engineering Works T: +91-281-2312091 E: vinit@balajilathe.com W: www.balajilathe.com

TAGMA T: +91-22-28526876 E: diemould@tagmaindia.org W: www.tagmaindia.org

236

Vodafone Essar Mobile Services Pvt Ltd W: www.vodafone.in Wagner T: +91-124-4121626 E: imtiaz.ahmed@wagner-group.com W: www.wagner-group.com

44 135

Our consistent advertisers

262

SEARCH - THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCEBOOK | A P R I L 2 0 1 1

RNI No: 67827 /98 Postal Regd No G 2 / NMD / 81 / 2011 -13 Posted at Mumbai PatrikaChannel Sorting Office- GPO, Mumbai 400 001 on 22nd & 23rd of Every Previous Month WPP Licence No: MR / Tech / WPP-355 / Navi Mumbai / 2011-12 Date Of Publication: 18th of Every Month

Vol 14 No 04

RNI No: 67827 /98 Postal Regd No:KA / BG GPO / 2564 / 2011-13 Posted at MBC, Bangalore GPO on 25th & 26th of Every Previous Month Date Of Publication: 18th of Every Month

April 2011 266